| Dokumendiregister | Riigikogu |
| Viit | 1-2/26-382/1 |
| Registreeritud | 05.06.2026 |
| Sünkroonitud | 05.06.2026 |
| Liik | EL dokument |
| Funktsioon | |
| Sari | |
| Toimik | Soovitus - COM(2026) 212, SWD(2026) 212 |
| Juurdepääsupiirang | Avalik |
| Adressaat | |
| Saabumis/saatmisviis | |
| Vastutaja | |
| Originaal | Ava uues aknas |
EN EN
EUROPEAN COMMISSION
Brussels, 3.6.2026
COM(2026) 212 final
Recommendation for a
COUNCIL RECOMMENDATION
on the economic, social, employment, structural and budgetary policies of Italy
{SWD(2026) 212 final}
EN 1 EN
Recommendation for a
COUNCIL RECOMMENDATION
on the economic, social, employment, structural and budgetary policies of Italy
THE COUNCIL OF THE EUROPEAN UNION,
Having regard to the Treaty on the Functioning of the European Union, and in particular
Article 121(2) and Article 148(4) thereof,
Having regard to Regulation (EU) 2024/1263 of the European Parliament and of the Council
of 29 April 2024 on the effective coordination of economic policies and on multilateral
budgetary surveillance and repealing Council Regulation (EC) No 1466/97 (1), and in
particular Article 3(3) thereof,
Having regard to Regulation (EU) No 1176/2011 of the European Parliament and of the
Council of 16 November 2011 on the prevention and correction of macroeconomic
imbalances (2), and in particular Article 6(1) thereof,
Having regard to the recommendation of the European Commission,
Having regard to the resolutions of the European Parliament,
Having regard to the conclusions of the European Council,
Having regard to the opinion of the Employment Committee,
Having regard to the opinion of the Economic and Financial Committee,
Having regard to the opinion of the Social Protection Committee,
Having regard to the opinion of the Economic Policy Committee,
Whereas:
(1) Regulation (EU) 2024/1263 specifies the objectives of the economic governance
framework, which aims at promoting sound and sustainable public finances,
sustainable and inclusive growth and resilience through reforms and investments, as
well as preventing excessive government deficits. The Regulation stipulates that the
Council and the Commission conduct multilateral surveillance in the context of the
European Semester in accordance with the objectives and requirements set out in the
Treaty on the Functioning of the European Union (TFEU). The European Semester
includes, in particular, the formulation, and the surveillance of the implementation, of
country-specific recommendations.
1 Regulation (EU) 2024/1263 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 29 April 2024 on the
effective coordination of economic policies and on multilateral budgetary surveillance and repealing
Council Regulation (EC) No 1466/97 (OJ L, 2024/1263, 30.4.2024,
ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/reg/2024/1263/oj). 2 Regulation (EU) No 1176/2011 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 16 November 2011
on the prevention and correction of macroeconomic imbalances (OJ L 306, 23.11.2011
ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/reg/2011/1176/oj).
EN 2 EN
(2) On 16 July 2025, the Commission adopted its proposal for a regulation establishing
the European Fund for economic, social and territorial cohesion, agriculture and rural,
fisheries and maritime, prosperity and security for the period 2028-2034 and amending
Regulation (EU) 2023/955 and Regulation (EU, Euratom) 2024/2509 (3). The proposal
aims to increase the effectiveness of Union funding by reducing the fragmentation of
the financial architecture and to support Member States in the coordination of their
economic policy in line with Article 175 of the TFEU.
(3) On 25 November 2025, the Commission adopted an opinion on the 2026 draft
budgetary plan of Italy. On the same date, on the basis of Regulation (EU)
No 1176/2011, the Commission adopted the 2026 Alert Mechanism Report, in which
it identified Italy as one of the Member States for which an in-depth review would be
needed. The Commission also adopted a recommendation for a Council
recommendation on the economic policy of the euro area, a recommendation for a
Council recommendation on human capital in the European Union, and a proposal for
the 2026 Joint Employment Report, which analyses the implementation of the
Employment Guidelines and the principles of the European Pillar of Social Rights.
The Council adopted the Recommendation on the economic policy of the euro area (4)
on 21 April 2026 and the Joint Employment Report, and the Recommendation on
human capital on 9 March 2026.
(4) On 29 January 2025, the Commission published the Competitiveness Compass, a
strategic framework that aims to boost the Union’s global competitiveness over the
next five years. It identifies the three transformational imperatives of innovation,
decarbonisation and competitiveness, and security as critical pillars for sustainable
economic growth. The European Semester is aligned with the Competitiveness
Compass, ensuring that Member States’ economic policies are consistent with the
Commission’s strategic objectives, creating a unified approach to economic
governance that fosters sustainable growth, innovation and resilience across the Union.
(5) In 2026, the European Semester for economic policy coordination continues to
develop alongside the final stage of the Recovery and Resilience Facility (RRF)
implementation (5). Recovery and resilience plans (RRPs), along with cohesion policy
funding, have been essential for delivering on the policy priorities under the European
Semester, as the plans were required to effectively address all or a significant subset of
challenges identified in the relevant country-specific recommendations issued in recent
cycles, and programmes funded by the European cohesion policy were required to take
country-specific recommendations into account. As the RRF approaches the end of its
lifetime, it remains essential to sustain the reforms and investments supported and
implemented under the RRF, in particular those that contribute to addressing
challenges identified in the country-specific recommendations.
3 Proposal for a Regulation of the European Parliament and of the Council establishing the European
Fund for economic, social and territorial cohesion, agriculture and rural, fisheries and maritime,
prosperity and security for the period 2028-2034 and amending Regulation (EU) 2023/955 and
Regulation (EU, Euratom) 2024/2509 - COM(2025) 565 final. The proposed Regulation is currently the
subject of negotiations with the co-legislators. 4OJ C, C/2026/2434, 28.4.2026, ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/C/2026/2434/oj. 5 Regulation (EU) 2021/241 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 12 February 2021
establishing the Recovery and Resilience Facility (OJ L 57, 18.2.2021, p. 17,
ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/reg/2021/241/oj).
EN 3 EN
(6) On 3 June 2026, the Commission published the 2026 country report for Italy. It
assessed Italy’s progress in addressing the relevant country-specific recommendations
and took stock of Italy’s implementation of the RRP. On the basis of that analysis, the
country report identified the most pressing challenges Italy is facing. It also assessed
Italy’s progress in implementing the European Pillar of Social Rights and in achieving
the Union headline targets on employment, skills and poverty reduction, as well as
progress in achieving the United Nations Sustainable Development Goals.
(7) The Commission carried out an in-depth review under Article 5 of Regulation (EU)
No 1176/2011 for Italy. The main findings of the Commission’s staff assessment of
macroeconomic vulnerabilities for Italy for the purposes of that Regulation were
published on 20 May 2026 (6). On 3 June 2026, the Commission concluded that Italy
is experiencing macroeconomic imbalances. In particular, Italy faces vulnerabilities
related to high government debt and weak productivity growth, which have cross-
border relevance, persist, and continued and effective implementation of growth-
enhancing reforms and investments, together with a prudent fiscal stance, remains
crucial to reduce those vulnerabilities. Government debt as a share of GDP fell after
the pandemic but increased in 2024 and again in 2025, on account of the slowdown in
nominal GDP growth, the lagged impact of the tax credits for housing renovations of
earlier years, and the still sizeable government deficits. The government debt ratio is
expected to continue increasing in 2026 and 2027. Productivity has declined recently
and is forecast to stagnate, limiting potential GDP growth and hence hampering
reductions in the government debt ratio. Banks have significantly strengthened their
asset quality and profitability and reduced their non-performing loans, but the high
sovereign-banks nexus is still a concern, as banks’ holdings of domestic government
debt as a share of their assets is high, especially for less significant institutions and
cooperative banks. The labour market has continued to improve, but the labour
potential does not seem to be fully exploited. Measures have been taken to address the
long-standing vulnerabilities but, despite the recent extensive reform action,
significant productivity gains have yet to materialise. Looking ahead, continued and
effective implementation of growth-enhancing reforms and investments, together with
a prudent fiscal stance, remains crucial to improve productivity growth and reduce the
government debt-to-GDP ratio.
(8) On 21 January 2025, the Council, upon the assessment and recommendation of the
Commission, adopted a Recommendation endorsing the national medium-term fiscal-
structural plan of Italy (7). The plan covers the period from 2025 until 2029 and
presents a fiscal adjustment spread over seven years. The Council recommended the
following maximum growth rates of net expenditure: 1.3% in 2025, 1.6% in 2026,
1.9% in 2027, 1.7% in 2028 and 1.5% in 2029, which correspond to the maximum
cumulative growth rates calculated by reference to the base year of 2023 of -0.7% in
2025, 0.9% in 2026, 2.8% in 2027, 4.6% in 2028 and 6.2% in 2029. For the years
2025-2026, these maximum growth rates of net expenditure coincide with the
corrective path, as recommended by the Council under Article 126(7) TFEU on
21 January 2025, with a view to bringing an end to the situation of an excessive
6 SWD(2026) 139 final. 7 Council Recommendation of 21 January 2025 endorsing the medium-term fiscal-structural plan of Italy
(OJ C, C/2025/651, 10.2.2025., ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/C/2025/651/oj).
EN 4 EN
deficit (8). Based on the Commission’s assessment on effective action of
3 June 2026 (9), the excessive deficit procedure for Italy is held in abeyance.
(9) Russia’s war of aggression against Ukraine and its repercussions constitute an
existential challenge for the European Union. The Commission has invited Member
States to request the activation of the national escape clause of the Stability and
Growth Pact in a coordinated manner to support the EU efforts to achieve a rapid and
significant increase in defence spending (10) and this proposal was welcomed by the
European Council of 6 March 2025. Member States may still request the activation of
the national escape clause at any time until 2028, if they fulfil the criteria set in Article
26 of Regulation (EU) 2024/1263.
(10) On 30 April 2026, Italy submitted its 2026 Annual Progress Report (11) on adherence
to the recommended maximum growth rates of net expenditure, the implementation of
the set of reforms and investments underpinning the extension of the adjustment
period and the implementation of reforms and investments responding to the main
challenges identified in the European Semester country-specific recommendations.
The Annual Progress Report also reflects Italy’s biannual reporting on the progress
made in implementing its recovery and resilience plan in accordance with Article 27 of
Regulation (EU) 2021/241. The report on action taken under the excessive deficit
procedure is integrated in the Annual Progress Report.
(11) Real GDP growth in 2025 was 0.5% and HICP inflation stood at 1.7%. The
Commission Spring 2026 Forecast projects real GDP to grow by 0.5% in 2026 and
0.6% in 2027, and HICP inflation to stand at 3.2% in 2026 and 1.8% in 2027.
(12) Based on data provided by Eurostat (12), Italy’s general government deficit decreased
from 3.4% of GDP in 2024 to 3.1% of GDP in 2025. Based on policy measures known
by the cut-off date of the forecast, the Commission Spring 2026 Forecast projects a
deficit of 2.9% of GDP in both 2026 and 2027. The decrease of the deficit in 2026
mainly reflects lower spending on housing renovation tax credits, while other
expenditure items, including public investment, are expected to continue increasing,
together with tax revenues.
(13) Based on the Commission’s estimates, the fiscal stance (13), which includes both
nationally and EU financed expenditure, was contractionary, by 0.3% of GDP, in
8 Council Recommendation with a view to bringing an end to the situation of an excessive deficit in Italy,
adopted on 21 January 2025. All documents related to the excessive deficit procedure of Italy can be
found at: Italy - Economy and Finance - European Commission. 9 Communication from the Commission to the European Parliament, the Council, the European Central
Bank, the European Economic and Social Committee, the Committee of Regions and the European
Investment Bank, 2026 European Semester – Spring Package, COM(2026)200 final 10 Communication from the Commission, ‘Accommodating increased defence expenditure within the
Stability and Growth Pact’, Brussels, 19.3.2025, C(2025) 2000 final. 11 The 2026 Annual Progress Reports are available on: https://economy-finance.ec.europa.eu/economic-
and-fiscal-governance/stability-and-growth-pact/preventive-arm/annual-progress-reports_en. 12 Eurostat-Euro Indicators, 22.04.2026. 13 The fiscal stance is defined as a measure of the annual change in the underlying budgetary position of
the general government. It aims to assess the economic impulse stemming from fiscal policies, both
those that are nationally financed and those that are financed by the EU budget. The fiscal stance is
measured as the difference between (i) the medium-term potential growth and (ii) the change in primary
expenditure net of discretionary revenue measures and including expenditure financed by non-repayable
support (grants) from the Recovery and Resilience Facility and other Union funds.
EN 5 EN
2025. It is projected to be contractionary, by 0.3% of GDP in 2026 and by 0.5% of
GDP in 2027.
(14) Based on data provided by Eurostat (14), Italy’s general government debt increased
from 134.7% of GDP at the end of 2024 to 137.1% of GDP at the end of 2025. The
increase in the debt ratio in 2025 mainly reflects sizeable borrowing needs related to
the lagged cash impact of the tax credits for housing renovations that affected previous
years’ deficits. Based on policy measures known at the cut-off date of the forecast, the
Commission Spring 2026 Forecast projects the debt-to-GDP ratio to increase to
138.5% by the end of 2026 and to further increase to 139.2% by the end of 2027. The
increase in 2026 and 2027 mainly reflects the lagged cash impact of the tax credits for
housing renovations, while the debt-reducing impact of primary surpluses remains
limited.
(15) Based on the Commission Spring 2026 Forecast, total general government defence
expenditure in Italy amounted to 1.3% of GDP in 2025 and it is projected at 1.2% of
GDP in 2026.
(16) The Union continues to face risks of energy supply disruptions and elevated price
volatility, exacerbated by geopolitical tensions which affect global oil and gas
markets. Experience from the 2022-2023 energy crisis has shown that broad and
untargeted measures entail large fiscal costs and are socially and economically
inefficient. Since the outbreak of the war in the Middle East in February 2026, Italy
has adopted fiscal policy measures to mitigate the impact of high energy prices on
households and firms (15). These include an untargeted reduction in excise duties on
fuels with expiry date on 22 May 2026 and a tax credit targeted at road transport,
fishing and agricultural enterprises with expiry date on 31 May 2026. According to the
Commission Spring 2026 Forecast, the fiscal cost of these measures is projected to
amount to approximately 0.1% of GDP in 2026. According to Commission estimates,
if these measures were to remain in force until end-2026, their fiscal cost would
amount to 0.3% of GDP in 2026.
(17) Based on the Commission’s calculations, net expenditure in Italy grew by 1.5% in
2025 and fell by 0.6% cumulatively over 2024 and 2025. The net expenditure growth
in 2025 is above the recommended maximum growth rate, corresponding to a
deviation of 0.1% of GDP in annual terms. When considering 2024 and 2025 together,
the cumulative growth rate of net expenditure is marginally above the recommended
maximum growth rate, corresponding to a deviation of less than 0.1% of GDP in
cumulative terms.
(18) Based on the Commission’s calculations, net expenditure in Italy is projected to grow
by 1.4% in 2026, and 0.8% cumulatively over 2024, 2025 and 2026. The projected net
expenditure growth in 2026 is below the recommended maximum growth rate. When
considering 2024, 2025 and 2026 together, the projected cumulative growth rate of net
expenditure is also below the recommended maximum growth rate.
(19) The recommendation endorsing the medium-term plan of Italy specifies the set of
reforms and investments underpinning the extension of the adjustment period, together
with a timeline for their implementation. Taking into account the information provided
by Italy in its Annual Progress Report, the Commission finds that the implementation
14 Eurostat-Euro Indicators, 22.04.2026. 15 This reflects the situation at the cut-off date of the Commission’s Spring 2026 Forecast (4 May 2026).
EN 6 EN
of the key steps of these reforms and investments that were due by 30 April 2026
seems to be broadly on track. With regard to the key step due by Q4-2025 related to
the increase in public spending on research and development (R&D), measured by
R&D expenditure in GERD terms as a share of GDP, the latest available Eurostat
statistics refer to 2024. Nevertheless, preliminary estimates provided by the Italian
authorities indicate that R&D expenditure in GERD terms is expected to have reached
0.59% of GDP in 2025, suggesting that the target appears to be on track to be met. The
Commission considers that, overall, Italy has complied with its commitments in a
satisfactory manner (16).
(20) Despite the structural measures implemented in recent years, Italy’s tax system
continues to largely rely on labour taxation, which provides the largest contribution to
the above-EU-average tax-to-GDP ratio. The tax wedge is above the EU average for
single persons earning the average wage and below it for earners of low wages, and
both values mildly increased in 2025. Special regimes for self-employed and the
growing use of temporary flat personal income taxation make the tax system highly
complex, weaken progressivity and erode the tax base, resulting in significant revenue
loss. Furthermore, despite a significant reduction, environmentally harmful subsidies
remain high, and tax expenditures, including on VAT, are widely used. Overall,
further shifting the tax burden from labour to other underused sources of revenue,
which are less detrimental to growth, would help to raise economic potential.
Moreover, redesigning vehicle taxation to accurately reflect CO2 emissions, especially
in heavily congested cities, could assist in financing sustainable mobility
infrastructure, reducing the high reliance on road transport. Despite the recent reform,
there is further scope for reducing tax benefits for endothermic company cars. Finally,
tax evasion remains high, particularly in VAT and among self-employed workers,
despite the ambitious countermeasures taken in recent years, including under the RRP.
At the same time, recent measures similar to tax amnesties risk being counter-
productive in terms of tax compliance.
(21) Cadastral values have not been systematically brought closer to market values yet.
Still, Italy has committed in its Medium-Term Fiscal-Structural Plan (MTFSP) to
updating cadastral values for properties not yet included in the register and for
buildings that have benefitted from public schemes for energy efficiency and/or house
renovation interventions. Main residencies are exempted from recurrent property
taxation, for almost all property classes. This results in low revenues from property at
local level, including in cities facing a housing affordability challenge. In around one-
tenth of Italian provinces, rental costs represent more than one third of average wages,
despite the existence of regulated rent. The share of social housing is low in Italy, with
a limited public housing stock and very long waiting lists. Italy is also characterised by
a high share of unoccupied dwellings and high presence of short-term rentals.
Responsibilities are divided between national and subnational administration, while
there is no comprehensive national coordination framework. Lack of structural funding
further limited the effectiveness of housing policy. The government has recently
adopted the Piano Casa, while its assessment and implementation it is still in a very
early stage.
16 Communication from the Commission to the European Parliament, the Council, the European Central
Bank, the European Economic and Social Committee, the Committee of Regions and the European
Investment Bank, 2026 European Semester – Spring Package, COM(2026)200 final.
EN 7 EN
(22) In the coming years, significant fiscal pressure is expected to weigh on public
finances, including rising costs relating to demographic developments. In particular, a
significant share of public resources is absorbed by old-age pensions and debt-
servicing costs, limiting fiscal space for other priorities. Public investment has risen
significantly compared with pre-pandemic levels, also supported by the RRF. At the
same time, expenditure on some growth-enhancing policy areas, including education
and health, has declined compared to 2019 as a share of total spending. A new legal
framework requires ministries to undertake detailed evaluation of spending policies
under the new “Spending Analysis and Evaluation Plans”, in line with the MTFSP
commitments. In order to improve the efficiency and quality of public spending in
Italy, it will be crucial to thoroughly implement the new assessment framework and
follow up with ambitious policy actions.
(23) Italy is one of the Member States with the oldest population, the lowest fertility rate
and a higher-than-average age of women giving birth to their first child. Brain drain
persists with many young, highly qualified residents seeking better opportunities
abroad, while Italy struggles to attract and retain talent. The shrinking working-age
population is worsened by persistently low labour market participation among women
and young people. While well-managed legal migration could mitigate the short-term
effects of demographic decline, a more holistic, structural approach should move
beyond financial incentives to create a supportive environment for parenting via stable
jobs, labour policies and the adoption of broader measures to boost workforce
participation among women and young people, while attracting and retaining high-
quality talent. Age-related expenditure is projected to increase, weighing on public
finances. Despite the 2011 pension reform, pension expenditure is still expected to
increase in the medium term due to demographic trends, including an increasing old-
age dependency ratio, and the effect of early-retirement schemes introduced and
renewed in previous years. The 2026 budget law has introduced measures to foster
participation in supplementary pension schemes that can also contribute to improved
pension adequacy, acting as a complement to public pensions. However, to date, the
participation remains limited (38.3% of the labour force), with only 29% of members
under 40 and minimal participation of self-employed. At the same time, the automatic
link between retirement age and life expectancy has not been fully reinstated, while
the three-months increase freeze still holds for certain categories of workers. Measures
to ensure the sustainability of the pension system can be complemented by measures
to facilitate staying in the workforce into later stages, including through flexible
working arrangements and age-specific management policies.
(24) The systematic, meaningful and timely involvement of local and regional authorities,
social partners, civil society and other relevant stakeholders remains essential in order
to ensure broad ownership for the successful implementation of the Union’s funding
instruments, as well as in the context of the European Semester.
(25) The implementation of cohesion policy programmes, which encompass support from
the European Regional Development Fund (ERDF) and the Just Transition Fund (JTF)
in Italy, remains below EU average, both in terms of project selection and payments. It
is important to accelerate efforts to ensure the swift delivery of investments, while
maximising their impact on the ground. Italy continues to face challenges in
implementation, due to weak administrative capacities, the slow implementation of
infrastructure projects, and fragmented governance between central and regional
levels. These have issues hinder progress in employment, skills and social inclusion,
while also delaying investments under the Strategic Technologies for Europe Platform
EN 8 EN
or in affordable and sustainable housing. In addition, Italy needs to accelerate
implementation of the JTF as resources are due for disbursement by the end of 2026. It
is essential to ensure that the new investments identified by Italy in its mid-term
review of the cohesion policy funds, notably those linked to the five priorities
identified in the Mid-Term Review Regulation (17), are deployed rapidly and
effectively.
(26) Italy faces several challenges related to research and innovation, firms’ growth and
non-bank finance, industrial strategy, public administration, justice and competition. It
also faces challenges related to the climate adaptation, the energy and waste and water
sectors as well as the labour market, skills, education, and health.
(27) Italy’s productivity and growth potential is hindered by limited public and private
R&D investment. Compared to its EU peers, Italy’s public support for innovation is
less comprehensive and generous, and it would benefit from a more strategic
allocation of resources and public-private collaborations, in line with the MTFSP
commitments. The RRP and EU cohesion policy funds include several initiatives to
support cooperation between businesses and academia, which continue to be
fragmented and lack coherent national governance. Innovation procurement, which is
currently limited to the defence and green sector, could play a significant role in
developing markets for start-ups while making public expenditure more efficient. The
university system has limited resources, with Italy showing one of the lowest figures
for university expenditure among OECD countries. Moreover, universities and
researchers continue to have limited incentives to perform research valorisation and
technology transfer activities. Research careers are slow and unpredictable. A reform
adopted in 2025 has increased the number of short-term, non-tenure track contractual
tools for researchers, with the risk of further affecting the career path for researchers.
Therefore, there is a need to improving long-term recruitment planning while taking
actions to speed up the career path of researchers. Technology transfer offices, though
improving, remain relatively small in scale and lack adequate human and financial
resources to support the translation of research outputs into new business
opportunities, and synergies with venture capital investors should also be
strengthened.
(28) Italy’s weak productivity growth reflects structural constraints linked to a relatively
limited share of value added generated by large firms and the predominance of micro
and small enterprises, often family-managed, which underuse professional
management practices, hindering innovation and productivity. Tax policies, such as
the simplified lump-sum tax regime for micro-firms and the favourable tax treatment
of inherited businesses (requiring five-year control retention) discourage consolidation
and growth. Italy would therefore benefit from promoting the scale-up of start-ups and
the aggregation of small to medium-sized enterprises (SMEs), by removing regulatory
and tax barriers, promoting external professional managers, the upskilling of
managers, strengthening innovation and access to capital markets. Italy’s high
domestic savings, a key economic strength, could play a greater role in financing
growth and innovation, helping companies to scale, if better mobilised. Italy’s capital
markets should be further developed and their depth and liquidity increased by
supporting demand, encouraging new equity listings, and promoting corporate bond
17 Regulation (EU) 2025/1914 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 18 September 2025
amending Regulations (EU) 2021/1058 and (EU) 2021/1056 as regards specific measures to address
strategic challenges in the context of the mid-term review.
EN 9 EN
issuances. Existing guarantee schemes and incentives could be refocused to prioritise
and support demand for capital market instruments. Access to non-bank finance
remains particularly limited for innovative businesses, as the capital market, especially
domestic venture capital, despite being on a growth path, is still underdeveloped. This
is notably due to the limited presence of institutional and corporate investors and the
few exit opportunities. Further public efforts should be concentrated on early-stage
and riskier market segments, as well as on attracting and leveraging institutional
investors through the use of financial instruments and fund-of-fund structures with
appropriate de-risking elements. Increasing the ability of domestic institutional
investors, such as pension funds and especially insurers, to invest in asset classes with
a longer investment horizon could improve access to non-bank finance.
(29) Stagnant productivity continues to characterise Italy, also reflecting strong gaps
between Northern and Southern regions. In the South, smaller average firm size and
concentration in traditional sectors weigh on productivity, while infrastructural deficits
limit competitiveness. Italy would benefit from an innovation-driven industrial
strategy to steer resources towards high value-added sectors and technologies and
promote the development of the South, particularly by earmarking resources for the
less developed regions and targeting strategic sectors. While the White Book “Made in
Italy 2030” represents a first step towards the definition of an industrial strategy, it
does not provide clear policy actions and a governance structure for industrial policy.
Its 18 identified strategic sectors, many of which low value-added, without a clear
strategic prioritisation and a territorial scope, risk making the public effort non-
selective and ineffective. In line with the target of the MTFSP, additional effort is
needed to rationalise and stabilise the more than 2700 national and regional incentives
and to earmark ad hoc resources for the South. The industrial strategy would benefit
from better coordination with infrastructural and research investment planning,
together with the use of locally targeted policy mixes (e.g. incentives, spatial planning
and infrastructure development) to promote industrial growth and structural
transformation, especially in the South. Finally, sustained effort will be necessary to
address Italy’s persistent infrastructural gap between the North and the South,
particularly by finalising the large-scale projects initiated under the RRP and cohesion
policy, with a focus on access to industrial zones and improving last-mile connectivity.
Road and port infrastructure and multimodal logistic nodes also demand attention,
together with the adoption of a multi-annual and multimodal Transport Strategy.
(30) There is ample room to improve the effectiveness of Italian public administration and
further simplify, as 41% of Italian firms report to be dissatisfied (vs 24% EU average).
While some progress has been made, including thanks to the RRP, it would be
important to ensure the interoperability and take-up of all platforms (18) to improve
human resources management, training and recruitment of public servants. Boosting
horizontal and vertical mobility, and further promoting performance evaluations,
career progression, strengthening upskilling and reskilling, as well as promoting
equality and inclusion for all levels of administrations, in line with the commitments
of the MTFSP, would also be beneficial. Italy is continuing its simplification efforts
by establishing Italia Semplice, alongside a one-stop-shop platform for businesses (19)
but further streamlining of administrative processes is needed, building up on the
inter-operationalisation of existing platforms. In addition, administrative capacity
18 HRM Toolkit Minerva, Syllabus, and in PA platforms. 19 www.impresainungiorno.gov.it.
EN 10 EN
remains uneven across regions, with significant constraints at local level, particularly
in the South and in areas such as digitisation, decision-making capacity, and public
financial management, as well as between smaller and larger municipalities. It is
essential to develop an overarching and structural administrative capacity strategy,
building on the RRP and cohesion policy measures, including the National Programme
Capacity for Cohesion. This strategy could frame a number of RRP measures that
proved effective in supporting local administration for the implementation of RRP
projects, while preventing territorial gaps to further widen. While better-equipped
regions are building on the RRP experience, less-resourced regions, especially in the
south, would benefit from a more active and targeted support from the central
administration. Moreover, promoting forms of administrative associations, particularly
for smaller administrations, especially in the South, could be beneficial.
(31) Under the RRP, Italy is implementing a comprehensive package of reforms to increase
the efficiency of the civil, criminal, insolvency and tax justice systems. The creation of
trial offices and the digitalisation of trials, which provide organisational and legal
support to judges, have contributed to improving court efficiency. However,
challenges remain. The disposition time in litigious civil and commercial cases in first-
instance courts increased in 2024, remaining one of the highest in the EU. The time
taken to reach a decision for administrative cases at first instance decreased in 2024,
but it remains one of the longest in the EU. Institutionalising the trial office and
introducing measures to further reduce pressure on courts and the average lengths of
trials (for example, in overburdened justice sectors, such as the Justice of Peace),
while continuing to address human resources shortages (magistrates and court staff)
and achieving full digitalisation of the justice system, would help increase the
efficiency of the system, also in line with Italy’s MTFSP commitments.
(32) Ensuring better framework conditions for competition in several sectors and increasing
competition both for and in the markets would enable a more efficient allocation of
resources, benefit consumers and lead to competitiveness and productivity gains, thus
also attracting new investments. Under the RRP, Italy has made progress in some
important sectors, including energy, transport and local public services, and it has
modernised national merger control rules. Further legislative initiatives are still needed
for: (i) ensuring the competitive tendering of energy distribution concessions; (ii)
transport, particularly in view of fully implementing the pro-competitive reforms in
the areas of railways, highways and ports, and (iii) healthcare, particularly by ensuring
pro-competitive principles and open and transparent tenders. Furthermore, open and
transparent tenders for expiring concessions in various sectors (including regulated
ones) would ensure market contestability. This would increase competitive pressure on
the incumbent operators and avoid investments to be delayed, suspended or unduly
passed on to consumers/users. Finally, regulatory barriers affect the intra-EU trade in
goods, with national packaging and labelling rules creating compliance burdens.
(33) Italy faces among the highest electricity prices in the EU due to its structural reliance
on costly gas-fired generation. This, and in particular the elevated electricity-to-gas
price ratio, represent a key barrier to electrification for both households and industry.
Despite significant untapped potential, renewable growth is too slow to meet 2030
targets: accelerating renewable deployment would contribute to mitigating electricity
prices in the medium term. Continued support through renewable and storage auctions
as well as full implementation of the ‘Testo Unico’ permitting reform also at the
regional level would support this objective. To align energy taxation with
decarbonisation objectives, reducing and rationalising taxes and levies on electricity,
EN 11 EN
including parafiscal levies (‘oneri generali di sistema’), would lessen existing
disincentives to electrification, particularly for firms and industry. Integrating higher
shares of renewables requires accelerating investments to strengthen the electricity
grid and reduce congestions, while limiting the impact on consumer bills. This
includes investing in cross-border interconnections and addressing distribution grid
connection delays. Italy should also continue promoting non-fossil flexibility such as
storage and demand-response mechanisms.
(34) Italy faces severe economic impacts from intensifying climate risks, particularly
hydrogeological hazards, resulting in one of the highest ratios of natural disaster
damage to GDP in the EU. While progress has been made in implementing the
National Adaptation Plan with the establishment of the National Observatory for
Climate Change Adaptation, governance of climate adaptation policies remains
fragmented across authorities, at both central and local level. The investment needs for
climate change adaptation are estimated at over EUR 10 billion per year up to 2050. A
consolidated planning for investments in climate adaptation and reduction of
hydrogeological risks could help address this issue effectively. While the recent
introduction of mandatory insurance against natural disasters for companies has
contributed to addressing the climate insurance protection gap, fair and affordable
solutions to tackle the outstanding gap should be explored and implemented. Increased
soil sealing exacerbates the high susceptibility to hydrogeological risks. Therefore,
increasingly making use of nature-based solutions supported by the introduction of a
national inventory and a more systemic integration into land-use planning, could be an
effective countermeasure.
(35) Infrastructure deficits for water and waste management, in particular in southern
regions, have severe impacts on the quality of local public service delivery and on the
environment, with considerable costs for citizens and lost revenues for the Italian
economy. Even though substantial investments have been made in the waste and water
sectors, with support of RRP and cohesion policy funds, it is important to sustain
progress in closing infrastructural gaps.
(36) In light of the crucial role of human capital in enhancing the Union’s competitiveness
and strategic autonomy, in 2026 the Council recommended that Member States take
action to urgently address human capital related structural challenges in the areas of
skills and education, which hamper competitiveness. The 2026 country-specific
recommendations addressed to Italy can contribute to the implementation of the
Council Recommendation on human capital in the Union.
(37) Structurally low job quality, including low wages, challenges to job and career
security as well as gender equality, remain major obstacles that call for decisive action.
Despite recent increases, Italy is among the Member State where real wages have
declined the most since 2019. While wage growth is constrained by structurally low
productivity growth, wage stagnation is also exacerbated by contractual dumping,
delays in contract renewals, and the limited use of second-level bargaining,
particularly among SMEs and in the South. Strengthening social partners' capacity is
important for providing effective social dialogue. Despite decreasing, linked to the
tightening of the labour market, the share of fixed-term employees remains among the
highest in the EU. Italy also still records among the highest proportions of involuntary
part-time and temporary contracts, disproportionately affecting women, young people
and migrants. Transitions from temporary to permanent jobs remain well below the
EU average. Measures and initiatives to tackle labour market segmentation and
strengthening collective bargaining would be key to supporting adequate wage
EN 12 EN
increases and improving overall job quality. Women’s labour market participation and
employment rates, including part-time employment, record the highest gaps compared
to those of men in the EU. This is driven by southern regions, characterised also by the
lowest childcare coverage. Long-term care needs are increasing, while service
provision is not keeping pace, especially in southern regions. Although substantial
progress has been made in extending the coverage of childcare at national level,
further efforts to expand quality childcare and long-term care services in the regions
with the lowest coverage, while ensuring affordability, are needed.
(38) Widespread and increasing undeclared work needs to continue being addressed to
promote job quality and fair competition among firms, building on recent RRP
reforms. Effectiveness and administrative capacity of the labour inspectorate should be
increased through improved working conditions aimed at increasing the attractiveness
of the profession, as well as through further data-sharing and coordination across
entities carrying out inspections. The most affected sectors, such as domestic work and
agriculture, would benefit from targeted interventions, including preventive measures.
Labour exploitation, which particularly affects migrants, should be tackled, including
by improving access to regular employment for those already in Italy, and ensuring
appropriate protection and outreach for victims, as well as by preventing inappropriate
housing conditions, notably for agricultural workers.
(39) Adults’ basic skills remain among the lowest in the EU, macroeconomic skills
mismatches among the highest and, at the same time, low and declining adult
participation in training further hampers human capital development and, in turn
productivity. Italy has undertaken relevant reforms and invested in adult learning in
recent years, notably in the context of the RRF. However, barriers to training -
particularly for re-skilling and longer training programmes - persist. Based on a sound
and continuous assessment of outcomes of the Active Labour Market Policies and
training measures introduced in recent years, the integrated system providing
unemployment support, social services and training, needs to be supported by
sustainable financing beyond 2026. Barriers to training uptake, including to
Vocational Education and Training, should be further reduced. Given the wide
regional disparities in adult learning and employment outcomes, it is essential to better
target activation measures. Improving skills intelligence and forecasting is also key. In
this regard, regional observatories would benefit from a national integrated system that
aligns skills supply with demand, drawing on local labour-market data and leveraging
AI tools. The governance model for skills forecasting and provision could be
strengthened by placing training effectiveness and quality assurance at its core and by
deepening cooperation among training providers, social partners and employers,
building on, for instance, the successful experience of “Fondi Interprofessionali”.
(40) Further effort is needed to address Italy’s weak and uneven educational outcomes, and
to improve the employability of tertiary graduates. Learning outcomes have not
recovered to pre-pandemic levels and remain fragile. In the South, 46% of pupils fail
to achieve basic proficiency, and disadvantaged students are around three times more
likely to underperform compared with their advantaged peers. Greater focus and
targeted intervention on the worst-performing schools, including incentives for attract
experienced teachers, expansion of full-time schooling leveraging RRF infrastructural
investments and scaling up successful initiatives such as the “Piano Estate”, could
help. Leveraging RRP’s investments, curricula would benefit from a skills-based
approach. Following preliminary positive results, further assessment of the 4-Year
High School Reform pilot will also be key to designing a structural reform of the
EN 13 EN
education cycle. Raising the attractiveness of the teaching profession is also crucial.
Building on the RRP’s teaching profession reform, more stable employment
conditions for non-statutory teachers, a clearer link between salaries, qualifications
and performance, and stronger professional development and mobility are needed.
Italy’s share of 25-34-year-olds with a tertiary qualification, as well as the
employability of recent graduates, remain among the lowest in the EU, driven by long
graduation times, high dropout rates, low returns on education and large skills
mismatches. Building on RRP efforts, further reforms are needed, including aligning
the Italian university system to European standards by curbing free exam retakes,
introducing minimum credit and attendance requirements, linking ANVUR (20)-based
funding to course evaluations and completion rates, and expanding
secondary-to-tertiary guidance and STEM promotion (especially among women).
Embedding transversal and work-oriented skills into university programmes and
increased exposure to work-based learning, notably in VET and mandatory internships
at university level, can support graduates’ employability and better match skills supply
with labour market needs.
(41) Access to healthcare in Italy has deteriorated in recent years, with increasing waiting
lists for public healthcare services and out-of-pocket expenditure significantly
exceeding the EU average, significant territorial disparities in healthcare provision, as
well as shortages of healthcare staff. The rollout of the 2022 territorial healthcare
reform, aiming at reorganising the territorial healthcare services through the new
health facilities, should continue by ensuring the completion and operationalisation of
all the new facilities (community health houses and community hospitals) at local
level, alongside structural integration of healthcare personnel within these facilities,
full deployment of interoperable digital healthcare systems to guarantee continuity of
care across healthcare structures, and sustained funding for telemedicine and homecare
services. The territorial healthcare reform should be implemented in synergy with the
2015 hospital care reform and complemented by additional targeted policies to
effectively ensure equitable healthcare access in Italy’s inner areas. Addressing
healthcare personnel shortages is also crucial, in particular through the use of the
health workforce planning model to assess and anticipate regional distribution, guide
targeted investments and better inform policies on education and training of
professionals. Additionally, the attractiveness of key professions, particularly nurses,
general practitioners, emergency doctors, should be improved through enhanced
working conditions, career incentives, guaranteed safety and legal protections, and
higher-quality specialisation courses. Finally, the full implementation of the Waiting
list management plan should be secured, particularly by overcoming the shortcomings
of the waiting-list platform, including through improved data collection mechanisms,
and adopting the relevant decrees, especially those defining workforce staffing needs
and establishing technical guidelines for regional booking systems (CUPs).
(42) Despite recent improvement, poverty and social exclusion risks remain relatively high
in Italy, notably among children and families, while territorial disparities are widening.
Absolute poverty is at historically high levels in recent years, affecting 8.4% of
households in 2024, including 13.8% of children. Regional gaps are stark, with the
number of people at Risk of Poverty and Social Exclusion around four times higher in
the Islands than in the North-East. Gaps in social protection, notably for atypical
20 ANVUR (Agenzia Nazionale di Valutazione del Sistema Universitario e della Ricerca) is the Italian
National Agency for the Evaluation of the University and Research Systems.
EN 14 EN
workers, self-employed, unemployed and people outside the labour market, combined
with persistent weaknesses in the delivery of essential services, continue to contribute
to elevated risks of poverty and social exclusion. Despite some positive effects from
contribution-based benefits, social transfers other than pensions reduce poverty less
than the EU average and weakened further in 2025. The reformed minimum income
scheme (Assegno di Inclusione) has reduced adequacy and coverage. While recent
policy efforts to support families are going in the right direction, tackling child poverty
would further benefit from expanding full-time schooling and providing sustainable
funding to school canteens building on RRF infrastructural investments and in line
with the EU Anti-Poverty Strategy and the European Child Guarantee. Furthermore,
homelessness remains a persistent and severe phenomenon, with ample scope to
expand the delivery of housing-first interventions. Lastly, important challenges in the
social assistance services provision remain. Clear service targets, stronger monitoring
and better coordination at national level, as well as adequate and predictable financing
would help expand service availability and reduce territorial inequalities. Addressing
these challenges would also contribute to supporting upward social convergence, in
line with the Commission services’ second-stage country analysis of the Social
Convergence Framework (21).
(43) In view of the close interlinkages between the economies of euro-area Member States
and their collective contribution to the functioning of the economic and monetary
union, in 2026 the Council recommended that the euro-area Member States take
action, including through their RRPs, to implement the 2026 Recommendation on the
economic policy of the euro area. For Italy, the recommendation (1) helps implement
the first, the second, the third and the fifth recommendations on the euro area,
recommendation (2) helps implement the fourth recommendation on the euro area,
recommendation (3) help implement the seventh and the tenth recommendations on
the euro area, recommendation (4) helps implement the eighth recommendation on the
euro area, recommendation (5) help implement the seventh recommendation on the
euro area and the recommendation (6) helps implement the fifth recommendation on
the euro area.
(44) In light of the Commission’s in-depth review and conclusions on the existence of
imbalances, recommendations under Article 6 of Regulation (EU) No 1176/2011 are
reflected in recommendations (1), (2), (3), (4) and (6). Policies referred to in
recommendation (1) help to address vulnerabilities linked to public debt. Policies
referred to in recommendation (1), (2), (3), (4) and (6) help to address vulnerabilities
linked to weak productivity growth, which by extension supports potential GDP
growth, and as a result also helps address recommendation (1). Recommendations (1),
(2), (3), (4) and (6) contribute to both addressing imbalances and implementing the
2026 Recommendation on the economic policy of the euro area, in line with recital 43.
HEREBY RECOMMENDS that Italy take action in 2026 and 2027 to:
1. In view of the deviation recorded by 2025 by the Commission vis-à-vis the
recommended net expenditure ceiling, ensure that net expenditure respects the
corrective path recommended by the Council on 21 January 2025. Reinforce defence
spending and readiness while ensuring spending efficiency and gradually adapting
the budget to sustain structurally higher defence spending. Ensure that any measures
21 SWD(2026)122 – Second-stage country analysis on social convergence in line with the Social
Convergence Framework (SCF), 2026.
EN 15 EN
taken to mitigate the impact of the hike in energy prices are temporary, targeted at
protecting vulnerable households or at addressing the needs of energy-intensive
firms, preserve incentives for energy savings while ensuring that their fiscal cost is
compatible with the commitments under the EU fiscal framework. Implement the set
of reforms and investments underpinning the extended adjustment period as
recommended by the Council on 21 January 2025. In line with fiscal sustainability
objectives, make the tax system more conducive to sustainable growth, while
ensuring fairness, including by further fighting tax evasion and reducing remaining
tax expenditures, including those related to value added tax and environmentally
harmful subsidies. Update cadastral values, building on the medium-term fiscal-
structural plan commitment, as part of a broader review of housing-related policies.
Step up efforts to improve the efficiency and effectiveness of public expenditure.
Address demographic challenges to mitigate the effects on potential growth and on
the sustainability of the pension system, also by attracting and retaining high-quality
workforce, and by encouraging older workforce participation especially in the South.
2. Ensure continuity of reforms and investments implemented under the Recovery and
Resilience Facility.Accelerate efforts to implement cohesion policy programmes,
building, where appropriate, on the reallocation to strategic priorities and flexibilities
in the mid-term review of the cohesion policy framework.
3. Support research and innovation, including by strengthening innovation
procurement, increasing universities’ focus on the commercialisation of research and
researchers’ career. Promote the mobilization of savings, capital markets’ expansion,
and firms’ growth and aggregation, including by supporting the role of corporate and
institutional investors in venture capital and private equity, as well as by facilitating
new listings and issuance of corporate bonds. Implement an industrial strategy with
the aim to also reduce territorial disparities, by streamlining current policy measures
and taking into account key infrastructure projects.
4. Further increase the effectiveness of the public administration and further strengthen
administrative capacity, particularly at local level and in the South. Further reduce
the backlog and disposition time of the justice system. Address remaining restrictions
to competition, including in the transport and electricity sectors and tackle remaining
barriers to free movement of goods.
5. Accelerate electrification and intensify efforts for the deployment of renewable
energy and storage, including by fully implementing permitting reforms, particularly
at sub-national level, and investing in the electricity grid. Address climate-related
risks and mitigate their economic impact, including through more institutional
coordination, nature-based solutions and climate insurance coverage. Tackle
remaining inefficiencies in water and waste management by reducing infrastructural
gaps in particular in Southern regions.
6. Continue to promote job quality by further reducing labour market segmentation and
strengthening collective bargaining, also to support adequate wages. Support labour
market participation, including by improving active labour market policies and
access to affordable and quality care services, taking into account territorial
disparities. Keep-up the efforts to tackle undeclared work. Continue promoting VET
and adult learning, including by strengthening in-work training and skills
intelligence.Improve educational outcomes, focusing on basic skills, and the labour
market relevance of tertiary education. Improve timely access to affordable
healthcare, also by tackling shortages in key health professions. Continue to improve
EN 16 EN
the coverage and adequacy of social protection as well as access to social services for
people in vulnerable situations, notably children, while maintaining fiscal
sustainability.
Done at Brussels,
For the Council
The President
EN EN
EUROPEAN COMMISSION
Brussels, 3.6.2026
SWD(2026) 212 final
COMMISSION STAFF WORKING DOCUMENT
2026 Country Report - Italy
Accompanying the document
Recommendation for a COUNCIL RECOMMENDATION
on the economic, social, employment, structural and budgetary policies of Italy
{COM(2026) 212 final}
ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENTS AND KEY POLICY CHALLENGES
2
Output growth decelerates, amid international tensions
Trade barriers and uncertainty are
affecting Italy’s economic performance. GDP growth slowed further to 0.5% in 2025. Geopolitical uncertainty weighed on household spending, while investment rebounded after declining in 2024 due to the rollback of tax credits for residential construction. Despite the challenges posed by trade barriers and a stronger euro, exports grew in 2025, reversing two consecutive years of decline, although imports grew even faster.
Employment continued to grow strongly. Both headcount employment and hours worked increased by 1.1% in 2025, rising in the service and construction sectors but falling in agriculture and manufacturing. Self- employed workers and permanent employees increased the most (by 2.0% and 1.9%, respectively), whereas fixed-term employees decreased by 7.9%. Part-time employment also dropped by 7.1%. The fourth consecutive annual fall brought the unemployment rate down to 6.1%. Despite this progress, the employment rate remained well below the EU average, particularly for women and young people. Wages also grew by 2.5%, particularly in industry (3.5%) and construction (4.4%). Real wages recovered some more of the previously lost purchasing power.
Positive labour market performance has
not been matched by productivity growth. Apart from the period after the COVID-19 pandemic, Italy’s GDP growth has consistently lagged behind employment growth over the past two decades: a productivity stagnation that sets it apart from other EU countries (see Graph 1.1). Both macro- and microeconomic factors help explain Italy’s weak productivity
performance. Predominance of small firms and specialisation in traditional, low value- added sectors (see Annex 5) contribute to chronically low investment in research and innovation (see Annex 4). Persistent regional gaps between north and south (see Annex 18), high energy costs (see Annex 9), a still unfavourable business environment, and the absence of an innovation-driven industrial policy vision with a clear territorial focus continue to undermine the country’s growth potential. Easier access to finance through deeper capital markets would benefit particularly the most innovative small firms.
Graph 1.1: Labour productivity
(1) (Real GDP per person employed, 2000=100) Source: European Commission
Reduced energy price pressure kept
inflation down in 2025, but the outlook
worsened significantly due to the Middle
East conflict. In 2025, the harmonised index of consumer prices (HICP) rose by 1.6%, with energy import prices continuing to fall and inflation remaining weak for non-energy industrial goods, while food and services saw stronger price growth, reflecting rising unit labour costs. The protracted slump in labour productivity in recent years makes even moderate wage dynamics weigh on competitiveness. Italy’s dependence on
80
85
90
95
100
105
110
115
120
125
2000 2002 2004 2006 2008 2010 2012 2014 2016 2018 2020 2022 2024
EU27 DE ES FR IT
3
imported energy and raw materials makes it highly vulnerable to spikes in commodity prices, like those occurred in the wake of the Middle East conflict, which pass rapidly through to domestic prices and thus weigh on economic growth.
A sustained current account surplus
improves Italy’s net international
investment position. The current account
surplus edged up to 1.2% of GDP in 2025, further improving the NIIP to 15.4% of GDP. Net exports of both goods and services worsened marginally, while, the balance of primary incomes turned slightly positive (0.1% from -0.3%), reflecting smaller premia on domestic assets.
Regional gaps remain high despite some
recent improvement. Despite marginal progress in recent years, the southern regions’ GDP per head (65% of the EU average in purchasing power standards) lags well behind the rest of the country, which is above the EU average (Italy’s total: 98%). Structural weaknesses, including low competitiveness, weak innovation, inadequate logistics, demographic decline, and limited administrative capacity tend to perpetuate the gap (see Annex 18). Public service quality and accessibility also remain severely limited in
those regions, accelerating depopulation. Productivity (~80% of EU levels vs Italy’s 99%), and R&D investment (1% of GDP vs 1.5% in the rest of the country) underscore persistent underperformance. The share of women in the workforce (40%) trails far
behind northern Italy (66%) and the EU (71%), while inadequate transport infrastructure constrains economic activity. These challenges are compounded by weak fiscal autonomy and administrative inefficiencies, especially in smaller municipalities, resulting in chronic service failures in healthcare and in water and waste management, and thus worsening the competitiveness gap with the north and territorial fragmentation.
Improving the quality of public finances is key for a sustained reduction of the high public debt
Government deficit is falling but
remained slightly above the EU reference
value in 2025. Italy’s general government
deficit fell further from 3.4% in 2024 to 3.1% of GDP in 2025, supported mainly by stronger revenue thanks to higher employment and
Box 1: UN Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs)
Italy is making progress on all the SDGs related to competitiveness (SDG 4, 8, 9) and
macroeconomic stability (SDGs 8, 16, 17), though overall performance remains below
the EU average. In particular, improvement on global partnerships (SDG 17) and innovation,
industry and resilient infrastructure (SDG 9) has been slow, largely due to low investment levels and high public debt. This has resulted in limited freight transport infrastructure and a lower share of households with high-speed internet. Stronger progress can be seen for indicators on quality education (SDG 4), decent work and economic growth (SDG 8) and peace, justice and strong institutions (SDG 16) due to improvement on indicators related to tertiary education, skills, employment and crime.
Italy is improving on most of the SDGs related to sustainability (SDGs 2, 7, 9, 11, 12,
13, 14) and all those to social fairness (SDGs 1, 3, 4, 5, 7, 8, 10), but at the same time
the indicators on clean water and sanitation and life on land show negative trends
and a high need to catch up to the EU average (SDGs 6, 15). Water quality is declining, the
impact of droughts on ecosystems is increasing and the areas at risk of severe soil erosion are expanding (SDGs 6 and 15). While health indicators remain above the EU average and self- perceived health has improved slightly, obesity rates and antibiotic use are on the rise (SDG 3). Although indicators on poverty risk (SDG 1) are improving, Italy still needs to catch up with the EU average.
4
wages. For 2026, the deficit is expected to decline further as fiscal consolidation progresses under the framework of the Medium-Term Fiscal-Structural Plan (MTFSP). Until 2027, primary surpluses are expected to remain insufficient to offset the debt- increasing effects of the interest–growth differential and the stock-flow adjustments related to the delayed cash effect of the housing renovation tax credits. As a result, the debt-to-GDP ratio is projected to increase from 137.1% in 2025 to 138.5% in 2026 and 139.2% in 2027.
Bringing public debt on a sustained downward trend remains a key challenge. Italy’s debt-to-GDP ratio declined after the COVID-19 pandemic peak but started rising again in 2024 and remains above its pre- pandemic level. The cost of servicing the high level of public debt, combined with projected increases in age-related spending, in particular for pensions spending, is expected to continue weighing on public finances in the coming years. As a result, Italy is projected to face high fiscal sustainability risks in the medium term and low risks in the long term (see Annex 2). Ensuring a sustained reduction in the debt ratio requires continued fiscal consolidation and an improvement in the composition of public finances together with the effective implementation of structural reforms and growth-enhancing investments to support higher potential growth.
Italy continues to face vulnerabilities
related to high government debt and
weak productivity growth. The Commission
undertook an in-depth review of the Italian economy as part of the Macroeconomic Imbalance Procedure earlier in 2026 (1). It highlighted that despite improving primary balances, Italy’s public debt-to-GDP ratio reversed its downward trajectory in 2024 and started rising again, driven mainly by the lagged impact of the tax credits for housing renovations. Sizeable debt servicing costs, together with a public expenditure skewed
(1) SWD(2026) 139 final; European Commission,
Directorate-General for Economic and Financial Affairs, In-Depth Review 2026 Italy, Institutional Paper 335, 20 May 2026.
towards pensions, limit budgetary flexibility. The adverse impact on the economic potential is compounded by Italy’s sluggish productivity growth, a participation to the labour market stubbornly below EU levels and a restrained access to finance by firms, also linked to banks’ holdings of sovereign bonds and despite the falling stock of non-performing loans. Fiscal sustainability risks remain high over the medium term. The government has implemented several policies to foster fiscal sustainability, including enhancing the annual spending reviews, permanently reducing the tax wedge and revising tax expenditures. Keeping a prudent fiscal stance and continuing to effectively implement reforms and support investments are crucial to boost productivity growth.
Italy would benefit from a fairer and
growth-friendlier tax system, alongside further efforts to curb tax evasion. There
is scope to shift part of the relatively high tax burden on labour to other, currently underused tax bases, including wealth and inheritance. The widespread use of special regimes and the large number of tax expenditures, including reduced rates and exemptions in value added tax as well as environmentally harmful subsidies, contribute to making the tax system highly complex and erode the tax base, resulting in significant revenue losses. The inequality of households’ disposable income is relatively high and the redistributive effect of the overall tax-and-benefit system could be improved, including by expanding the tax base of progressive income tax. In addition, cadastral values are not aligned to market values and main residences are exempted from property tax (see Annex 3). In its MTFSP, Italy committed to reforms in taxation and tax compliance, including to further reduce the tax wedge by 2026 and reduce tax expenditures by around EUR 7.5 billion by 2028 compared with 2019. Delivering on these commitments would help broaden tax bases, improve the efficiency and fairness of the tax system and support growth over the medium term.
Further progressing on policy evaluation
and spending reviews is needed to improve the efficiency and quality of
public spending. In 2024, total spending was
5
50.4% of GDP, above the EU average of 49.1%, increasing by 2 pps compared with 2019 (48.4%). A significant share of the budget is earmarked for social protection, in particular pensions, and for debt-servicing costs, limiting fiscal space for other priorities. Public investment has risen significantly compared with pre-pandemic levels, supported in part by the Recovery and Resilience Facility (RRF). At the same time, some growth- enhancing spending, including education and health, has declined compared with 2019. Spending on education fell to 8.0% of total spending in 2024 from 8.2% in 2019, while health spending fell from 13.8% to 13.2% (2). Italy conducted annual spending reviews in 2023-2025, in line with RRP commitments, and its administrative capacity is being strengthened. In line with the MTFSP commitments, the 2026 Budget Law established that each ministry is required to evaluate at least one spending policy under its responsibility by 30 June 2026 under the framework of the Spending Analysis and Evaluation Plans. This aims to strengthen financial planning and budgetary responsibility of central administrations, improve the efficiency of public resource management, and boost the monitoring and evaluation of public policies.
Defence spending is increasing marginally
with additional support provided by the EU. Total government spending on defence amounted to 1.3% GDP in 2024 and is forecast by the Commission at 1.3% GDP in 2025, 1.2% in 2026 and 1.4% in 2027 (see Annex 2). Investment in defence is receiving support from the EU. As part of the European Commission’s ReArm Europe Plan, Italy has requested EUR 14.9 bn in EU loans under SAFE (Security Action for Europe) for defence procurement. In addition, following the mid- term review of cohesion policy, Italy has allocated EUR 248 million to defence-related priorities, including civil preparedness.
(2) COFOG data.
Growing demographic challenges
Italy faces long-standing demographic challenges, including an ageing
population and a low fertility rate. By 2050, Italy’s total population is expected to decline by more than 4 million (3). In 2024, Italy had one of the lowest fertility rates in the EU (IT: 1.18; EU: 1.34) and one of the highest women’s average age at the birth of their first child (IT: 31.9 years, EU: 29.9; see Graph 1.2). This can also explain why Italy has one of the highest gaps between desired and actual fertility in the EU (4). The share of population younger than 15 decreased from 14.2% in 2004 to 11.9% in 2025, more than in the EU (from 16.2% to 14.4%) resulting in one of the lowest shares of children in the EU (5). A long- standing demographic decline, particularly in the south, is itself a barrier to higher birth rates. This trend is compounded by a rising share of over-65s, which reached 24.7% in 2025 compared with an EU average of 22% (6).
Graph 1.2: Fertility rate and mean age of
women at birth
Source: European Commission.
While net migration remains positive and in 2025 almost offset the negative
natural balance, it only mitigates a
structural demographic decline, and the
(3) Population and household projections – Base 1/1/2024
– Istat.
(4) Fertility policy and practice: a Toolkit for Europe – Economist Impact.
(5) Eurostat, Demography of Europe – 2025 edition, Link.
(6) Ibidem.
28.0
28.5
29.0
29.5
30.0
30.5
31.0
31.5
32.0
32.5
0.
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
1.
1.2
1.4
1.6
1.8
2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024
M ea
n Ag
e of
w om
en a
t b irt
h of
fi rs
t c hi
ld
Fe rt
ili ty
ra te
EU27 (fertility) IT (fertility) EU27 (mean age) IT (mean age)
6
brain drain persists. In 2024, over 450 000 people migrated to Italy, but around 188 000 left the country (7), while in 2025 440 000 people migrated to Italy and a lower amount (around 144 000) left the country. This fall is probably because the year 2024 saw an exceptionally high number of registrations with the registry of Italian citizens residing abroad (AIRE), following the introduction of stricter regulations in this field (8). Among these, many young, highly qualified Italians seek better opportunities abroad (see Annex 11). Italy struggles to attract and retain high- skilled workers (9) (see Annex 13). The situation is worse in the south of the country, as young people in the southern regions move not only abroad but also to the centre- north (10).
These trends point to a shrinking workforce and weigh on social protection. The shrinking workforce is further exacerbated by persistently low labour market participation among women and young people (see Annex 11). The working-age population, aged 15-64, is projected to decrease to 54.3% of the total by 2050 (from 63.5% in 2024) (11). Age- related spending (pensions, followed by health and long-term care) is projected to increase, weighing on public finances. An increasing old- age dependency ratio is expected to exert significant upward pressure on pension spending in the coming decades. In addition, the higher prevalence of chronic diseases and multimorbidity among older people is expected to increase demand for hospital services, pharmaceuticals, and long-term care (see Annex 2).
While recent policy measures have had
only limited impact, a more integrated
(7) Istat, Trasferimenti di residenza, Tavola 3 - Iscritti e
cancellati per trasferimento di residenza da e per l'estero per regione.
(8) Istat, Demographic Indicators, 2025.
(9) CNEL, Italy’s attractiveness to young people from advanced countries, 2025.
(10) Ibidem.
(11) Previsioni della popolazione residente e delle famiglie – Base 1/1/2024 – Istat (under the median scenario, with a potential range between 53.2% and 55.4%).
approach combining labour, migration, and social policies would be far more
effective in addressing Italy’s
demographic challenges. In the area of pensions, with the 2026 Budget Law, Italy has not renewed the early retirement schemes that had been annually renewed since 2019. In addition, further measures have been adopted to foster participation in supplementary pension schemes (see Annex 2). At the same time, while the automatic link between retirement conditions and life expectancy is set to resume, it will be phased in gradually. Certain categories of workers remain exempt from the adjustment mechanism. For the period 2026-2028, the 2025 decree establishing migration flows to Italy (“Decreto Flussi”) has introduced a quota of 497 550 workers of all categories, higher than the previous three-year cycle. The sectors concerned have been identified in consultation with social partners to better address labour market needs. However, this instrument has a limited role in countering population ageing and in attracting high-quality workers, as only a small share of total entry quotas is converted into residence permits (7.9% in 2025) (12). Migration can accelerate demographic renewal in the short term, but in the long term, to address Italy's low fertility challenges, a structural approach is essential. An approach that does not solely rely on financial incentives but also promotes a supportive environment for parenting through stable jobs and labour policies especially for young people (see Section 4). This should be complemented by further comprehensive measures to encourage more women and young people into the workforce (see Section 4) and to attract and retain high-quality workers, including through the establishment of favourable conditions that grant young talent the “right to stay” in Italy (13). Measures to ease and encourage workers to remain in the workforce for longer are needed, including
(12) Ero Straniero, IV rapporto di monitoraggio sugli ingressi
per lavoro, February 2026.
(13) Demographic outlook on "right to stay" - Beyond the Letta report - Publications Office of the European Union, Luxembourg, 2025.
7
through flexible working arrangements and age-specific management policies.
EU funding instruments provide
considerable resources to Italy. They support investments and structural reforms to increase competitiveness, environmental sustainability, skills, social fairness and security, while helping to address challenges identified in the CSRs. Key instruments include the Recovery and Resilience Facility (see Box 2) and Cohesion policy funds (see Box 3). In addition, the Common Agricultural Policy (CAP) provides Italy with an EU contribution of EUR 28 billion under the CAP strategic plan for 2023-2027 (14), while EUR 518 million are allocated under the Common Fisheries Policy (CFP). A further EUR 1.5 billion are available under the Asylum, Migration and Integration Fund (AMIF), together with the Border Management and Visa Instrument (BMVI) and the Internal Security Fund (ISF). Other EU programmes also support competitiveness in Italy, for instance through open calls under Horizon Europe and the Connecting Europe Facility.
(14) An overview of Italy's formally approved strategy to
implement the EU’s common agricultural policy nationally can be found at https://agriculture.ec.europa.eu/cap-my-country/cap- strategic-plans/italy_en.
8
Box 2: Key achievements of the recovery and resilience plan
Italy’s recovery and resilience plan (RRP) represents a total budget of EUR 194.4 billion,
corresponding to 9.13% of GDP. The plan is aimed at supporting reforms and investments
contributing to the green and digital transitions, strengthening economic resilience, and addressing long-standing structural challenges identified in the European Semester.
As of 4 May 2026, EUR 153.2 billion (around 79% of the total allocation) have been disbursed
to Italy following the satisfactory fulfilment of 366 milestones and targets, of which EUR 99
billion in loans. Implementation has progressed steadily, with a growing number of reforms and investments already fulfilled and delivering real results on the ground.
Highlights and impact of the plan
• Public administration and digitalisation. Reforms of public employment and justice,
along with investments on civil servants’ upskilling and central and local public administrations’ digitalisation have contributed to improving administrative capacity
and public services, including through the simplification/digitalisation of more than 260 administrative procedures for businesses and individuals, and the reduction of criminal justice backlog by around 95% for cases pending since 31 January 2020.
• Wider availability of renewables has been unlocked through a reform
consolidating the legal framework on renewable permitting as well as
investments on renewable plants (for example the installation of 1 550 MW of solar panels on agro-industrial structures) complemented by grid investments to improve renewables integration (Tyrrhenian link ensuring electricity transmission between the mainland, Sicily and Sardinia, or interventions on smart grids increasing hosting capacity by 4 000 MW and enabling electrification of consumption for 1 730 000 residents).
• Improved active labour market and skills policies underpinned by reforms and investments to encourage labour market participation, up and re-skilling and
vocational training and improve the quality of public employment services,
resulting in more than 3 million jobseekers, notably women, benefiting from reformed active labour market policy (ALMP) services, over 600 000 jobseekers trained, most of them in digital skills, and other 200 000 people in skills for the green transition; 900 000 students participated in the dual system and more than 347 public employment services supported to for instance improve their IT system, set-up labour market observatories, train their staff or carry out communication campaigns.
• Digital and inclusive education. Digital equipment delivered to more than 8 000
schools and 100 000 classrooms, complemented by training focused on school staff and pupils at risk of early school leaving and dropping out.
• Improved resilience of the national healthcare framework through the reform of
territorial healthcare and investments to digitise 281 medium and large hospitals.
9
(15) ERDF, ESF+, CF and JTF.
(16) The mid-term review is to be carried out halfway through the 2021-2027 programming period. It is a formal assessment process required under Article 18 of the Common Provisions Regulation that aims to assess the implementation of programmes and, where necessary, propose adjustments to improve their performance, ensure their relevance in light of new and emerging needs and keep them aligned with other EU policies.
Box 3: Contribution of cohesion policy funds
EU cohesion policy funding supports Italy’s efforts to increase competitiveness,
territorial development, environmental sustainability as well as skills and social
fairness. In 2021-2027, EU cohesion policy funds (15) are providing EUR 42.2 billion (amounting
to EUR 72.8 billion with national co-financing), or 1.9% of 2024 GDP, to Italy. This makes cohesion policy one of the main sources of public investment in the country. The number of selected projects corresponds to 55.2% of the total allocation as of March 2026, with additional calls in the pipeline.
• Innovation, business environment and productivity. Nearly EUR 10.3 billion are
allocated for research and innovation and SMEs competitiveness EUR 2.8 billion for investments in critical technologies under the Strategic Technologies for Europe Platform (STEP) initiative. Around 76 715 firms have already seen their projects approved.
• Decarbonisation, energy affordability and sustainability. EUR 9.1 billion are dedicated
to clean transition projects. Of these, more than EUR 1.7 billion to drinking water and wastewater treatment projects, with expected improved water supply for 2.3 million people and improved wastewater treatment for 1.5 million people. Another EUR 2.8 billion support energy efficiency and renewables interventions, with over 7 000 households expected to have an improved energy performance and an expected renewables new capacity of 888 MW. Clean technologies under STEP are targeted with more than EUR 600 million.
• Skills, quality jobs and social fairness. EUR 416 million are allocated to support the
labour market relevance of education and training systems, EUR 2.61 billion to improve quality and for strengthening inclusive education and training and an additional EUR 731 million are dedicated to boosting lifelong learning. The European Social Fund Plus (ESF+) also supports better access to employment with EUR 1.35 billion and tackling material deprivation with EUR 747 million. Moreover, it also intervenes in fields such as healthcare (EUR 2.57 billion). By the end of 2025, almost four million participants have benefited from ESF+ funding.
The mid-term review (MTR) (16) reinforced the cohesion policy’s contribution to emerging strategic priorities, reallocating nearly EUR 7.1 billion. Two thirds of these reallocations support competitiveness and the development of critical technologies, 15% to additional investments in more affordable housing, 9% is dedicated to better water management, and 3% to energy efficiency and investments in interconnectors and related infrastructures. Ringfenced resources for the new MTR priorities will also target policies such as the adaptation of workers to decarbonisation and the development of specialised skills for cyber security and civil preparedness. However, almost 90% of this budget (more than 1 billion out of EUR 1.26 billion) is allocated to promoting skills in the development of critical STEP technologies focusing on access to employment, adaptation to change, improving of and access to the education and training system. In addition to cohesion policy funding, Italy will be allocated up to EUR 7 billion under the Social Climate Fund for the 2026-2032 programming period to help mitigate the social impact of the new emissions trading system (ETS2), supporting vulnerable households and small businesses.
INNOVATION, BUSINESS ENVIRONMENT AND PRODUCTIVITY
10
In 2025, Italy received country-specific
recommendations (CSRs) to address the
challenges related to sluggish productivity growth and competitiveness.
Italy was invited to make the tax system more growth-friendly, fight tax evasion, support research and innovation, promote business growth, implement an industrial strategy, including to reduce the territorial divide, increase the efficiency of public administration and justice system, and remove remaining barriers to competition. With the support of the recovery and resilience plan (RRP), several measures have been implemented to address these challenges, but more effort is needed.
Industrial strategy, territorial divide and transport infrastructure
Productivity growth in Italy has remained weak, also due to strong gaps between
northern and southern regions. Italy’s productivity has been declining since the early 2000s. This is explained at micro level, among other things, by a small average firm size and a structural underinvestment in innovation and firm specialisation in low value-added sectors. This dynamic is even more pronounced in the southern regions, where businesses are on average smaller, more focused on traditional sectors, and disproportionately affected by a significant infrastructural gap compared with the North (see Annex 18).
Italy took a first step in defining a national industrial strategy, but
additional effort is needed to implement
and align it with the development strategy for the South. In 2026, the
Ministry of Enterprises and Made in Italy published the White Book “Made in Italy 2030”, which outlines development priorities for the
country. However, the White Book is not aligned withthe strategic plan for the Single Special Economic Zone (SEZ) (17) published in 2024 by the SEZ Mission Structure. Although these two documents clearly identify the challenges that the country faces, they fail to provide clear policy actions, incorporate infrastructural and research investment planning, or ensure mutual alignment overall. At the same time, the identification of a broad range of 18 strategic sectors, many of them low value-added, without clear strategic prioritisation or a defined territorial scope, risks making public efforts non-selective, and consequently, ineffective in a context of limited resources. The analysis provided in the White Book shows a clear need for horizontal measures aimed at addressing the five weaknesses (18) identified in the industrial strategy, as well as promoting the competitiveness of Italian firms. There is also a need for vertical measures to support high value-added strategic sectors and technologies in a context of renewed interest in strategic autonomy. An example is Italy’s investment in satellite constellations and space technologies under its National Recovery and Resilience Plan, reinforcing innovation- driven industrial capabilities in Earth observation, telecommunications, and advanced propulsion systems. In both cases, it is important to identify clear measurable objectives and actions that can be monitored. The industrial strategy could also contribute improve the coordination among ministries
(17) The Single Special Economic Zone (SEZ) is a
geographically defined area, encompassing the eight southern Italian regions, where business and trade rules are more favourable than the rest of the country. The Single SEZ envisages an administrative simplification tool (the Single Authorisation) and a tax credit for investments in the area.
(18) Low R&D, firm size, human capital, energy costs, under- capitalisation.
11
and across different governance levels (local and national).
Streamlining and stabilising national and
regional tax incentives is key to promote policy coordination and better focus
public actions towards growth-boosting
investments. As part of the RRP, the
government has recently adopted the Incentive Code, a reform aimed at providing a single rulebook to setup incentives. While this represents a step forward in the creation of a common framework, additional effort is required to rationalise and stabilise national and regional incentives and to earmark ad hoc resources for the southern regions to address their lower economic development (see Annex 18). To date, Italy counts 2 723 incentives, of which 348 of national competence and 2 375 of regional one. The latter amount to only 18% of the overall resources. This fragmentation entails high administrative burdens for businesses and allocation inefficiencies across territories and ministries. The streamlining actions should also be accompanied by a better targeting of incentives, matching the incentive type to the policy objective.
The Single SEZ represents the main policy initiative to support the economic
development of the South, but more
targeted territorial measures and incentives are needed. While the single authorisation is speeding up permitting procedures in the whole area, and the SEZ tax credit is supporting investments in the South and its extension from one year to three years makes it a more predictable incentive, its design does not promote industrial upgrading in Southern Italy due to its non-selective nature. Sectors such as pharmaceuticals, renewables, microelectronics and aerospace are present in the South, but their potential remain underexploited. For this reason, using locally targeted policy mixes (e.g. a combination of incentives, spatial planning, and infrastructure development), could
promote industrial growth and structural transformation in Southern Italy (19)(20).
The further development of transport
infrastructure beyond 2026 will be a key condition for competitiveness. The RRP and cohesion policy funds provided a significant boost, particularly for railway and port infrastructure. However, sustained effort will be needed beyond the plan’s conclusion to address Italy’s persistent infrastructural gaps. In the railway sector, it will be essential to finalise the large-scale projects initiated under the RRP, while also accelerating the roll-out of the European Rail Traffic Management System (ERTMS) technology to boost operational efficiency and prioritising the electrification of key lines in support of decarbonisation objectives. Road and port infrastructure and multimodal logistic nodes also require greater attention, given their critical role in connectivity and logistics, particularly in reducing regional gaps. Additionally, bridging the infrastructure gap between northern and southern regions must remain a strategic priority, particularly on access to industrial zones and improving last-mile connectivity. In this sense further effort should be devoted to ensure a multiannual and multimodal Transport Strategy that is closely aligned with industrial and regional development needs. It could help maximise the impact of public spending, avoid the duplication of unnecessary investments, attract private capital, develop public-private partnerships (PPP) and ensure that infrastructure development is both efficient and sustainable in the long term.
Businesses’ growth and research & innovation
Italy’s business sector faces structural
weaknesses that limit business and
(19) OECD (2025). Place-based industrial policy. Lessons for
place transformation. OECD Local Economic and Employment Development (LEED) Papers.
(20) Incoronato, L. & Lattanzio, S. (2025). Place-based industrial policies and local agglomeration in the long run. Working papers. Banca d’Italia.
12
productivity growth. In 2023, businesses with fewer than 20 employees generate 34% of value added, compared with 26.1% in the EU, while businesses with 250 employees or more account for only 38.4% compared with 49.1% in the EU. Although fragmentation has declined in recent years, the average business size remains small and continues to hold back productivity growth (see Annex 5 and Section 1). Businesses are smaller in the South which continues to limit productivity growth and technological advancements (see Annex 18). Low innovation, partly explained by a less generous of public support for private R&D, limited managerial professionalisation, modest use of non-bank finance, and tax and regulatory barriers prevent businesses from growing. Italy made some progress in addressing the 2025 CSR to support research and innovation and promote businesses’ growth. More specifically, Italy progressed with the implementation of RRP investments under Mission 4 Component 2, such as the support of innovation agreements and the creation and strengthening of R&I infrastructures and networks, continued with the implementation of the Scale Up Act, introduced and new three- year funding plan for competitive project calls. However, more effort is needed to close the gap with best performing countries.
Italy’s tax system encourages businesses
to stay small and family-run. Family-run businesses, which in Italy account for 83% of micro-firms and a significant share of larger businesses, tend to rely less on professional management practices, with negative implications for innovation and productivity. The simplified lump-sum tax regime, with a 15% rate for businesses with a turnover below EUR 85 000, creates a tax disincentive for micro-firms to merge or expand. Similarly, the favourable tax treatment of inherited businesses encourages generational continuity in ownership and management, rather than aggregation or external succession (OECD, 2026).
More public support for low R&D spending
and a stronger framework for innovation
procurement, would help unlock Italy’s
innovation potential. Business R&D spending stood at 0.79% of GDP in 2024, well
below the EU average of 1.49%, while SME R&D spending amounted to 0.22% of GDP in 2023, around half the EU average of 0.43%. Low business R&D intensity continues to limit the shift towards more technology-intensive activities (see Annex 4). There is a significant regional divide in the South, with the North and Centre regions showing a stronger R&D performance combining higher R&D spending, stronger patenting capacity, and higher innovation intensity (see Annex 18). Moreover, in 2023, public support for private R&D remained low in Italy, at 0.09% of GDP compared with 0.23% across OECD economies, limiting its capacity to crowd in private investment (21). Italy made limited progress in addressing the relevant 2025 CSR to support innovation by strengthening business academia linkages and innovation procurement. On the latter, a comprehensive framework for innovation procurement, which so far is limited to the defence and green sectors, could support the demand for innovation while making public spending more efficient (see Annex 4). Additionally, in line with Medium Term Fiscal Plan commitments, increasing and rebalancing public support to business R&D towards more predictable and well-targeted direct instruments could help crowd in private investment in innovation, especially among SMEs.
Building on RRP efforts, links between
business and academia need to be strengthened while existing initiatives
could be rationalised. Italy is classified as a moderate innovator, with above EU average results in scientific publications but below average patent applications (22). Despite several RRP investments to promote links between business and academia, Italy made limited progress to address the related 2025 CSR. While some of these initiatives will be continued (23), the overall fragmentation of
(21) OECD Country Report 2026.
(22) 2025 European Innovation Scoreboard.
(23) The 2025 budget law allocated EUR 300 million to further support the National centres and the extended partnerships financed by investments 1.3 and 1.4 of Mission 4, Component 2, of the Italian RRP. The allocation of resources will be based on specific Key Performance Indicators (KPIs).
13
actors and investments favours a dispersion of resources. (24). Assessing and integrating these initiatives into a coherent national strategy, as established by the annual competition law no. 190/2025, could help rationalise and increase their impact (25). Some of these initiatives, for example the competence centres and technology transfer offices could also play a role in stimulating demand for, and raise awareness of, non-bank financing opportunities, while supporting the upskilling and professionalisation of managers and employees. Moreover, the continuation and improvement of innovative PhD scholarships with companies, an important policy action financed by the RRP, could also play a key role in further fostering the alignment of research with entrepreneurial needs.
Limited resources and incentives for
universities to focus on the commercialisation of research continue
to hamper innovation. Resources for the university system are limited, with Italy showing one of the lowest figures in university spending in the OECD countries (26). According to the Bank of Italy (27), resources are insufficient to adequately reward best- performing universities. Moreover, universities and researchers continue to have limited incentives to perform research valorisation and technology transfer activities. As a result, R&D spending by higher education institutions is significantly lower than EU average (0.36% of GDP compared with an EU average of 0.48% of GDP in 2024). While the adoption of a three-year plan for the financing of research activities can partially address inefficiencies in the allocation of resources, further efforts are needed to address the relevant 2025 CSR on
(24) Andini, M., Bertolotti, F., Citino, L., D’amuri, F., Linarello, A.
& Mattei, G. (2025). Ricerca, innovazione e trasferimento tecnologico in Italia (Occasional Papers No. (954). Banca d’Italia.
(25) CNR (2025). Relazione sulla ricerca e l’innovazione. Analisi e dati di politica della scienza e della tecnologia. Quinta. Ottobre 2025.
(26) OECD (2026). OECD economic surveys: Italy 2026.
(27) Andini, M., Bertolotti, F., Citino, L., D’Amuri, F., Linarello, A., & Mattei, G. (2025). Ricerca, innovazione e trasferimento tecnologico in Italia (Occasional Papers No. 954). Banca d’Italia.
supporting research and boosting the role of universities in innovation. Strengthening and institutionalising technology transfer and their weight on university governance would be key to increasing the supply of marketable and innovative ideas. Moreover, reward mechanisms for researchers and graduates to pursue entrepreneurial activities would be beneficial to turn research into spin off and start-ups, fuelling the demand for venture capital investment (see Annex 4).
A recent reform could further affect the
attractiveness of research careers, in
absence of an improved and long-term
recruitment planning. Short-term contracts
are widely used in the public research sector while the hiring of tenure track researchers and academic staff is contingent to the ad hoc allocation of resources by the government through extraordinary recruitment plans, without stable and predictable multiannual planning. Tenure track researchers and academic staff tend to be older than average (28) and data show that around 10 years pass from the PhD completion date to the achievement of a stable position in the university system (29). A new reform in 2025 has increased the number of short-term non- tenure track contractual tools to hire researchers, with the risk of making the career path of researchers more unpredictable and unstable. Improving recruitment planning while taking action to speed up the career path of researchers is key to improving the attractiveness of the public research profession.
(28) In 2023, 55% of academic staff had at least 50 years,
compared to OECD and EU average respectively 40.4% and 40.6% This represented the highest figure in all OECD countries. OECD (2025). Education at glance. OECD indicators.
(29) ANVUR (2026). Rapporto sul sistema della formazione superiore e della ricerca.
14
Channelling savings into growth- boosting investments
While Italy’s high savings are key to support growth-boosting investments,
capital markets remain undersized and
firms’ access to non-bank finance limited. In 2024, households’ net financial wealth amounted to approximately EUR 5 000 billion, i.e. 226% of GDP, while non-financial wealth, including real estate assets, to EUR 6 700 billion. In 2024, domestic savings were distributed among banks, with total assets amounting to 175.4% of GDP, insurance corporations (50% of GDP), investment funds (24.5% of GDP), and occupational pension funds (8.9% of GDP). At the sametime, the market capitalisation of Italian listed companies stood at 39.4% of GDP in September 2025, well below the EU average of 70%. Non-financial corporations and state- owned firms accounted respectively for around 60% of total market capitalisation. The bond market, worth 156.7% of GDP at the end of 2024, is dominated by government bonds and issuances by financial institutions (74% and 20% of the total market, respectively). Non- financial corporations accounted for the remaining 6%. The lack of depth in the Italian capital markets reflects the relatively limited role that listed shares and bonds play as source of financing for domestic non-financial firms, representing only 13.1% of their overall financing vs 23.5% for the EU average. Furthermore, Italian private markets are very limited. In the first half of 2025, real estate funds managed the largest share of assets (EUR 131 billion), while non-real-estate alternative investment funds (AIFs) remained much smaller (EUR 57 billion of which EUR 29.4 billion in private equity funds, i.e. 15.6% of total AIF assets). Venture capital (VC) is catching up but remains small, managing assets for less than EUR 3 billion at the end of 2023. This leads successful local start-ups that want to scale up to increasingly rely on funding from abroad to fully meet their financing needs.
Despite ongoing initiatives, demand for capital market products remains limited.
Italy has launched several measures to develop its equity and bond markets and improve their depth and liquidity. The capital markets reform, the ELITE programme, and establishment of the Fondo Strategico Nazionale as an anchor investor for initial public offerings are steps in this direction. Demand for non-bank finance is also limited by the average small firm size and limited professionalisation among managers. The low participation of Italian non-financial corporations in equity and bond markets is a missed opportunity as financial institutions and retail investors increasingly rely on asset managers and exchange-traded funds (ETFs) to ensure diversification and invest savings. Efforts could include temporarily reducing dividend and capital gains taxes on newly listed stocks - both before and after listing - to encourage firms to enter financial markets and attract investor interest. Refocusing existing guarantee schemes to prioritise capital market instruments could also incentivise corporate demand.
Several initiatives are in place to support
the development of venture capital and
private equity, but further efforts are
needed. Beyond the critical role played by CDP Venture Capital and Fondo Italiano d’Investimento in developing the venture capital and private equity markets, Italy has recently adopted additional measures. The Capital Market Reform, the RRP’s Scale Up Act, and the launch of the “Previdentia Fund” are first steps to help institutional investors familiarize themselves with these asset classes and could be expanded to insurance, banking, and corporate players. In this regard, a further development of the market could come from: i) supporting early-stage and riskier market segments; ii) de-risking institutional investors through guarantees, first-loss provisions, or preferential treatment in the distribution of returns; and iii) supporting the consolidation of venture capital funds. Similarly, developing the corporate venture capital market could be important to increase the demand for solutions offered by startups, to support the diffusion of breakthrough technologies to large firms, and to improve the exit opportunities for investors.
15
Italy’s reform to strengthen auto- enrolment will help grow its
supplementary pension sector. Insurers
and pension funds invest conservatively. At the end of 2024, despite a gradual consolidation, Italy’s pension fund system remained fragmented, with 291 funds managing EUR 243 billion in assets, with a predominant allocation to government and other debt securities, and still limited participation by Italian workers particularly self-employed (see Annex 6). In September 2025, insurers held an investment portfolio of EUR 1 070 billion, with large allocations to government and corporate bonds, and, according to Confindustria, with a high share of assets invested abroad (56%) (see Annex 6). The 2026 Budget Law strengthened the auto-enrolment of workers and introduced a life cycle default investment strategy. The reform shortened the period for opting out of the transfer of severance pay to supplementary pension funds and made default investment options more age- and horizon-sensitive; it also improved mobility across pension funds and provided more flexibility for plan holders in the pay-out phase. The reform is a positive step forward, and proper implementation will be important to strengthen the collection of pension funds and ensure better returns for employees. Supplementary pension schemes could boost the resilience of the pension system by diversifying retirement income sources (see Annex 2). On the investment side, improving the ability of domestic institutional investors, such as pension funds and insurers, to invest more in asset classes with a longer investment horizon, could improve access to non-bank finance for companies and foster the development of the venture capital and private equity markets.
A more supportive business environment
Italy’s business environment could
benefit from a more efficient public
administration and further administrative
simplification. The data show that 41% of
Italian firms report dissatisfaction with the public administration, the highest share in the EU and well above the EU average of 24%. For example, a user-focused approach, the once- only principle, clear data governance and accountability for data reuse should be strengthened (see Annex 7). The shortcomings translate into delays in operations, increased operational costs and difficulties in expanding to new markets. Furthermore, Italy’s public administration workforce is among the oldest in the EU, with 53% of civil servants above 50 years of age (EU average: 40%). This is coupled with limited participation of civil servants in adult learning (15% vs EU average of 19%) and a relatively low share of staff with post-secondary education (38% vs EU average of 54%). Moreover, administrative capacity is characterised by significant regional differences, the widest in the EU (see Graph 2.1), with capacity constraints particularly visible at local level, especially in southern regions (see Annex 18). In 2024, northern regions constantly scored higher than southern ones in the European Quality of Government Index (maximum of 0.72 for Friuli Venezia Giulia vs minimum of -2.06 for Sicily).
Graph 2.1: 2024 EU Quality of government
index across countries and regions
(1) EU average = 0 Source: European Commission.
Italy has made progress in strengthening public employment and simplification, but
more effort is needed on administrative
capacity, especially at local level and in the South. Italy made some progress in addressing the 2025 CSR that called for a
-3
-2
-1
0
1
2
3
Fi nl
an d
D en
m ar
k Sw
ed en
Lu xe
m bo
ur g
N et
he rla
nd s
Ire la
nd Au
st ria
G er
m an
y Es
to ni
a Be
lg iu
m Fr
an ce
Po rtu
ga l
Li th
ua ni
a Sl
ov en
ia Sp
ai n
C ze
ch ia
La tv
ia M
al ta
C yp
ru s
Ita ly
G re
ec e
Sl ov
ak ia
Po la
nd C
ro at
ia H
un ga
ry Ro
m an
ia Bu
lg ar
ia
Avg Min Max
16
more efficient public administration, more simplification and stronger administrative capacity. Italy is keeping up the simplification effort with the creation of a national repository for simplified and/or digitalised administrative procedures, and of a platform that enables interoperability between one- stop-shops at municipal level with all the public administrations involved in administrative procedures for businesses (see Annex 7). Under the RRP’s public administration reform, all platforms for the recruitment and management of civil servants (i.e. HRM-Minerva, inPA, Syllabus) are expected to be operational and interoperable within the year. Boosting horizontal and vertical mobility of public employees, further strengthening upskilling and reskilling (including on AI), and promoting equality and inclusion would further support public administration’s effectiveness, in line with objectives included in MTFSP. On administrative capacity, while better-equipped regions are building on the RRP experience, less-resourced regions appear to lag behind and would benefit from a more active support from central administration. Targeted support, tailored for small and southern administrations, including through innovative tools, and promoting forms of administrative associations, could prove key to support local administrations in implementing reforms and investment. These actions go hand in hand with an improvement of local finance mechanisms to increase the tax capacity of local public administration.
Despite recent improvements, there is
still ample room to further reduce the
length and backlog of trials in Italy. Despite recent measures to reduce the backlog and disposition time, the average duration of Italian civil and commercial trials remains among the highest in the EU (see Annex 7). Under the RRP, Italy made some progress in addressing the relevant CSR on reducing the backlog and disposition time of the justice system by adopting a comprehensive reform to increase the efficiency of the civil, criminal, insolvency and tax justice systems. Italy has also heavily invested, through temporary hirings, to support the activities of the courts (trial office) and administrative staff. Further progress could be achieved by making the trial office, introduced by the RRP and very much
appreciated by practitioners, structural. Further progress to address the severe shortages of magistrates and courts staff and the full digitalisation of the justice systems, especially in criminal courts, could help. The adoption of tailored measures to further reduce pressure on courts and the average lengths of trials, for example a targeted support for justice sectors under pressure, such as the Justice of Peace, whose jurisdiction has been expanded by recent reforms without a corresponding increase in resources, could also help to alleviate pressures on the judicial system.
Regulatory and administrative barriers to the EU single market persist in Italy,
affecting both trade in goods and
services as well as business operations. These include packaging and labelling rules and complex permitting and establishment procedures. Easing administrative requirements in the implementation of posting of workers rules could reduce regulatory fragmentation within the EU single market, facilitate cross-border mobility and boost competitiveness, without undermining workers’ protections (See Annex 5).
Fostering liberalisations and effective
sectoral regulation would benefit Italy’s
productivity growth. The RRP’s annual competition laws are positive steps in addressing the 2025 CSR on removing remaining restrictions to competition, increasing competition in a number of sectors, including in local public services and energy. Competition would benefit from ensuring that the RRP reforms are properly implemented and followed up, particularly for highways, ports and local/regional transport services. Ensuring the implementation of pro- competitive measures in the railways sector to strengthen contestability of the contracts, quality of the service, accountability of the operators and monitoring entities would also be beneficial. The launch of open and competitive tenders for the award of concessions or service contracts in all transport sectors would also help. The electricity sector would benefit from more competitive market structures and improved regulatory frameworks that could reduce costs for households and firms, facilitate
17
infrastructural investments and support the energy transition (see Section 3). Similarly, strengthening competition and efficiency in the health sector - for instance with open selection procedures for the accredited private providers - remain crucial to improve medical assistance quality and ensure fairer access to healthcare across regions. New annual Competition Laws could be instrumental to ensure the timely tendering of expiring concessions across all sectors, where concessions are granted by public authorities at central, regional or local level.
A more efficient, fair and growth- friendly tax system
There is scope to improve Italy’s tax system by shifting the tax mix to better
support growth and stepping up efforts
to fight tax evasion. Tax revenues to GDP
increased in 2024 and remain relatively high compared with the EU average, with the largest contribution coming from labour tax. After a decrease in 2024, the labour tax wedge increased in 2025, although for earners of low wages at 50% of the average wage is now below the EU average (see Annex 3). Overall, despite the structural cuts implemented in recent years, the tax wedge in Italy remains above the EU average. Special regimes for self-employed and the growing use of temporary flat personal income taxation make the tax system highly complex, weakens progressivity and erodes the tax base, resulting in significant revenue loss. Furthermore, despite a significant reduction, environmentally harmful subsidies remain high, and tax expenditures, including on VAT, are widely used. Shifting the current high tax burden on labour to other underused sources of revenue, which are less detrimental to growth, would help to raise economic potential. Moreover, taxes on energy are not designed to sufficiently encourage the transition to clean technologies, and taxation of private vehicles does not directly take into account CO2 emission levels. Tax evasion remains high, particularly in VAT and among self-employed workers, despite the ambitious countermeasures taken in recent years,
including under the RRP (see Annex 3). At the same time, recent measures similar to tax amnesties risk being counterproductive in terms of tax compliance. Efforts to ensure that the cadastre is complete and reflects up-to- date values would improve the fairness and efficiency of the property tax system. Overall, while positive steps have been taken, more effort is needed to further increase the overall progressivity and fairness of the tax mix.
DECARBONISATION, ENERGY AFFORDABILITY AND SUSTAINABILITY
18
In 2025, Italy received country-specific
recommendations (CSRs) to accelerate
the electrification and the deployment of renewable energy, address climate-
related risks, and tackle the remaining
inefficiencies in water and waste
management. Under the recovery and resilience plan (RRP), several measures were implemented to address these challenges. However, more effort is needed.
Structurally mitigating high electricity prices
Italy’s retail electricity prices for both
households and industry remain among
the highest in the EU, largely due to the dominance of gas in energy generation. In
the first semester of 2025, electricity prices in Italy were the fourth highest in the EU for households and the sixth highest for large businesses (30). This translates in a high electricity-to-gas price ratio, equivalent to 2.7 for households (2.5 in the EU), while for large businesses electricity was 3.7 times more costly than gas (3 in the EU). This impacts the competitiveness of Italy’s firms and reduces their incentives to electrify, as compared to peer countries (see Graph 3.1). Retail prices are driven by high wholesale prices, in turn caused mainly by Italy’s heavy reliance on gas. Despite being typically the most expensive source of electricity generation, gas maintains a structural role as dominant and marginal
(30) Firms here are defined as medium-sized consumers
with an annual consumption between 2-20 GWh (ID consumption band), covering firms consuming large amounts of electricity due to their size, or energy- intensive SMEs. Household consumers are defined as medium household annual consumption of 2,5-5 000 GWh (DC consumption band).
price-setting technology. It set the electricity price in 61.4% of hours in Italy in 2024 (31). Fossil fuels represented 51% of the electricity mix in Italy in 2025, compared with 29% in the EU (32).
Despite falling daytime prices in recent
years owing to growing solar power, Italy
remains vulnerable to price spikes during
peak-demand hours when solar output is low. Combined with limited non-fossil
flexibility (33), this requires the increased use of costly thermal power plants. Further accelerating renewable deployment, along with non-fossil flexibility, would structurally mitigate prices by reducing reliance on gas, in line with the 2025 CSR. However, Italy has one of the highest percentage gaps among EU Member States between its 2030 renewable energy targets and 2023 levels, despite significant untapped renewable potential. National energy and climate plan (NECP) objectives require additional 70GW of renewable capacity installation by 2030 compared with 2022. However, growth is slow: solar capacity added around 5-7 GW annually compared with the 54 GW needed in total, while wind expansion has stalled, and grid/permitting delays continue to hinder deployment. Accelerating support to renewables and storage through regularly planned auctions, in line with and building on FER X and the upcoming FER Z, would mitigate electricity prices in the medium term and contribute to meeting decarbonisation goals. The RRP ‘Testo Unico’ reform also supported renewable deployment by collecting and simplifying legislation on permitting: full
(31) GME, 2025, Relazione Annuale 2024, Link.
(32) Ember, 2026, data for Italy: Link; data for EU: Link.
(33) The ability of the electricity system to adjust to the variability of generation and consumption patterns and to grid availability.
19
implementation now requires the definition by regions of renewable ‘acceleration’ and ‘suitable’ areas beyond the minimum set established at national level. Strengthening the capacity of local public administrations could support faster permitting.
Graph 3.1: Electricity and gas prices for firms,
including taxes
(1) For non-household consumers, the electricity consumption band is ID (2 000 MWh to 19 999 MWh), and the gas consumption band is I4 (100 000 GJ to 999 999 GJ). (2) VAT and recoverable charges are not displayed as these are typically recovered by businesses. (3) The price net of taxes is the retail price excluding all taxes and levies. It includes the energy/supply and network cost components, which are not disaggregated in Eurostat’s six-monthly price dataset. Source: Eurostat.
Final retail prices are also impacted by
taxes and levies disproportionately skewed towards electricity compared
with gas, particularly for large firms. For large firms, the electricity-to-gas price ratio is 3.7 including taxes and levies, but it would be lower (3.1) without taxes and levies. While taxes and levies paid by Italian firms for electricity as a share of prices was the third highest in the EU in the first half of 2025, the share follows the EU average for household consumers (also due to a denominator effect, as prices themselves are exceptionally high in Italy). As shown also in Graph 3.1, prices are also burdened by parafiscal levies which are significantly higher for electricity compared with gas, especially for firms (34). This imbalance disincentivises electrification,
(34) ECCO think tank, 2025, Energy taxation and fossil fuel
subsidies in Italy, Link.
especially in industry, and could be adjusted in a budget-neutral way.
Strengthening the power grid to encourage decarbonisation
The electricity system would benefit from
strengthening Italy’s power grid and
flexibility through faster investments,
streamlined permitting, and deeper
market reforms. Italy’s electricity system faces persistent constraints from low interconnection, grid bottlenecks, and limited non-fossil flexibility, though recent reforms and investment plans are beginning to address them. With an interconnection rate expected for this year slightly above 5% (35), among the EU’s lowest and below the 15% target, Italy experiences high wholesale prices and limited renewable integration. Terna(36) manages over 75 000 km of high voltage lines and 30 cross- border links. It plans to make more than EUR 23 billion of investments by 2034 to boost transfer capacity by 15 GW and integrate at least additional 65 GW of renewables by 2030 and 94 GW by 2035 (37). Decree Law No 21/2026 (“DL Bollette”) aims to fast-track strategic projects and shorten permitting to under 12 months. Distribution networks need roughly EUR 6 billion annually to modernise, digitise, and integrate distributed renewables. While second generation smart meters now reach over 95% of households, local congestion still causes curtailment and grid connection delays. Heightened competition to be promoted through open and competitive tenders for concession awards would help attract new investment to address these challenges while limiting the impact on electricity bills. Recent reforms favour renewing existing distribution system operator (DSO) concessions. If concession renewal/extension is deemed the
(35) of the electricity production capacity on its territory.
Source: European Commission, 2026, Electricity interconnection targets, Link.
(36) Terna S.p.A. is a transmission system operator (TSO).
(37) Terna, 2025, Esigenze di sviluppo: i nuovi progetti, Link.
0
0.05
0.1
0.15
0.2
0.25
It a ly
G er
m a n y
Fr a nc
e
S pa
in
E u ro
a re
a
It a ly
G er
m a n y
Fr a nc
e
S pa
in
E u ro
a re
a
Electricity Gas
E U
R /k
w h
Price net of taxes Taxes (VAT excluded)
20
only option to carry out urgent grid investments, the renewal/extension should be strictly limited to the period needed to carry out the works and tied to investments being additional, necessary and cost-efficient. Unbundling obligations and monitoring should also be reinforced. Non-fossil flexibility is expanding through storage auctions (MACSE) and the TIDE (38) framework, which opens provision of ancillary services to demand response and aggregators. Dynamic contracts cover 15-20% of households, supported by 1.2-1.5 million prosumers (39) and energy communities, though electricity-to-gas price imbalances and market barriers still limit broader flexibility and electrification.
Specific measures targeted at industrial
players could accelerate their decarbonisation while shielding them
from high and volatile energy prices.
Around 18% of Italy’s total emissions come from manufacturing, in line with the EU. However, since 2019, emissions have fallen by only 9%, below the EU average. More than two thirds of industrial emissions are energy- related, among the highest shares in the EU, largely reflecting the heavy reliance on natural gas. The share of electricity and renewables in final energy consumption in manufacturing has remained broadly stable in the last 5 years, standing at 41.6% in 2023 (EU average: 44.8%). In 2024, energy-intensive industries accounted for 3.7% of Italy’s gross value added and remain highly exposed to energy costs, with their production declining by 12% since 2021. The “Energy Release 2.0” scheme provides renewable energy to energy-intensive industries under contracts for difference in exchange for investments in additional renewable capacity. The uptake of power purchase agreements (PPAs) remains limited. Under its RRP, Italy adopted legislation aimed at establishing an organised market for long- term renewable PPAs, backed by the energy services operator GSE as a ‘guarantor of last resort’, to reduce credit risk. The
(38) Testo Integrato del Dispacciamento Elettrico.
(39) End users who produce renewable electricity for own consumption and can store or sell self-produced renewable electricity.
operationalisation of the platform along with 2025 regulatory changes facilitating PPA- backed projects can mobilise private investment in renewables and reduce exposure to fossil fuel price volatility.
Italy’s final energy consumption in
industry has fallen by 6.6% since 2019,
but with post-COVID-19 and RRF
financing now phased out, structural
support for industrial energy efficiency remains limited. This includes the need to
fully implement the Energy Efficiency Directive. To further support decarbonisation, Italy plans to increase the uptake of hydrogen in transport and hard-to-abate sectors, as well as carbon capture and storage projects, but both require public subsidies to promote deployment. The full allocation of EU emissions trading system (EU ETS) auction revenues to decarbonisation projects could provide a source of revenue in this sense.
While Italy keeps investing in
manufacturing capacities for clean and
digital technologies, it remains dependent
on critical raw material imports. With
significant manufacturing facilities for solar PV and wind energy, Italy is one of the leading EU Member States for clean technologies. Additionally, Italy invests in digital technology such as semiconductor manufacturing (see Annexes 4 and 5). On the demand side, Italy has also been the first EU country to apply the Net Zero Industry Act resilience criteria to a renewable energy auction, to diversify supply sources and reducing a strategic dependency. On critical raw materials, however, Italy continues to rely on imports for a large share of its demand, but it has prioritised de-risking activities through a diversification of supply, a national mapping, increasing research and recycling investments (see Annexes 5 and 8).
Increasing economic security by addressing energy and trade dependencies
Italy is working to diversify its energy supply, reduce consumption and support
21
the national market but supply security risks persist. Despite efforts undertaken since 2021 to replace Russian gas imports, persisting geopolitical tensions due to the recent conflict in the Middle East increases the need for Italy to further diversify its energy supply. Italy’s Piano Mattei’s plan to develop economic cooperation with African countries and investments in the energy sector is progressing, with the inclusion of four additional partner countries (Gabon, Democratic Republic of Congo, Rwanda and Zambia) in 2026 (40). In parallel, Italy’s state- controlled ENI has announced two new gas discoveries in Libya reinforcing a strategic Mediterranean supply corridor (41). Domestic gas demand dropped by approximately 18- 20% between August 2022 and November 2025, thanks to energy efficiency measures and higher adoption of renewables (see Annex 9).
Rising global trade uncertainty poses a
major challenge for export-driven
economies such as Italy. Italy is among the
world’s leading exporters of goods, accounting for 30% of the GDP, while Italy’s trade diversification (both geographically and by product) could limit the impact of potential adverse shocks. Italian exporters are active across several sectors. These include metal and non-metal manufactured materials, machinery and equipment (including transport vehicles), textile, apparel and leather products, pharmaceuticals and chemicals, and food and drinks (42).
Improving sustainable mobility
Italy’s transport system has wide scope
to improve its efficiency and energy
performance. High reliance on road use, as shown by the highest motorisation rate in the
(40) Italian Government, 2026, Link.
(41) ENI, 2026, Link.
(42) Istat, 2025, Commercio estero e attività internazionali delle imprese, Link.
EU (43) and a high share of freight transport by road, is a driver of the high road fatality rate and the high share of road transport in effort sharing emissions (see Annexes 8 and 19). This could be mitigated by further developing public transport services, including by complementing scheduled services with cost- efficient flexible, transport-on-demand services and shared mobility schemes. At the same time, the current low uptake of electric vehicles which made up only 6.2% of new car registrations in 2025, could be increased by speeding up the deployment of recharging infrastructure. Redesigning vehicle taxation to accurately reflect CO2 emissions, with the option of local flexibility to address air pollution in heavily congested cities, could help to finance sustainable mobility infrastructure and encourage its use. On company cars, the recent reform has increased tax incentives for electric and hybrid plug-in vehicles.
Addressing climate risks
Italy is one of the EU Member States
most exposed to climate-related risks
due to the country’s hydrogeological vulnerability and an increasing number of
extreme climate events. The 2025 CSR called on Italy to address climate-related risks and mitigate their economic impact, through more institutional coordination, nature-based solutions and climate insurance coverage. Only recently, legislative measures have been adopted, such as the December 2025 set up of the National Observatory for Climate Change Adaptation, which is tasked to improve institutional coordination, operationalise the National Adaptation Plan approved in 2023, and identify sources of funding for climate change adaptation. Securing funding and consolidating planning for investments in climate adaptation and the reduction of hydrogeological risks are of utmost importance, given the country’s investment
(43) Eurostat, 2026, Passenger cars in the EU, Link.
22
needs for climate adaptation of over EUR 10 billion per year up to 2050 (44) (see Annex 10).
Italy is highly vulnerable to
hydrogeological risks, and increased soil sealing exacerbates these risks,
highlighting the need for more systematic
nature-based solutions. National statistics
show an increasing trend in 2024 with 23 ha/day of soil sealed (compared with 20 ha/day in 2023) (45). Nature-based solutions offer a strategic opportunity to reverse this trend and alleviate Italy’s vulnerability to hydrogeological risks. While such solutions are increasingly adopted with the support of EU funding, they would further benefit from the establishment of a national inventory, as well as a more systematic integration into land use planning (see Annex 10).
Italy is addressing the climate insurance
gap by introducing mandatory insurance
against natural catastrophes for companies, with a gradual roll out that
started in 2025. Implementation is ongoing (see Annex 10). This includes uptake, enforcement monitoring and the scheme’s impact on reducing the insurance protection gap. However, an insurance protection gap against natural disasters for households remains (46). Given that Italy has one of the highest ratios of natural disaster damage to GDP in the EU (47), it is important to evaluate approaches in order to address the insurance protection gap for households, balancing affordability and the need for climate adaptation.
(44) European Commission, 2026, Assessment of EU and
Member States adaptation investment needs, Link.
(45) ISPRA, 2025, Consumo di suolo, dinamiche territoriali e servizi ecosistemici, Link.
(46) EIOPA, 2025, Dashboard on insurance protection gap for natural catastrophes, Link.
(47) ECB and EIOPA, 2024, Towards a European system for natural catastrophe risk management, Chart 2, p. 8, Link.
Addressing infrastructure gaps in water and waste management
Infrastructure gaps remain in central and southern regions, creating inefficiencies
in waste and water management and
increasing costs for individuals. When it comes to circularity, Italy performs strongly on the circular material use rate, reaching 21.6% in 2024, the third highest in the EU. Resource productivity is also well above the EU average (see Annex 8). On waste management, the RRP and cohesion policy funds have financed several initiatives to improve collection, recycling, and treatment of waste, contributing to increasing recycling rates and reducing landfill and incineration. Regional gaps are being narrowed (48) but persist, affecting individuals (see Annexes 8 and 18). Reducing infrastructure gaps in the central and southern regions and improving separate waste collection, including improving organic waste treatment and collection and recycling of waste from electrical and electronic equipment (WEEE) is key to improving waste management. On water management, it is crucial to implement the national plan for infrastructure and security in the water sector (PNIISSI), while also advancing efforts to track water usage volumes and collectively managed irrigation in the dedicated system. These measures are essential for closing the infrastructure gaps in central and southern Italy, while building on progress made under the RRP and cohesion policy programmes. Further steps are needed, particularly in the southern region, to consolidate service operators. This includes finalising the designation of single integrated water service operators across all relevant territorial areas to ensure effective governance (see Annexes 10 and 18).
(48) See ISPRA (2025). Rapporto Rifiuti Urbani, edizione
2025.
SKILLS, QUALITY JOBS AND SOCIAL FAIRNESS
23
In 2025, Italy received country-specific
recommendations (CSRs) to promote job
quality, support adequate wages,
encourage labour market participation, as
well as mitigate the demographic decline, tackle undeclared work, reduce skills
mismatches, improve educational
outcomes and review housing-related policies. With the support of the Recovery and Resilience Fund (RRF), several measures have been implemented to address these challenges, but more effort is needed.
Demographic and competitiveness
challenges call for breaking the low-
productivity low-wage growth circle, together with targeted investments in
lifelong learning and healthcare. Italy’s
labour market has seen further progress in participation and employment, particularly in the southern regions, which, however, remain significantly below national averages. Yet, these gains have occurred in labour-intensive, low-productivity sectors and have not been matched by progress in wages or job quality. Mounting demographic pressures will require continued and robust growth in labour market participation and parallel productivity gains across the country. This calls for a policy framework that supports innovation-driven growth (see Chapter 2) as well as gradual improvements in wages and job quality. Closing the labour market participation gaps of underrepresented groups will require sustained, targeted actions, and could help Italy reach its 2030 employment rate target of 73%. Boosting competitiveness will also require substantial investments in education and training and addressing skills mismatch. Based on demographic trends, a more resilient healthcare system will be essential, particularly in southern Italy.
Addressing low wages, improving job quality and boosting participation of women and young people
Amid demographic change, women and
young people’s participation in the
workforce remains the lowest in the EU. Despite recent progress, in 2025 Italy still recorded the lowest participation rate overall, driven by women (57.8%) and young people aged 15-29 (38.6%), both marked by large regional disparities. Women’s low participation is linked to uneven availability of childcare and long-term care (LTC) services. Italy made some progress in addressing the CSR to increase labour market participation, also thanks to the RRP, but further effort is needed. While the availability of childcare places is increasing, the low share of women in the workforce is still linked to regional disparities in their access, as well as to increasing domestic long-term care (LTC) responsibilities. Working conditions in professional LTC are deteriorating, fuelling staff shortages and limiting access to services (see Annex 11). Childcare and LTC often entail significant out- of-pocket costs, which limit accessibility and, together with structurally low wages, discourage women from working. Providing affordable services nationwide and promoting flexible work arrangements, which remain limited, are key to increasing women’s participation in the workforce. Additionally, the extension of parental leave benefits is a positive step, yet additional measures are required to promote a more balanced uptake between genders and to further extend paternity leave. While the share of young people neither in employment nor education or training (NEETs) has decreased, youth employment remains low and is declining (see Annex 11). Aligning the tertiary education system with labour market needs and
24
secondary-to-tertiary orientation are key to improve employability. The Guaranteed Employability of Workers (GOL) programme under the RRF has supported more than 3 million job seekers (49) but has been less effective in reaching those farthest from the labour market, such as women and young people in the southern regions. The recent scale-up of the Labour Inclusion Information System (SIISL) is a step forward in addressing labour mismatch. However, as the RRF reaches its conclusion, the reformed system ofactive labour market policies (ALMPs) needs stable funding, careful monitoring, and strengthened outreach mechanisms.
Labour market segmentation and long working hours reduce job quality. In 2025,
atypical work remained common: 11.3% of workers had involuntary temporary contracts and 8.5% were in involuntary part-time roles, well above EU averages of 6.4% and 3.3%. Among part-time workers, over half faced involuntary reductions in hours (17.8 % in the EU), while more than 80% of those in temporary jobs would have preferred to be in permanent ones (49.9% in the EU) (see Annex 11). Atypical contracts pose challenges to employment and wage stability, affect outcomes of already disadvantaged groups and limit productivity gains from human capital accumulation. Working atypical hours is more common in Italy than in the rest of the EU, with a higher share of employees working long hours and on weekends. The 2026 Budget Law introduced incentives to convert temporary contracts, requiring close monitoring. More effort is also needed to limit the abuse of on-call work and of repeated internships and apprenticeships. Overall, Italy has made limited progress in addressing the 2025 CSR to reduce labour market segmentation. Legislation such as the “Collegato Lavoro” risks exacerbating the issue by further protecting incumbent workers while expanding temporary and hybrid forms of work.
Slow wage growth and low work intensity
contribute to in-work poverty and
(49) INAPP, Attuazione del programma GOL, 2025.
reinforces a low-wage, low-productivity circle, which limits competitiveness. Despite lower inflation and nominal wage growth of 3%, the 1% rise in real wages in 2025 failed to recover previous losses, leaving real wages nearly 3% below 2019 levels. According to national statistics, between 2015 and 2025, private sector wages rose by 20.8% and public sector ones by 16.1%, against 24.2% cumulative inflation. Stagnant productivity continues to limit wage growth, while low job quality and wages fuel a low- productivity, low-wage trap and discourages labour market participation. In recent years, the relatively lower cost of labour led Italy’s production system to use the labour factor more than capital, leading to the expansion of low-added value and labour-intensive industries (50). Strengthening competitiveness calls for a policy framework that supports innovation-driven growth alongside gradual improvements in wages and job quality. Low work intensity also raises in-work poverty risks, which slightly decreased in 2025. Families with children are especially affected, contributing to high child poverty rates (see Annex 12).
Weaknesses in the collective bargaining
system slow wage growth and exacerbate
segmentation. Delays in contract renewals, the limited use of second-level bargaining and contractual dumping limit real wage growth (51). By the end of 2025, 42.2% of workers were on expired contracts, with an average 18.2 month wait (52). To address the issue of delays in contract renewals, decree- law 62/2026 foresees a provisional wage rise if collective agreements are not renewed within one year of expiry. The provisional wage increase is set at 30% of the variation in the Harmonised Index of Consumer Prices excluding imported energy prices. However, since persistent delays are associated with losses in purchasing power, enforcing timely
(50) CNEL, Comitato Nazionale sulla Produttività, Rapporto
annuale sulla produttività 2025.
(51) CNEL, XXVI rapporto Mercato del lavoro e Contrattazione collettiva, 2025.
(52) ISTAT, Contratti collettivi e retribuzioni contrattuali, 2026.
25
contract renewals remains key. Second-level bargaining remains limited, with large firms covering 76.2% of agreements and SMEs only 23.8%. Most agreements are signed in the North. In the South, where SMEs prevail, territorial bargaining is more widespread than firm-level bargaining, but overall, still lags well behind the North (53). Strengthening territorial bargaining could particularly support wage growth for SME workers, including by introducing supplementary variable wage components to account for local price variations and streamlining certification for tax-deductions. In 2024, 214 collective agreements signed with major unions covered 96% of workers, while 803 contracts signed by smaller unions covered 4%. The contracts signed by smaller unions typically feature lower wage floors and poor working conditions. They are more widespread in the south and in lower-skilled sectors and often cover women, part-time and low-paid workers (54), exacerbating segmentation and regional disparities. While limited in coverage, they exert indirect downward pressure on all negotiated salaries. To strengthen industrial relations, Italy would benefit from greater transparency and continuous monitoring of less representative agreements, as well as appropriate enforcement procedures to tackle underpayment and non-compliance, particularly in the light of decree-law 62/2026.
Widespread undeclared work undermines
job quality and fair competition, while
enabling non-compliant firms to persist
with low-productivity strategies. In 2023,
undeclared work concerned about 3.13 million full-time equivalent jobs, up 4.9% from 2022, with a 12.7% irregular work rate (55). It is concentrated in labour-intensive services, such as personal services, which together account for about 62% of undeclared work, and is sometimes combined with atypical contracts such as on-call work. By evading taxes, social
(53) INAPP, Wages, tax policies, and industrial relations in
Italy, 2026.
(54) Dustmann & others, Opting Out of Centralized Collective Bargaining: Evidence from Italy, 2025.
(55) Estimates by ISTAT, Economia non osservata nei conti nazionali - Anni 2020-2023, October 2025.
security contributions and collectively agreed minimum standards, firms can lower production costs and gain an unfair advantage. These distortions weaken market competition and reduce incentives to invest in innovation and training, ultimately hampering productivity growth. Italy is moving in the right direction to address the 2025 CSR on maintaining efforts to tackle undeclared work with the strengthened enforcement under the RRP’s National Plan Tackling Undeclared Work. Inspections rose to over 158 000 in 2025, up 42% on 2024. However, staff shortages linked to relatively low pay and working conditions limit enforcement, especially in the northern regions and Sicily. Inspectors also lack administrative support. Increasing data- sharing across all entities carrying out inspections would improve coordination. A public register of companies that violate labour law, linked with limited access to public funding, could increase deterrence. Effective preventive measures would also be beneficial in sectors such as care work and agriculture.
Labour exploitation pushes down wages
and traps many in poverty and social
exclusion. It occurs in sectors such as
agriculture, logistics, retail, food delivery and textiles. Many victims live in overcrowded employer-provided housing without basic services (see Annex 12). Weaknesses in the migration system contribute to exploitation, as intermediaries charge migrants large fees for promised jobs, but employers are not legally required to hire them, and migration offices lack staff to check applications. In 2025, while 181 450 work entries were envisaged (70 720 for non-seasonal workers), Italy received applications for 222 617 workers. A total of 49 762 applications were approved with the release of a six-month entry permit (nulla osta). Nevertheless, only 14 349 residence permits were issued, resulting in many migrants accepting irregular and underpaid work to repay debts, while fear of expulsion prevents victims from contacting authorities. Protection for victims could be strengthened, including by improving checks on permit applications and increasing use of special residence permits (56) and professional cultural
(56) Legislative decree 25 July 1998, n. 286, art. 18-ter.
26
mediators in inspections and outreach. To address the root causes, entry permits could be linked to real employment or job search, while removing barriers to regular employment for those already in Italy.
Addressing educational gaps and skills mismatches
Educational outcomes in Italy remain
poor and uneven, with disparities across regions and socio-economic backgrounds. Learning outcomes have not recovered to pre- COVID-19 pandemic levels and remain fragile, especially in mathematics, with stark regional disparities. In the south, 46% of pupils fail to achieve basic proficiency, and disadvantaged students are around three times more likely to underperform than their advantaged peers (see Annex 13). Italy made some progress in addressing its 2025 CSR on improving educational outcomes, particularly for disadvantaged students. Measures have included RRF-funded investments to strengthen basic skills, combat educational poverty, reduce drop-out rates, and address regional disparities, alongside programmes to promote Sciences, Technology and Mathematics (STEM) language skills and innovative teaching methods. However, a more structural approach is needed. RRF investments could be leveraged to reform teaching methods, also by harnessing digital tools, and enhancing the teaching profession. Similarly, further efforts could strengthen the implementation of a skills-based approach integrating basic and transversal competences, building on the new national guidelines (DM 221/2025) which apply to pre-primary, primary and lower secondary settings. Following preliminary positive results, further monitoring of the 4-Year Highschool Reform pilot will also be key. Greater focus and targeted action aimed at the worst-performing schools could help Italy to address its socio- economic and territorial inequalities.
The attractiveness of the teaching
profession is key to improve educational
outcomes. Despite overall spending per student being close to the OECD average,
Italian teachers’ salaries remain relatively low compared with both EU and OECD averages and to tertiary-educated workers in Italy. The RRP’s recruitment reform addresses the 2025 CSR to improve educational outcomes, specifically on the attractiveness of the teaching profession, and goes in the right direction, but lengthy and complex hiring procedures limit schools’ ability to attract qualified candidates. As a large share of teachers will retire over the coming decade, strengthening the attractiveness of the profession is key. More stable employment conditions, a clear link between salaries, qualifications and performance, as well as enhanced professional development and mobility could help attract and retain qualified teachers.
Weaknesses in the tertiary education
system hinder employment and productivity growth, calling for structural
reform. Although the share of 18-34-years- old enrolled in tertiary education in both 2016 and 2021 was around EU average, by 2025 Italy’s share of 25-34-year-olds with a tertiary qualification remained the EU’s second lowest (IT: 31.1%, EU: 44.8%). This is linked to long graduation times, high drop-out rates, low return on education, and skills mismatch, which have important implications on youth employment and productivity. In 2023, 43.8% of Italian students failed to complete their bachelor’s degree within the theoretical duration plus 3 years (EU25: 32.5%). They face comparatively high drop-out rates and the lowest employment rate among recent graduates (77.8% vs EU 86.7%, in 2024), while 40% worked in jobs unrelated to their studies. Additionally, Italy’s university teaching staff is the oldest in the EU, associated with less innovative teaching methods, curricula and use of technology (56.2 vs 39.6 years old in 2021). Under the RRF, Italy has taken some steps to address these challenges. The RRP’s reform of university degree courses, once fully rolled out, will enable greater curriculum personalisation and alignment with emerging skills needs. However, stark challenges remain unaddressed. Reforming the university system to eliminate disincentives such as free exam retakes, no mandatory minimum annual credits completion, and no class attendance
27
requirements would help reduce the drop-out rate and graduation delays. Linking ANVUR(57) university financing criteria to students’ courses evaluations and completion rates would also be key. Improving secondary-to- tertiary career guidance and promotion of STEM fields, especially among women, would reduce skills mismatches. Employability would further benefit from reforming curricula and teaching methods to incorporate transversal and work-oriented skills, and mandatory internships during university studies.
Against the background of a shrinking labour force, it is key to boost both the
quantity and the quality of human
capital. Adults’ basic skills remain low, macroeconomic skills mismatches are among the highest in the EU, while low and declining adult participation in learning hampers adequate up- and reskilling (see Annexes 11 and 13). Under the RRF, important measures have been implemented to address the 2025 CSR on post-secondary vocational education and training (VET) and adult training. By 2025, the GOL programme trained more than 600 000 jobseekers, more than 60% of whom in digital skills (58). Other programmes are expected to boost skills. “Fondo Nuove Competenze” is supporting on-the-job training; the “New Skills Plan–Transitions” reinforces skills provision and portability; “Crescere Green” trained more than 20 000 people in green skills. However, the training governance remains fragmented and recent investments to strengthen Public Employment Services (PES) have not offset regional disparities. Given its strong link to employability, Italian VET students would benefit from increasing work-based learning(see Annex 13), which still ranks among the lowest in the EU.
Training uptake, notably for reskilling and
longer programmes, is hampered both by monetary and non-monetary constraints.
The adequacy of accompanying social
(57) ANVUR is the Italian national agency that evaluates the
quality of universities and research institutes in Italy
(58) INAPP (2026), Focus N. 17, “Attuazione del programma GOL garanzia di occupabilità dei lavoratori, Nota di monitoraggio (dati al 31/12/2025)”.
protection measures, such as “Supporto Formazione e Lavoro” income support or the reduction of care duties, needs to be assessed against other models, such as territorial experiments on individual learning accounts or further reforms of work-based learning (59). Information gaps, particularly on employment returns to training, are also a barrier, stressing the importance of aligning training offers with real labour market opportunities and of providing effective tailored guidance (60). The GOL programme has reformed the ALMP system in the right direction by introducing minimum services combining training, unemployment and social services, and tailored jobseeker assessment. However, it is important to ensure the sustainability of the system, while focusing investment on less effective PES, particularly in certain regions. Improving skills intelligence and forecasting is also key. Regional observatories would benefit from a national integrated system, which informs and is informed by data on local labour markets and exploiting AI tools. The governance model of skills forecasting and provision could also be improved by placing training effectiveness and quality assurance at its core and through tighter cooperation among education and training providers, social partners and employers, building on the successful experience of “Fondi Interprofessionali”. This approach could help Italy reach its 2030 target of 60% of adults participating in training.
Reducing poverty and inequality
Limited social protection for people who
are self-employed, unemployed or
inactive leaves them more vulnerable to poverty. Italy’s share of people at risk of poverty or social exclusion decreased in 2025
(59) Some experts suggest for instance introducing a model
for adults’ apprenticeships similar to the Danish model, Link.
(60) Alexia Delfino, Andrea Garnero, Sergio Inferrera, Marco Leonardi, and Raffaella Sadun, "Unwilling to Reskill? Experimental Evidence from Real-World Jobseekers," NBER Working Paper 34633 (2026), https://doi.org/10.3386/w34633.
28
but remains among the highest in the EU (22.6% in 2025), particularly for children (27.1%). While the impact of social transfers on poverty reduction is above the EU average for employees, it is lower for people who are self-employed, unemployed or inactive. Self- employed people represent 13.4% of employed people (9.3% in the EU). Around 18% of them depend on only one client, making them particularly vulnerable. A high proportion of them lack formal entitlement to several benefits (see Annex 12). However, people who are unemployed or non-standard workers can receive limited protection, as the duration of unemployment benefits depends on time worked, and one-quarter of temporary contracts last less than six months. After benefits expire, many cannot access the minimum income scheme (61). Insufficient social protection heightens poverty risks and exacerbates skills mismatches. By contrast, adequate income support would enable workers to seek jobs suited to their skills, attend training, and pursue mobility opportunities (62). While Italy is on track to meet its 2030 poverty reduction target of lifting 3.2 million people out of poverty (compared with 2019 levels), sustained and comprehensive anti-poverty policies in line with the EU anti-poverty strategy remain essential to ensure continued progress. Expanding access to social protection is also a key element of job quality. Expanding it for self-employed workers, improving coverage for non-standard workers and reviewing benefit levels and duration could support better labour market transitions and help Italy achieve its poverty reduction target. To tackle child poverty specifically, among the highest in the EU (see Annex 12), more effort is needed to fully implement the Child Guarantee.
(61) See 2025 country report.
(62) OECD (2019), OECD Employment Outlook 2019: The Future of Work, OECD Publishing, Paris. https://doi.org/10.1787/9ee00155-en.
Graph 4.1: Social protection spending IT and
EU-27 - % composition
Source: European Commission
Territorial disparities in public services call for policy attention. Disparities between the northern and southern regions persist in areas such as healthcare, child and long-term care, as well as in administrative capacity. For instance, the coverage of public childcare ranges from over 40% in Umbria, Emilia Romagna, and Valle d’Aosta to less than 12% in Campania and Calabria. As for LTC services, the offer ranges from 10 beds per 1 000 residents compared with the North- East to just 3 per 1 000 in the South (see 2025 CSR). Despite the RRP and the cohesion funds infrastructural investment, the ability of municipalities to finance current spending, including to operate new infrastructure, puts a constraint on capital investment, especially in the south. There are still wide gaps between municipalities in terms of minimum levels of service (LEP). Most southern regions are also significantly underperforming in the implementation of essential levels of assistance (LEA) in healthcare, with some regions striving to supply minimum level services in primary care, hospital access and prevention, causing an increase in healthcare migration from the southern to the northern regions (see Annex 15). The implementation of the differentiated autonomy reform has been stopped by the Constitutional Court in December 2024, which ruled that several aspects of the framework law adopted in June 2024 were unconstitutional. Efforts are still ongoing to address the concerns raised by the Court, including for the preliminary definition of "essential levels of service". The reform warrants close monitoring in the light of its possible structural effects on the national fiscal framework and regional disparities.
0,0
10,0
20,0
30,0
40,0
50,0
60,0
70,0
80,0
90,0
100,0
2019 2023 2019 2023
ITALY EU27
Pensions Sickness and disability Family and children Unemployment Housing Other
29
Social services for the most vulnerable groups are hindered by underfunding and
a lack of measurable targets. Italy has 23
social workers per 100 000 inhabitants, well below other EU Member States (63). Adequate Essential Levels of Social Assistance (64) are key to reduce social exclusion for the most vulnerable groups, including migrants, homeless people, and Roma people. However, their delivery depends heavily on local capacity, leading to large regional disparities. At the end of 2024, 80.3% of municipalities in the north could guarantee 1 social worker per 5 000 residents, compared with only 46.3% in the south, where over 72% of minimum income recipients live (65). Moreover, municipal spending on social services increased in the centre and the north between 2010 and 2021 but declined in the south (66). National funding for social assistance services is complex and often unpredictable, as it relies on around 20 different funds and is often based on temporary calls for applications. Clear and measurable service objectives are often missing, and monitoring systems exist only for a subset of services. Moreover, national coordination of social assistance should be improved, as responsibilities are spread across several ministries. A properly resourced common national fund, allocated based on standard costs and spending needs, could simplify financing. Clear service targets, stronger monitoring and better coordination at national level could also support more consistent implementation across the country, together with effective incentives for local authorities and corrective actions when standards are not met.
High inequality is exacerbated by unequal
access to tertiary education, limiting
(63) European Social Network, European Social Services
Index 2025 – Cross-country analysis, 2025.
(64) Livelli Essenziali delle Prestazioni Sociali, which include home care for the elderly, the multi-dimensional needs assessment for minimum income recipients, parenting support to prevent family separation, and more.
(65) INPS 2026, Osservatorio su assegno d’inclusione e supporto formazione e lavoro.
(66) Laura Pelliccia, Quali risorse per i LEPS?, Prospettive Sociali e Sanitarie, Issue 1-2, 2025.
social mobility. Income inequality is among the highest in the EU, fuelled by the low redistributive impact of taxes and benefits (see Section 1 and Annex 12) and by unequal access to housing, healthcare, and education. Increasing the progressivity of the tax system is key (see Section 1). At primary and secondary school level, stark territorial disparities impact families’ capacity to sustain costs linked to education (e.g. books, transport), with fragmented rules established at municipal level on co-payments and exemptions. At tertiary level, Italy still has some of the highest tuition fees in the EU, while the maximum need-based grant is well below the poverty threshold (67). In addition to high student housing costs, this leads to a strong relationship between the educational attainment level of parents and children, limiting social mobility (see Annex 13). This hinders equal opportunities and results in under-used talent. Reduced poverty and inequality would enhance human capital and labour market inclusion and in turn boost competitiveness.
Addressing these challenges will help
Italy boost upward social convergence.
The second-stage analysis in line with the Social Convergence Framework points to challenges for Italy that may affect social convergence in relation to its labour market, education and skills as well as its social situation (68).
Improving access to healthcare
Access to healthcare has declined in
recent years. In 2024, 9.9% of the population (up from 6.3% in 2019) reported forgoing necessary medical care (ISTAT), and 6.8% cited the long waiting lists as the main reason (up from 2.8% in 2019). Moreover, out- of-pocket spending is significantly higher than
(67) See Eurydice.
(68) European Commission, SWD(2026) 122. The analysis relies on all the available quantitative and qualitative evidence and the policy response undertaken and planned.
30
the EU average (23.7% vs 14.9% of total health spending in 2023). This burden may be underestimated, given rising financial hardship in Italy, which may in turn likely lead to an increasing number of patients to forgo care due to excessive costs (see Annex 15). These challenges can be attributed to several factors, including in some cases overprescription, organisational bottlenecks and, in particular, shortages in the healthcare workforce, especially in the national healthcare service. Italy records one of the lowest nurse-to-doctor ratios in the EU, increasing shortages of general practitioners, and persistent unfilled positions in key medical specialties (see Annex 15). Combined with rapid population ageing and strong regional disparities, with a more critical situation in the south, these trends threaten the long-term sustainability of the healthcare system and create additional barriers to timely and fair access to care.
The government has taken initial steps,
but additional efforts are needed to
ensure the efficacy and efficiency of the
healthcare system. The Italian government is implementing the 2022 territorial healthcare reform under the RRP, a reform of healthcare professions, and a national plan for managing waiting lists. The full implementation of the territorial healthcare reform especially in the south, and its alignment with the 2015 reform on the reorganisation of the hospital system is key to ensure a more efficient and cost- effective healthcare system. It is essential that the comprehensive implementation of the reform is accompanied by measures to address shortages in key professions, particularly nurses and GPs. The attractiveness of these professions could be improved through economic and career incentives, reducing administrative burden and better aligning the specialisation courses with the national healthcare service needs. Additional gains could also arise from the complete digitalisation and interoperability of the healthcare system, the reduction of overprescription (especially in pharmaceuticals and diagnostic exams), and the full implementation of the waiting list management plan.
Re-thinking housing-related policies
Some Italian cities are characterised by a mismatch between the cost of housing
and the average wages. In particular, rents
in many northern and central metropolitan areas are disproportionately high compared with local wages and productivity. This may hinder labour mobility and lead to labour shortages (69). In 2024, 24.1 % of households were tenants (compared with 31.6% in the EU), of which around 6% occupied a flat for free, but among households with an income below 60% of the median tenancy increases to 63.7%. Affordability is a particular issue for tenants, as 19.4% of them face housing cost overburden (70)(71). On average, households renting their home allocate 20.2% of their disposable income to rent, rising to 31.1% for households below the poverty threshold. In around one-tenth of Italian provinces, rents represent more than one third of average wages (72). Rent-to-income ratios are particularly high in large cities, reaching 76% in Milan, 65% in Rome and 48% in Bologna (see Annex 16). Short-term rentals account for around 12% of the available housing stock (excluding primary residences, i.e. the majority) in Florence, 11% in Venice, 6% in Milan, and 4% in Rome, with much higher concentrations in historic centres (73).
Italy has been traditionally favouring home ownership, while support to
affordable housing has been limited.
Public spending on housing-related social protection is extremely low (0.04 % of GDP compared with 0.3 % in the EU). In Italy, main
(69) Confindustria, Soluzioni abitative sostenibili per i
lavoratori, 2025, Link.
(70) EU-SILC, Housing cost overburden rate by tenure status, 2024, Link.
(71) This indicator should be read together with the tenure structure (homeowner, tenants), that may differ across country and regions.
(72) Osservatorio del Mercato Immobiliare, Agenzia delle Entrate, 2023.
(73) Agenzia delle Entrate, 2024.
31
residencies are exempted from recurrent property taxation. Moreover, cadastral values are no aligned to market values. This results in lower revenues from property at local level, including in cities facing a housing affordability challenge. The share of social housing is low in Italy, with a limited public housing stock and very long waiting lists. Homelessness also remains a persistent concern. Affordable housing solutions remain underdeveloped, and existing instruments such as regulated rent contracts (“canone concordato”) are in some cities set at levels close to market rents (see Annex 16). Governance is fragmented, with responsibilities divided across national and sub-national administrations. In the past years, lack of structural funding further limited the effectiveness of housing policy. The Housing Plan, adopted in May 2026, aims at renovating the public housing stock and supporting in particular affordable housing with the involvement of the private sector.
KEY FINDINGS
32
In areas covered by existing country-
specific recommendations (CSRs), Italy
would benefit from:
• Implementing an innovation-
driven industrial policy to boost
high-value added sectors, with a coherent research and infrastructural investment planning, streamlining and better targeting national and regional incentives and addressing transport infrastructural gaps, notably in the South.
• Promoting business growth by eliminating regulatory and tax barriers, supporting equity and bond financing, including through institutional investors, and upskilling of managers, in particular in microenterprises.
• Boosting research and innovation by supporting public and private R&D spending, further strengthening links between businesses and academia, and boosting the efficiency and attractiveness of the university system.
• Strengthening administrative capacity and further simplifying
the business environment by advancing digitalisation and addressing the ageing public-sector workforce and skills gaps, focusing on regional disparities.
• Further reducing the duration and
backlog of trials, including by making the trial office structural, continuing to address magistrate and staff shortages, and supporting justice sectors under pressure, including the Justice of Peace.
• Addressing remaining barriers to
the EU single market and competition, including by awarding
concessions across relevant sectors, and improving industry-specific regulations,particularly in the transport, electricity, and health sectors.
• Further improving the efficiency
of the tax system byfurthershifting the high tax burden on labour to other under-used sources of revenue, reducing the erosion of the tax base, further combating tax evasion and aligning taxation more closely with the green transition.
• Further progressing with policy
evaluation and spending reviews to improve the efficiency and quality of public spending in Italy.
• Improving economic security and tackling high electricity prices
caused by structural reliance on gas by accelerating renewable energy deployment and storage, fully implementing renewable permitting reforms at local level, and rebalancing energy taxation away from electricity, particularly for firms. Supporting industrial decarbonisation, also through renewable power purchase agreements.
• Strengthening the power grid by
scaling interconnection capacity, addressing grid connection bottlenecks, promoting competition, and accelerating grid investments.
• Mitigating climate-related risks
and their economic impact, including by improving institutional coordination, integrating nature-based
33
solutions, and addressing remaining insurance protection gaps in a fair and affordable manner.
• Tackling infrastructural gaps in
water and waste, in particular in southern and central regions, to reduce inefficiencies and improve water and waste management.
• Promoting upward social convergence by addressing
poverty and inequality, also through
an improved progressive tax and benefits system, access to social protection for all workers (including self-employed), unemployed and inactive people, as well as a more effective delivery of social services for vulnerable groups, including people facing homelessness.
• Addressing the demographic
challenge by further attracting and retaining a high-quality workforce; supporting natality, labour market participation of women and young people, including through access to child and long-term care, particularly in regions with high net emigration.
• Addressing undeclared work and
labour exploitation, including by improving administrative capacity of labour inspectorates, promoting sharing of inspection data, and adopting preventive measures for the most affected sectors such as domestic work and agriculture.
• Improving job quality and reducing
labour market segmentation by tackling the misuse of atypical contracts and strengthening collective bargaining to support adequate wage growth, improve working conditions and tackle contractual dumping.
• Promoting human capital by promoting adult learning and vocational education and training, including through improved skills intelligence, to increase quality and
relevance of training, strengthen tailored ALMPs, and social services, also addressing regional disparities.
• Strengthening educational
outcomes by further renewing curricula with a skills-based approach, improving the attractiveness of the teaching profession, and providing targeted support to underperforming schools to address regional and socio- economic disparities, as well as reforming tertiary education to improve employability and reduce drop-out rates.
• Supporting social and affordable
housing solutions, particularly in areas under pressure, to facilitate labour mobility, and for vulnerable people, including by reassessing indirect tax incentives for homeowners.
In other areas, Italy would benefit from:
• Increasing transport efficiency
and sustainability, including by expanding public and shared mobility options as well as charging infrastructures.
• Improving access to healthcare
through the continued implementation of the territorial healthcare reform, along with measures to address shortages in key health professions, as well as ensuring the comprehensive digitalisation and interoperability of the healthcare system and improving the waiting list management plan.
ANNEXES
LIST OF ANNEXES
37
A1. CSR implementation 39
Fiscal 46
A2. Fiscal developments and debt sustainability 46
A3. Taxation 51
Productivity 56
A4. Innovation to business 56
A5. Single market and industry 62
A6. Savings, investment and access to finance 71
A7. Effective institutional framework 79
Sustainability 84
A8. Industry decarbonisation, circularity and climate mitigation 84
A9. Affordable energy transition 92
A10. Climate adaptation, preparedness and environment 100
Fairness 109
A11. Labour market 109
A12. Social policies 114
A13. Education and skills 119
A14. Social scoreboard 124
A15. Health and health systems 125
A16. Housing 129
Horizontal 136
A17. Sustainable development goals 136
A18. Competitive regions 139
A19. Transport 146
LIST OF TABLES
A1.1. 2025 CSR implementation and Commission assessment 39 A2.1. Supplementary pension schemes - Scope for expansion 48 A2.2. Projected change in age-related expenditure in 2025-2040 and 2025-2070 48 A2.3. Fiscal Governance Database Indicators 49 A2.4. Implementation of Reforms and Investments underpinning an extension 50 A3.1. Taxation Indicators 52
38
A4.1. Key innovation indicators 61 A5.1. Single Market and Industry 70 A6.1. Savings and Investments Union summary diagnostic 71 A6.2. Financial sector indicators 78 A7.1. Italy. Selected indicators on better regulation practices for primary legislation 80 A7.2. Digital Decade key performance indicators: availability of digital public services 81 A8.1. Key clean industry and climate mitigation indicators: Italy 91 A10.1. Key Adaptation Indicators 108 A14.1. Social Scoreboard for Italy 124 A15.1. Key health indicators 127 A18.1. Main development trends, challenges and the concentration of resources. 141 A18.2. Selection of indicators at regional level in Italy 145 A19.1. ERTMS deployment in Italy. 147
LIST OF GRAPHS
A2.1. Public investment evolution and composition (% of GDP) 46 A2.2. : Primary spending evolution and compositional change 47 A3.1. Tax revenue by economic function in 2024, Italy (outer ring) and EU-27 (inner ring) 51 A3.2. Tax wedge for single and second earners as a % of total labour costs, 2025 53 A4.1. Business R&D intensity 2015-2024 58 A4.2. Venture capital share as % of GDP: 2019 vs 2024 (1) 59 A5.1. Manufacturing production: total and selected sector, index (2021=100), 2015-2024 69 A6.1. Composition of non-financial corporations' funding 71 A6.2. Capital markets and financial intermediaries 72 A6.3. Composition of households' financial assets 73 A7.1. Trust in the justice system, regional / local authorities and in government 79 A7.2. Most time-consuming aspects of service delivery 80 A8.1. Greenhouse gas emissions in the effort sharing sectors, 2005, 2023, and 2024 85 A9.1. Electricity and gas prices for household and non-household consumers, first half of 2025 93 A9.2. Low-carbon electricity generation vs. electricity wholesale prices, 2025 93 A9.3. Italy’s installed renewable capacity vs electricity generation mix 96 A11.1. Key labour market indicators 109 A12.1. Impact of taxes and benefits (excl. pensions) on the S80/S20 income share ratio 117 A13.1. Selected indicators on tertiary education and VET 121 A15.1. Healthcare infrastructure investment by year 125 A15.2. Out-of-pocket payments: share in healthcare spending and categories, 2023 126 A16.1. House prices, rents and price-to-income evolution in IT and EU27 since 2005 130 A16.2. House supply indicators in IT since 2005 131 A16.3. Housing affordability selected indicators 135 A17.1. Progress towards the SDGs in Italy 136 A19.1. Italy's road fatalities per million, 2024 148
LIST OF MAPS
A18.1. GDP per head compared to the EU average. 139 A18.2. Water services management in Italy 143 A19.1. TEN-T Cross-Border & National Priority Sections in Italy 147 A19.2. Italy's road safety map 148
ANNEX 1: CSR IMPLEMENTATION
39
Table A1.1: 2025 CSR implementation and Commission assessment
(Continued on the next page)
Italy faces challenges in a wide range of policy areas, as identified in the country-specific recommendations (CSRs). Italy was recommended, among other things, to strengthen innovation and SME growth by improving business- academia links and industrial strategy; enhance public administration efficiency, justice, and competition; accelerate the green transition through electrification, renewables, and better resource management; and improve labour market outcomes by boosting participation, skills, job quality, and education, while addressing undeclared work.
The Commission has assessed the degree of implementation of the 2025 CSRs considering the policy action taken by Italy to date*. To do so, the Commission has taken into account the information provided by Italy in its Annual Progress Report as well as other information sources. This annex provides summary information on the policy actions taken or planned by Italy for each CSR. More detailed information on these actions is included in the relevant chapters and other annexes of the report.
*CSR 2 is not assessed in CeSaR. RRP implementation is monitored through the assessment of RRP payment requests and analysis of the bi-annual reporting on the achievement of the milestones and targets, to be reflected in the country reports. Progress with the cohesion policy is monitored in the context of the Cohesion Policy of the European Union.
Recommendation text Main measures adopted or
implemented By 30 April 2026
Preparatory steps/ credibly
announced measures By 30 April 2026
Assessm. of
progress
1.1 Reinforce overall defence and security spending and readiness while ensuring debt sustainability in line with the European Council conclusions of 6 March 2025.
Total general government defence expenditure in 2026 is projected at 1.2% of GDP, corresponding to a decrease of around 0.05 ppt. compared to 2024.
Total general government defence expenditure in 2027 is projected at 1.4% of GDP, corresponding to an increase of 0.1 ppt. compared to 2024. The increase is explained by higher expected gross fixed capital formation on defence related to weapon deliveries.
Some progress
1.2 Adhere to the maximum growth rates of net expenditure recommended by the Council on 21 January 2025, with a view to bringing an end to the situation of an excessive deficit.
Annual and cumulated deviations in 2025 amounted to 0.1% of GDP and less than 0.1% of GDP, respectively. Annual and cumulated deviations in 2026 projected at -0.1% of GDP and -0.1% of GDP, respectively. The EDP is held in abeyance.
Substantial progress
1.3 Implement the set of reforms and investments underpinning the extended adjustment period as recommended by the Council on 21 January 2025.
See table A.2.4 in Annex 2 of the Country Report Full implementation
1.4 In line with fiscal sustainability objectives, make the tax system more conducive to growth, by further fighting tax evasion,
Mandatory electronic connection between POS and cash registers. Measures to improve tax collection (as required by the RRP), especially in relation to VAT. Mandatory 1% withholding tax on PIT and VAT in B2B transactions aimed at incentivising tax compliance.
Some progress
40
Table (continued)
(Continued on the next page)
Recommendation text Main measures adopted or
implemented By 30 April 2026
Preparatory steps/ credibly
announced measures By 30 April 2026
Assessm. of
progress
New simplified and more favourable debt settlement for tax collection (in line with measures similar to tax amnesties introduced in previous years), which risks jeopardising the positive results achieved in recent years in the fight against tax evasion.
1.5 reducing the labour tax wedge and the remaining tax expenditures, including those related to value added tax and environmentally harmful subsidies, as well as updating cadastral values, building on the medium-term fiscal-structural plan commitment as part of a broader review of housing- related policies, while ensuring fairness.
Measures aimed at permanently reducing the tax wedge for low and middle income earners, by also making structural the lower personal income tax rates already implemented in 2024. Italy has implemented some measures to reduce tax expenditures. Reduction of environmentally harmful subsidies, namely: (i) elimination of the reduced VAT on waste landfill disposal by raising it from 10% to 22%; (ii) remodulating of the taxation of company cars as fringe benefits in favour of electric vehicles with the aim of encouraging the renewal of company fleets; and (iii) elimination of the gasoline/diesel tax differential. Proliferation of flat tax regimes, including for the self-employed and on bonuses and extraordinary earnings, risks further eroding the personal income tax base. It also worsens the horizontal equity and efficiency of the tax system, by reducing redistribution, favouring specific taxpayers’ categories and disincentivising business growth. Within the Cohesion Policy programmes, housing investments were prioritised. The 2026 Budget Law allocates limited resources to the Piano Casa. However, no comprehensive review of housing-related policies was carried-out.
Italy is working on the update of cadastral values for some categories of buildings, in line with the MTFSP but concrete broader actions still missing. The adoption of the Piano Casa, aimed at addressing the housing
needs of the so-called “grey area”
and leveraging public resources to crowd in private investment, was announced for May 2026.
Some progress
41
Table (continued)
(Continued on the next page)
Recommendation text Main measures adopted or
implemented By 30 April 2026
Preparatory steps/ credibly
announced measures By 30 April 2026
Assessm. of
progress
1.6 Step up efforts to improve the efficiency and effectiveness of public expenditure.
Yearly spending reviews implemented in line with its national framework. 2026 Budget Law established that each ministry is required to evaluate at least one spending policy under its responsibility by 30 June 2026 within the framework of the Spending Analysis and Evaluation Plans.
Some progress
1.7 Mitigate the effects of ageing on potential growth and fiscal sustainability, including by further limiting the use of early-retirement schemes and by addressing demographic challenges, also attracting and retaining high quality workforce.
Italy has not renewed the early retirement schemes in place in previous years and constantly renewed. At the same time, the retirement age was partially frozen at 67. The new Decreto Flussi for the next three years period 2025-2028. Other measures include the organisation of vocational and civic- linguistic training programmes abroad: 76 projects approved concerning sectors characterised by structural labour shortages (construction, mechanics, plant engineering, shipbuilding, and electronics).
Some progress
3.1 Support innovation by further strengthening business-academia linkages, innovation procurement, corporate venture capital and opportunities for talents.
-The implementation of R&D investments of the RRF (M4C2) is progressing. - Refinancing of some RRF investments on tech transfer (National Centres and extended partnerships) for the years 2027- 2028 to ensure continuity of the actions taken. -Legislative provision, in the 2025 Annual Competition Law, requiring the adoption every 3 years of a Strategy on knowledge valorisation and technology transfer -The implementation of R&D investments of the RRF is progressing. - No progress on innovation procurement and corporate venture capital
A broad strategy on innovation and technology transfer has been launched and opened to public consultation.
Limited progress
3.2 Boost the role of universities in innovation by further increasing their focus
Entry into force of the three-plan for the financing of research activities (New RRP reform).
Limited progress
42
Table (continued)
(Continued on the next page)
Recommendation text Main measures adopted or
implemented By 30 April 2026
Preparatory steps/ credibly
announced measures By 30 April 2026
Assessm. of
progress
on commercialisation of research results and by improving the career path of researchers.
Reform in 2025 has increased the number of fixed-term non-tenure track contracts for researchers making the career path of researchers less predictable and stable
3.3 Promote growth and aggregation of SMEs and start-ups, also in light of the commitments in the medium-term fiscal- structural plan.
The implementation of the RRF Scale up act is ongoing and it is too early to judge its effectiveness. Since its creation in 2019, the CDP VC has received public support, including by the RRF (e.g GTF, DTF). funding Annual SME law has been adopted but implementing acts are missing. The Italian Export Action Plan has been published with the aim of strengthening the international competitiveness of small and medium-sized enterprises and promote access to global markets. No measure to attract insurance and banks into the venture capital and private equity ecosystems.
Some progress
3.4 Implement an industrial strategy including to reduce the territorial divide, by streamlining current policy measures and taking into account key infrastructure projects.
Publication of the White Book “Made in Italy 2030” outlining Italy’s starting point for an industrial strategy Extension of the SEZ tax credit from 1 year to 3 years. Publication of the incentives code
Rationalization of incentives under MIMIT competence in the context of M1C2 Reform 3
Limited progress
4.1 Further increase the effectiveness and capacity of the public administration and further strengthen administrative capacity, particularly at local level.
Implementation of reforms and investment concerning public employment and training of civil servants under the RRP. In particular:
• Reform 1.9 - Reform of the public administration with implementation of strategic human resource management in the Public Administration.
• Investment 1.9: Provide technical assistance and strengthen capacity building for the implementation of the Italian recovery and resilience plan.
Italian Strategy for Virtual and Augmented Reality to promote the digitization of public administration and healthcare.
Some progress
43
Table (continued)
(Continued on the next page)
Recommendation text Main measures adopted or
implemented By 30 April 2026
Preparatory steps/ credibly
announced measures By 30 April 2026
Assessm. of
progress
Further measures concerning simplifications of administrative procedures, i.e. simplification and/or digitalization of 200 critical procedures affecting citizens and business.
4.2 Further reduce the backlog and disposition time of the justice system.
Under the RRP, progress on digitalisation of first instance criminal proceedings Adoption of temporary measures to reduce disposition time in civil courts
Substantial progress
4.3 Address remaining restrictions to competition, including in local public services, business services and railways.
Decree RRP (for railways). Annual Competition Law of 2025 (for local public services).
Some progress
5.1 Accelerate electrification and intensify efforts for the deployment of renewable energy, including by reducing fragmentation of permitting regulation and investing in the electricity grid.
RRP reform Testo Unico (Permitting simplification, legislative decree No. 190/2024), full implementation at sub-national level underway. Contracts-for-difference (FER 2 for immature tech and FER X for mature technology) Auctions for storage under the energy storage capacity procurement mechanism (MACSE)
FER Z auctions with bigger role for aggregators and storage RRP reform to set up a Platform for renewable electricity PPAs (not yet operational) Energy release, offering reduced electricity prices to energy- intensive-companies in exchange for renewable installation
Some progress
5.2 Address climate-related risks and mitigate their economic impact, through more institutional coordination, nature-based solutions and climate insurance coverage.
Mandatory climate disaster insurance scheme for companies introduced by the legge di bilancio 2024 National Observatory for Climate Change Adaptation has been set up by DM 455 from December 2025
Some progress
5.3 Tackle remaining inefficiencies in water and waste management by reducing infrastructural gaps.
First funding decrees for water investments under the national plan for water infrastructure and safety measures (PNIISSI) published
Some progress
6.1 Promote job quality and reduce labour market segmentation, also to support adequate wages, and increase labour market participation, in particular for underrepresented groups, including by further strengthening active labour market policies and improving affordable access
“Collegato lavoro” (Law 203/2024) and implementing decrees in 2025: to simplify the contractual framework but in practice expands temporary/seasonal work and hybrid contracts, especially for vulnerable workers (e.g. unemployed, older workers, workers with lower qualifications), with a likely increase in segmentation.
Some progress
44
Table (continued)
(Continued on the next page)
Recommendation text Main measures adopted or
implemented By 30 April 2026
Preparatory steps/ credibly
announced measures By 30 April 2026
Assessm. of
progress
to quality child- and long- term care, taking into account regional disparities.
Expansion of ECEC under the RRF ALMPs reforms and investments in training under the RRF (GOL, Dual etc.) Collective bargaining - Delegated law (Legge delega 144/2025): aims to address structural issues in the collective bargaining framework, namely (i) lack of enforceability of collective agreements, (ii) delays in contract renewals and (iii) contractual dumping (socalled “pirate” contracts). Implementing decrees are still to be adopted. Legge Locatelli (Legge Delega 33/2023, implemented by D.Lgs. 29/2024): establishes a National System for Non‑Self‑Sufficiency Assistance (SNAA) Hiring tax incentives in the 2026 budget Law: “(‘Youth and women hiring relief” – with priority to the ZES); (‘Mothers’ full contribution exemption”; General permanent employment incentives’
6.2 Keep-up the efforts to tackle undeclared work, particularly in the most affected sectors.
Implementation of reform under the RRP – notably increased inspections, strengthening rete del lavoro agricolo di qualita’
Final target of the RRF reform concerning deterrent measures (ISAC indicators and letters to firms to incentivize compliance), study on impact of employment vouchers
Limited progress
6.3 Continue promoting postsecondary VET and in- work training in high-demand sectors to address short- term skills needs, while strengthening adult learning by expanding work-based learning in high-growth sectors.
ITS academy 4+2 (reform introduced under the RRF as a pilot and brought to ‘regime’ in all ITS schools, including national Platform Fondo nuove competenze 3: €500M+ PNRR (FNC3); paid leave (up to 160h/year, 100% wage replacement via Fondo) for workers/firms training on digital/green/transversal skills; >300k participants 2021-25; Dual system (further strengthened under the RRF): expanded apprendistato professionalizzante duale (15-29 years)
Some progress
6.4 Improve educational outcomes, with a focus on disadvantaged students, including by strengthening basic skills.
School building stock renovated: 70% of the school building stock is being renovated under the RRF, prioritising obsolete and unsafe buildings, especially in disadvantaged areas.
Expansion of 4 years high school pilot to the national level, targeting schools and attracting students from diverse socio-economic backgrounds
Some progress
45
Table (continued)
Source: Italy's reporting and Commission assessment
Recommendation text Main measures adopted or
implemented By 30 April 2026
Preparatory steps/ credibly
announced measures By 30 April 2026
Assessm. of
progress
Teacher training programme under the RRF (“new language and new skills”) Digitalization of classrooms under the RRF (“school 4.0”) Teachers reform: The reform under the RRF introduced a new qualified architecture intended to stabilize recruitment, but a link between career progression and performance based incentives is still missing University system – “Riforma delle classi di laurea” and ANVUR: The 2023–25 reform of degree classes (DM 96/2023 and related decrees)
FISCAL
ANNEX 2: FISCAL DEVELOPMENTS AND DEBT SUSTAINABILITY
46
This annex discusses selected topics in public
finances and developments on fiscal-
structural CSRs addressed to Italy in July
2025. These include a call to reinforce overall defence spending and readiness while implementing a fiscal strategy in line with the Council Recommendation of 6 March 2025. Italy was also recommended to make the tax system more conducive to growth, step up efforts to improve the efficiency and effectiveness of public expenditure and mitigate the effects of ageing on potential growth and fiscal sustainability.
On 8 July 2025, the Council adopted the
Recommendation endorsing Italy’s medium- term fiscal-structural plan (74). The plan
includes an extended fiscal adjustment over seven years, underpinned by a set of reforms and investment. At the same time the Council also adopted a Recommendation under Article 126(7) TFEU to correct the excessive deficit in Italy (75)(76).
Developments in government balance, debt and public expenditure (77)
Italy’s government deficit amounted to 3.1%
of GDP in 2025 and the government debt-to-
GDP ratio amounted to 137.1% at the end of
2025. Based on the Commission Spring 2026
Forecast, Italy’s government deficit is projected to narrow marginally from 3.1% of GDP in 2025, to 2.9% in both 2026 and 2027. The debt ratio is set to reach 139.2% of GDP by 2027, as the expected primary surpluses are still insufficient to offset the
(74) OJ C, C/2025/651, EU:
http://data.europa.eu/eli/C/2025/651/oj.
(75) Council Recommendation with a view to bringing an end to the situation of an excessive deficit in Italy, as adopted on 21 January 2025. The corrective net expenditure path recommended by the Council under the excessive deficit procedure is consistent with the maximum growth rates of net expenditure set out in the plan.
(76) Compliance by Italy with the maximum growth rates of net expenditure recommended by the Council is assessed in COM(2026) 200.
(77) Figures underpinning fiscal surveillance (net expenditure growth) are provided in the Fiscal Statistical Tables SWD(2026)200 providing background data relevant for the assessment of the budgetary policies of the Member States.
impact of the debt-increasing interest-growth-rate differentials and stock-flow adjustments.
Rising public investment is improving the quality of expenditure in Italy. Compared with pre-pandemic levels, public investment has increased markedly and is projected to stabilise at around 3.8% of GDP in 2026–2027, up from 2.3% in 2019 (see Graph A2.1). This increase has been partly supported by funding from the RRF. At the same time, nationally financed public investment has also risen since 2019 and is expected to continue expanding until 2027, contributing to a more growth-friendly composition of public expenditure.
Graph A2.1: Public investment evolution and
composition (% of GDP)
Source: European Commission Spring 2026 Forecast
While expenditure with a higher impact on
GDP had remained broadly stable over three
decades, it has slightly increased compared
to 2019. Zooming in on the composition of spending, social protection accounts for the largest share of total expenditure (above 40%), followed by general public services and health, with each accounting for around or above 10% of total spending. Since 2019, public expenditure on transport, housing, other economic affairs and interest spending has increased strongly (see Graph A2.3). Spending on culture has risen more modestly. By contrast, spending on communication remained broadly stable while spending on R&D, defence, education and health expenditure has declined. This trend deserves attention, as these categories (R&D and education) are generally
0.0
0.5
1.0
1.5
2.0
2.5
3.0
3.5
4.0
2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 2027
% o
f G
D P
Defence
RRF grants and other EU funds
Other nationally-financed
47
considered spending categories conducive to growth.
Graph A2.2: : Primary spending evolution and
compositional change
Source: Eurostat
Note: Based on economic literature, the categories considered to have the higher growth impact include education, R&D, health, transport and communication (See Barbiero and Cournede (2013), Gemmel et al. (2016), Lupu et al (2018), Cepparulo and Mourre (2020) and OECD (2025)).
Italy has high tax revenues as a share of
GDP compared to the EU average, with a high
labour tax burden, a narrow tax base with many tax expenditures and high revenue loss
due to tax evasion. In 2025 Italy’s total tax revenues as a percentage of GDP (including compulsory social security contributions) amounted to 43.0%, clearly above the EU average of 39.9%. Total tax revenues are projected to remain stable in 2026 and then slightly increase to 43.2% of GDP in 2027 according to the Commission Spring 2026 Forecast (78). Italy has a high labour tax burden at many different wage levels, makes intensive use of reduced VAT rates and tax expenditures (which narrows the tax base) and experiences high levels of tax evasion (see Annex 3).
(78) Data retrieved from the AMECO database (https://economy-
finance.ec.europa.eu/economic-research-and- databases/economic-databases/ameco-database_en)
Cost of ageing
Total age-related spending in Italy is
projected to rise by about 1 pp. of GDP by
2040, to around 28% of GDP, though declining by about 2 pps. by 2070 (see Table
A2.2). The overall decline in the long term is
mainly the result of a projected fall in pension spending, which would more than offset the expected rise in healthcare and long-term care spending. Italy currently has one of the highest spending levels on age-related items of all Member States. The projected decline in the long term would bring Italy closer to, but still above, the EU average.
Public pension spending as a share of GDP is
projected to increase by 1 pp. by 2040 but
decline thereafter. Pension spending currently represents around 16% of GDP, the highest of all EU Member States. A further increase is expected in the coming decades. Yet, by 2070, public pension outlays would decline to a level about 2.5 pps. of GDP below current spending. At close to 14% of GDP in 2070, public pension spending would be higher than the projected EU average of about 12%. In 2025, Italy received a CSR to mitigate the effects of ageing on potential growth and fiscal sustainability, including by further limiting the use of early-retirement schemes, which contribute to an effective retirement age that is lower than the statutory retirement age by more than 4 years (79). While early-retirement schemes in place in previous years have not been renewed in 2026, a partial freezing of the retirement age at 67 has been introduced. In particular, the three-month freeze on the life expectancy adjustment has been slowed down: it will be one month in 2027 and two months in 2028, for certain categories only. The impact of this measure on the sustainability of public finances remains contained, but it still puts further pressure on the long-term sustainability of the pension system and public finances. Supplementary pension schemes can make the pension system more resilient by diversifying retirement income sources and encouraging the adoption of sustainability-enhancing reforms. In Italy, however, their uptake remains limited: by
(79) Economic Policy Committee - Ageing Working Group, 2024
Ageing Report, Italy - Country Fiche.
5
10
15
20
40
45
50
55 a) Evolution (% of GDP)
Primary expenditure Spending with higher impact on GDP (rhs)
-1,2
-0,8
-0,4
0,0
0,4
0,8
1,2
So ci
al pr
ot ec
tio n
H ea
lth
G en
er al
se rv
ic es
Ed uc
at io
n
R& D
Pu bl
ic or
de r
D ef
en ce
En vi
ro nm
en t
C om
m un
ic at
io n
C ul
tu re
In te
re st
sp en
di ng
H ou
si ng
Tr an
sp or
t
O th
er e
co no
m ic
b) Compositional change 2024-2019 (% of total spending)
48
end-2024, private pension assets amounted to around 12% of GDP while participation covered around 27% of the working-age population (80). This coincides with rising medium-term public pension spending pressures and a projected decrease in the replacement rate by 7.7 pps. between 2025 and 2040 (Table A2.2 and A2.3) (81).
Public healthcare expenditure is projected to
be 5.8% of GDP in 2025 (below the EU
average of 6.6%) and is expected to increase by 0.4 pps by 2040 and by a further 0.2 pp
by 2070. The overall increase is driven by an ageing population but is significantly constrained by reform assumptions of a constant nominal growth path for public healthcare expenditure until 2026.
Public expenditure on long-term care is
projected at 1.5% of GDP in 2024 (slightly below the EU average of 1.7%) and is
expected to increase by 0.3 pps of GDP by
2040 and by a further 0.3 pps of GDP by
2070. The projected increase is due to an ageing population and constrained by budgetary cost containment measures included in the projections
(80) Source: OECD Pension Market in Focus 2025. The highest
participation rate in at least one supplementary pension plan is reported.
(81) The (gross) replacement rate refers, where the required data is available, to both public and private pensions. It is based on projections from the 2024 Ageing Report.
until 2026.
National fiscal framework
The Parliamentary Budget Office (PBO) is a
well-established and relatively well-
resourced independent fiscal institution with
a broad mandate. Despite a number of Memoranda of Understanding with the Ministry of Finance and other institutions, the PBO still reports issues of access to information, in particular regarding the timeliness and level of detail of the information received. There is a policy dialogue with the government, which however takes place in a non-public way, giving no media echo and therefore not informing the public debate on fiscal policy and sustainability. The PBO has a clear presence in the domestic media debate and is further developing its outreach activities, becoming more active on social media and developing new features of its website. The PBO recently underwent its very first independent external evaluation.
Table A2.2: Projected change in age-related expenditure in 2025-2040 and 2025-2070
Source: 2024 Ageing Report (EC/EPC).
Table A2.1: Supplementary pension schemes - Scope for expansion
Source: European Commission.
IT 27,1 1,0 0,4 0,3 -0,6 1,2 28,3 IT
EU 24,3 0,5 0,3 0,4 -0,3 0,9 25,2 EU
IT 27,1 -2,4 0,6 0,6 -0,7 ## 25,3 IT
EU 24,3 0,2 0,6 0,8 -0,3 1,3 25,6 EU
ageing-related
expenditure
change in 2025-2040 (pps GDP) due to: ageing-related
expenditure pensions healthcare long-term care education total
ageing-related
expenditure
change in 2025-2070 (pps GDP) due to: ageing-related
expenditure pensions healthcare long-term care education total
Assets in 2024
(% GDP)
Participation in 2024
(% working-age
population)
IT 11,7 -7,7 26,7 IT
EU 32,4 -2,8 55,9 EU
Gross replacement rate
at retirement:
(pps change 2025-2040)
49
Spending reviews have involved extensive
analytical work, but implementation has
been limited. Recent efforts have focussed on
integrating the findings of 3-year spending reviews cycles into the budgetary cycle. Under the RRP, Italy strengthened the national framework for spending reviews and implemented yearly reviews over the 2023-2025 period. However, the process still involves across-the-board spending cuts leaving margins for a genuine expenditure evaluation with evidence-based reallocation. Under the MTFSP, efforts are expected to intensify with the preparation of monitoring and assessment plans, aimed at improving the efficiency of public spending. The EU Technical Support Instrument (TSI) has provided assistance for performance management.
Accrual accounting improves transparency
over a public body’s financial position and
performance and can support sustainability
and intergenerational equity. Most (14) Member States have implemented accrual accounting across the general government sector. Italy is among the five Member States which are set to shift to a system of accrual accountings by 2030, building on the preparatory steps implemented under its RRP (82). However, currently
(82) Report on public accounting in the EU (COM(2025)746 and
accompanying Staff Working Document SWD(2025)396). Countries with an accounting maturity of 70% or more in relation to International Public Accounting Standards are deemed to apply accrual accounting.
Italy still lags behind the EU average (see Table A2.3) (83).
Implementation of the reforms and investment underpinning the extension of the adjustment period
The CSRs for Italy also call for implementing the set of reforms and investment
underpinning the extension of the
adjustment period. This set is composed of commitments from the RRP, commitments extending previously existing RRP measures, as well as some additional commitments of reforms and investment. Taking into account the information provided in the Annual Progress Report, Table A2.4 shows the implementation status of the set of reforms and investments due in 2025 and the first half of 2026.
(83) Annexes 3.1 and 3.4 of SWD(2025)396.
Table A2.3: Fiscal Governance Database Indicators
(1) The Country Fiscal Rule Strength Index (C-FRSI) shows the strength of national fiscal rules aggregated at the country level based on i) the legal base, ii) how binding the rule is, iii) monitoring bodies, iv) correction mechanisms, and v) resilience to shocks. The Medium-Term Budgetary Framework Index (MTBFI) shows the strength of the national MTBF based on i) coverage of the targets/ceilings included in the national medium-term fiscal plans; ii) connectedness between these targets/ceilings and the annual budgets; iii) involvement of the national parliament in the preparation of the plans; iv) involvement of independent fiscal institutions in their preparation; and v) their level of detail. A higher score is associated with higher rule and MTBF strength. The score for public accounting reflects the degree of maturity in relation to the International Public Sector Accounting Standards (IPSAS). Countries with an accounting maturity of 70% or more in relation to IPSAS are deemed to apply accrual accounting. For more information, see the report on public accounting in the EU (COM(2025)746 and accompanying Staff Working Document SWD(2025)396). Source: Fiscal Governance Database, European Commission
Country Fiscal Rule Strength Index (C-FRSI) 19,41 14,81
Medium-Term Budgetary Framework Index (MTBFI) 0,88 0,72
2025 Public accounting maturity of general government 32% 65%
50
Table A2.4: Implementation of Reforms and Investments underpinning an extension
The progress of each backward-looking key step (i.e., those scheduled for completion by 30 April 2026) is either classified as ‘completed’ or factual information is provided. The status of forward-looking key steps in 2026 not yet completed remains blank and those due after December 2026 do not appear in the table, as these will be assessed by the Commission in future Country Reports. ** These key steps correspond to milestones and targets of Italy’s RRP. For milestones and targets which were due by Q4 2025 the assessment is still pending in the context of the 9th payment request under the RRF and the table does not prejudge its assessment. Source: Annual Progress Report of Italy and Commission’s assessment.
RRP milestones and targets related to M1C1.R1.4 - Reform of civil justice* Q4-2021; Q1-2024;
Q4-2024; Q2-2026 Completed
Ensure adequate personnel for the office of trial and the technical administrative personnel Q4-2026
RRP milestones and targets related to M1C1.R1.12 - Reform of the tax administration*
Q4-2021; Q2-2022;
Q4-2022; Q2-2023;
Q4-2023; Q2-2024;
Q4-2025; Q2-2026
Reported as completed –
under assessment**
Achievement of annual performance targets that progressively ensures a reduction in VAT repayment
times Q4-2025 Completed
Strengthen the fight against tax evasion resulting from omitted declarations, by (i) in the event of
detected tax evasion, removing tax advantages (“compensazione orizzontale”, “rimborsi di imposte”,
“regimi premiali”) and, where relevant, suspending the exercise of the public concessions; (ii)
integrating national short-term rental codes into the databases for tax risk analyses conducted by the
Revenue Agency; (iii) introducing compulsory connections between automatic cash registers and
electronic payments for all businesses; (iv) requiring traceable means of payments for the tax
deductibility of expenses related to transport, food and accommodation
Q4 2026 Completed
RRP milestones and targets related to M1C2.R2 - Annual Competition Laws* Q4 2022; Q4 2023; Q4
2024; Q4 2025
Reported as completed –
under assessment**
Increase public R&D spending Q4 2025; Q4 2026
Eurostat's statistics
available until 2024.
Preliminary estimates
provided by Italian
authorities suggest the
target appears to be on
track to be met.
Adoption of Annual Competition Laws Q4 2026
Adoption of a framework law on SMEs on annual basis, based on an impact assessment, and entry into
force of the implementing instruments Q4 2026
RRP milestones and targets related to M1C1.R1.9 - Reform of the public administration*
Q2-2021; Q4-2021;
Q2-2022; Q4-2022;
Q2-2023; Q4-2023;
Q2-2024; Q4-2024;
Q2-2025; Q2-2026
Completed
Implementation of vertical mobility Q4 2026
Implementation of horizontal mobility Q4 2026
Valorization of performance-based framework Q4 2026
RRP milestones and targets related to M1C1.R1.13 - Reform of the spending review framework*
Q4 2021; Q2 2022;
Q4 2022; Q4 2023; Q2
2024; Q2 2025; Q2
2026
Completed
Reform of the framework for the control of public expenditure for central public administrations,
providing for enhanced financial responsibility of administrations for the management of resources as
well as strengthened programming and enhanced monitoring and evaluation of policy outputs and
impacts
Q1 2026 Completed
Reforms and investment in the
area of taxation Reduction of the labour tax wedge Q4 2026
COM's assessment
2026
Reforms and investment in the
area of justice
Adding to RRP milestones and
targets related to M1C1.R1.4 -
Reform of civil justice
Reforms and investment in the
area of public administration and
childcare
Adding to RRP milestones and
targets related to M1C1.R1.9 -
Reform of the public
administration
Reforms and investment in the
area of public expenditure
Adding to RRP milestones and
targets related to M1C1.R1.13 -
Reform of the spending review
framework
Reforms and investment in the
area of tax administration
Adding to RRP milestones and
targets related to M1C1.R1.12 -
Reform of the tax administration
Reforms and investment in the
area of business environment
Adding to RRP milestones and
targets related to M1C2.R2 -
Annual Competition Laws
Measure Key steps Recommended
implementation date
ANNEX 3: TAXATION
51
This annex provides an indicator-based
overview of Italy’s tax system. It includes information on: (i) the tax mix; (ii) competitiveness and fairness aspects of the tax system; and (iii) tax collection and compliance. The 2025 country-specific recommendations for Italy highlighted challenges in making the tax system more conducive to growth (by further fighting tax evasion, reducing the tax wedge, streamlining tax expenditures including environmentally harmful subsidies, and updating cadastral values)while ensuring fairness. In addition, in the context of its medium-term fiscal-structural plan (MTFSP) Italy committed to completing key steps of the above tax reforms, by Q4-2028.
The tax burden in Italy has remained steadily above the European average for the last
10 years. In 2024, the tax burden increased by 1.2 pps from 2023, to 42.4% of GDP, against an EU average of 39.4% (see Table A3.1), with the largest contribution still coming from labour taxation. Labour taxes as a percentage of GDP were also slightly above the EU average.
Property taxation in Italy is also above the
EU-27 average (2.2% vs. 1.8% of GDP).
However, first residences are exempt for almost all property classes, and cadastral values have not been systematically brought closer to market values yet. Still, Italy is implementing the update of cadastral values for properties not yet included in the register and for buildings that have benefitted from public schemes for energy efficiency and/or house renovation interventions (see Annex 16).
Environmental tax revenues increased in
2024 and environmentally harmful subsidies (EHS) remain sizable. Revenues from environmental taxes increased to 2.75% of GDP in 2024 (from 2.53% in 2023) as a consequence of an increase in energy taxes during the year. The tax on the single use plastics has been delayed for the 8th time until January 2027. Based on the national yearly review, EHS were estimated at EUR 25.34 billion in 2024, of which 19.62 billion were fossil-fuel subsidies (84). Recent measures reduced EHS by EUR 4.6 billion, in line with Italy’s commitment under the recovery and resilience
(84) MASE, 2025, Relazione alle Camere e al CITE, Table 2, p.26.
plan (85). Despite this progress, the overall amount of EHS remains sizable. The 2026 Decree-Law (so- called “Bollette”) introduces measures that, although being intended as temporary, are expected to increase the level of EHS (86). For company cars, there is further scope for reducing tax benefits for endothermic vehicles, which still receive favourable tax treatment, including deductions, although the recent reform for in-kind benefits has increased the price signal differential treating more favourably zero-emission vehicles and plug-in hybrids.
Graph A3.1: Tax revenue by economic function in
2024, Italy (outer ring) and EU-27 (inner ring)
Source: Taxation Trends Data, DG TAXUD
Corporate tax revenues as a share of GDP have increased in the last 20 years, despite a
decline in the corporate tax rate over this
period. Italy’s top statutory corporate income tax (CIT) rate of 24% (+3.9% IRAP tax rate (87)) is among the highest in the EU (where the average CIT rate is around 21%). Italy’s forward-looking effective average tax rate (23.9%) is also above the EU average of around 19%. The 2025 Budget Law extended a tax benefit temporarily introduced for 2024 to 2025-2027. This benefit includes a greater tax deduction for the cost of some new
(85) In particular, the 2025 and 2026 Budget laws provided for:
(i) eliminating the reduced VAT on waste landfill disposal by raising it from 10% to 22%; (ii) remodulating the taxation of company cars as fringe benefits in favour of electric vehicles with the aim of encouraging the renewal of company fleets; and (iii) eliminating the gasoline/diesel tax differential.
(86) Decree-Law No. 21 of 20 February 2026, converted into law No. 49 of 8 April 2026, Link.
(87) Italian corporate entities are subject to a corporate income tax (24%) and to a regional productive activities tax (known as imposta regionale sulle attività produttive or IRAP) of 3.9%, where the regions have the right to increase the rate, by up to 0.92 pps, also differentiating it by sectors of activity or categories of taxpayers.
51.5
26.8
21.6
48.6
25.9
25.5
Taxes on labour Taxes on consumption Taxes on capital
52
employees, ranging from 120% to 130% depending on the category of newly hired employees (e.g. women, young workers, former beneficiaries of the citizenship income benefit). The reduction in the IRES premiale CIT rate - from 24% to 20% - applicable to CIT taxpayers that meet a set of pre-defined conditions was not rolled over to 2026 (88).
Italy’s R&D investment as a share of GDP is
much lower than the European average. In 2024, Italy’s R&D expenditure as a percentage of GDP stood at 1.38% compared with an EU average of 2.24% (89). This is mainly due to business- sector-related R&D, representing only 0.79% of GDP against an EU average of 1.49%. Thus, public funds support business investments in R&D mainly through tax credits and the new hyper- depreciation regime replacing the previous Transition 4.0/5.0 credits as well as by facilitating
(88) i) at least 80% of profits registered for 2024 must be
retained in the firm as reserves; ii) at least 30% of these retained profits, and no less than 24% of the profits registered in 2023, must be used to finance new investments in instrumental goods for productive structures located in Italy, those falling under the categories of ‘Transition 4.0 and 5.0’, with a minimum investment amount of EUR 20 000.
(89) R&D expenditure - Statistics Explained - Eurostat.
access to credit for micro, small and medium-sized enterprises. Other significant incentives pertain to the support for manufacturing capacity for net- zero technologies (EUR 1.5 billion) (90), and for the ZES Unica tax credit for special economic zones (EUR 2.3 billion in 2026).
The labour-tax burden in Italy remains high
despite recent reforms. In 2025, the 2024 reduction of personal-income tax brackets from four to three was made permanent as part of Italy’s commitments in the MTFSP, and the basic tax allowance for dependent workers was increased to EUR 8 500. Moreover, the 2026 Budget Law has reduced the tax rate for the second tax bracket (income between EUR 28 000 and EUR 50 000) from 35% to 33%. A mechanism to neutralise the tax benefit arising from the reduction in the tax rate (by a flat reduction of EUR 440) has been introduced for taxpayers with a total income exceeding EUR 200 000. As from 2026, the lump-sum tax regime for foreign- sourced income of non-Italian tax residents in Italy is further increased from EUR 200 000 per year to EUR 300 000.
(90) Commission approves €1.5 billion Italian State aid scheme.
Table A3.1: Taxation Indicators
(1) Forward-looking effective tax rate (KPMG). (2) A higher value indicates a stronger redistributive impact of taxation. (*) EU-27 simple average. (**) Forecast value for 2024. EU-27 refers to the median value. For more data on tax revenues as well as the methodology applied, see the Data on Taxation Trends webpage. Source: European Commission, OECD, ISPRA.
2019 2022 2023 2024 2025 2019 2022 2023 2024 2025
Tax structure Total taxes (including compulsory actual social contributions) (% of
GDP) 42.2 41.7 41.2 42.4 39.9 39.7 39.0 39.4
Taxes on labour (% of GDP) 21.3 20.3 20.3 20.6 20.6 20.1 19.9 20.3
of which, social security contributions (SSC, % of GDP) 13.2 12.7 12.3 12.5 13.0 12.7 12.7 13.0
Taxes on consumption (% of GDP) 11.5 11.0 10.7 11.0 11.2 10.9 10.5 10.6
of which, value added taxes (VAT, % of GDP) 6.2 6.9 6.5 6.6 7.1 7.4 7.1 7.1
Taxes on capital (% of GDP) 9.4 10.4 10.2 10.8 8.1 8.7 8.5 8.5
Personal income taxes (PIT, % of GDP) 11.8 11.3 11.7 12.4 9.6 9.4 9.3 9.6
Corporate income taxes (CIT, % of GDP) 1.9 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.6 3.2 3.2 3.1
Total property taxes (% of GDP) 2.3 2.3 2.1 2.2 2.2 2.1 1.9 1.8
Recurrent taxes on immovable property (% of GDP) 1.4 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.2 1.0 0.9 0.9
Environmental taxes (% of GDP) 3.4 2.3 2.5 2.7 2.6 2.1 2.1 2.1
Effective carbon rate in EUR per tonne of CO2 equivalents na na 100.1 na na na 84.8 na
Tax wedge at 50% of average wage (single person) (*) 32.3 31.7 30.1 29.5 30.0 32.4 31.6 31.5 31.5 31.6
Tax wedge at 100% of average wage (single person) (*) 43.9 42.9 42.6 41.9 42.5 40.1 39.7 39.9 39.9 40.0
Corporate income tax - effective average tax rates (1) (*) 23.9 23.9 23.9 23.9 20.0 19.2 19.0 19.3
Difference in Gini coefficient before and after taxes and cash social
transfers (pensions excluded from social transfers) (2) (*) 6.5 7.9 7.6 7.3 7.8 8.0 7.9 7.8
Outstanding tax arrears: total year-end tax debt (including debt
considered not collectable) / total revenue (in %) (*) 200.7 181.0 180.8 na 31.8 32.6 30.7 na
VAT gap (% of VAT total tax liability, VTTL) (**) 19.3 14.5 15.0 15.3 10.5 7.3 8.2 na
EU-27Italy
Progressivity &
fairness
Tax administration &
compliance
By tax base
Some tax types
53
The labour-tax wedge (91) for single persons
at different wage levels (67%, 100% and
167% of the average wage) was substantially higher in Italy than the EU
average in 2025 (see Graph 3.2). At the same time, it was lower than the EU average for earners of low wages at 50% of the average wage. Second earners at a wage level of 67% of the average wage, whose spouses earn the average wage, also faced a tax wedge that was clearly higher than the EU average. The tax wedge for second earners was higher than the tax wedge for single persons at the same wage level, but this difference was slightly less pronounced than for the EU average. The 2026 Budget law introduced changes to already existing and new temporary flat personal income taxes on salary increases, productivity bonuses and overtime allowances. These changes further complicate the tax system and erode the tax base.
In Italy, the fiscal drag in recent years was
sizeable but recent measures partly
compensated its negative impact. The loss to
employees and pensioners related to the fiscal drag in recent years was more than compensated by the tax reforms introduced since 2022, which aimed at protecting low real wages against the inflation registered in 2022 and 2023. EUROMOD simulations carried out by the JRC show that the overall impact of these recent measures has been slightly progressive (92). Overall, Italy’s labour tax burden as measured by the difference of the tax wedge between single persons at 167% and 50% of average wage is relatively progressive. At the same time, the tax-and-benefit system reduced
(91) The tax wedge is an indicator of the tax burden on labour
that can be assessed at various levels of earnings. It is calculated as the sum of personal income tax, employee social-security contributions, employer social-security contributions and other mandatory contributions, net of cash family benefits where relevant, expressed as a percentage of total labour costs (composed of the gross wage plus employer social-security contributions). In other words, the tax wedge measures the gap between the total cost of employing a worker and that worker’s net earnings, as a share of total labour costs. Tax wedge data in the 2026 country reports are calculated by the Joint Research Centre of the European Commission and based on the EUROMOD model, while in the past country reports they were based on the OECD tax and benefit model. While the underlying methodology is very similar, differences in the assumptions can lead to different results between both models.
(92) The simulation was performed by the European Commission, Joint Research Centre, based on the EUROMOD model, J2.0+.See also Annex 12.
income inequality (as measured by the corresponding change in the Gini coefficient) by 7.3 pps in 2024, which was below the EU average of 7.8 pps (93). Inequality of total disposable household income remains high, with the Gini coefficient for Italy at 32.2% compared to an EU average of 29.1%.
Graph A3.2: Tax wedge for single and second
earners as a % of total labour costs, 2025
Note: The second earner tax wedge shows a household’s tax wedge resulting from the wage that a second earner taking up a job at 67% of the average wage receives. It does not show the total tax wedge of the household. The household is assumed to have a first earner at 100% of the average wage and no children. For the methodology of the tax wedge for second earners, see OECD (2024), Taxing Wages 2024. Source: European Commission
The tax system does not incentivise the
unemployed to enter to work, especially at
the lowest wage levels. Recent EUROMOD simulations by the JRC show that participation tax rates (PTR) in Italy are sizeable (94). In 2025, the PTR for employees averaged across the whole income distribution was 75.2% (95), mainly due to a significant withdrawal of benefit (47%). In addition, the PTR reached 90% for the first quintile and decreasing in the others, reflecting strong
(93) The Gini coefficient measures the extent to which the
distribution of income within a country deviates from a perfectly equal distribution. A coefficient of 0 expresses perfect equality where everyone has the same income, while a coefficient of 100 expresses full inequality where only one person has all the income.
(94) PTR shows the share of earnings effectively ‘taxed away’ when moving from unemployment to employment, due to the combined effect of foregone benefits and higher taxes or contributions. The simulation was performed by the European Commission, Joint Research Centre, based on the EUROMOD model, J2.0+.
(95) Unweighted EU average was 54.1%. See Annual Report on Taxation 2026 by European Commission for a broader discussion on work incentives in the EU-27.
30.0
39.3 42.5
52.5
41.7
20
25
30
35
40
45
50
55
50 100 150
Ta x
w ed
ge , %
o f
to ta
l l ab
o u
r co
st s
Earnings as % of the average wage
Single earner - IT Single earner - EU average
Second earner - IT Second earner - EU average
54
unemployment protection for low incomes. In practice, potential withdrawal of means-tested benefits after certain income threshold drives lower work incentives for the first quintile.
The number of tax expenditures (TEs) in Italy
is still very high and their impact in terms of
forgone revenues is larger than in previous
years (96). As reported by the national Commission for Fiscal Expenditures (CFE), the total number of TEs decreased from 2024 to 2025, although they led to increased forgone revenues. For 2025 TEs are estimated to have led to foregone revenues amounting to EUR 119 billion (97), representing about 11.4% of total tax revenues collected and 5.3% of GDP. The Global Tax Expenditure Database (98) also estimates the TEs at 5.3% of GDP in 2025, up from 4.8% in 2024. However, in 2025, Italy has begun some rationalisation of tax expenditures by introducing a cap on PIT tax deductions, based on family members and income, and reducing the rates of tax credits for energy efficiency.
Housing subsidies dominate TEs, while
systemic inefficiencies persist. According to
the Annual Tax Expenditures Report, the largest tax expenditures for 2025 are under the heading ‘Housing and Urban Planning’ with approximately EUR 63.5 billion, followed by ‘Competitiveness and Business Development’ (EUR 19.6 billion) and ‘Social Rights, Social Policies, and Family’ (EUR 8.3 billion). The CFE’s analysis also highlights that the Italian system of tax expenditures is characterised not only by the significant amounts of expenditure and uncollected revenues — as deviation from the normal regime and legal standards — but also by the very high number and variety of expenditure measures (99). In its MTFSP, Italy has committed to reducing revenue losses related to tax expenditures.
Structural reforms have supported the
longer-term improvement in tax compliance.
(96) European Commission: Directorate-General for Taxation and
Customs Union, Mind the gap – Challenges and opportunities for tax compliance and tax expenditures in the EU – Italy, Publications Office of the European Union, 2025.
(97) Rapporto annual sulle spese fiscali 2024, Link.
(98) Unlike the official sources, the GTED considers the spent amounts instead of the budgeted amounts.
(99) https://www.mef.gov.it/export/sites/MEF/documenti- allegati/2024/RSF-2024.pdf.
Since 2019, Italy has taken several measures to improve tax compliance, also under its recovery and resilience plan (RRP). These include: extending mandatory e-invoicing (sistema di interscambio), which now covers all transaction types; increasing the data and analytical tools available for targeting audits and controls (including using daily data from electronic payments); and introducing penalties for refusing electronic payments.
Despite these efforts, the revenue loss
related to tax evasion remains high. The latest national estimates (100) put revenue loss from tax evasion in 2023 at between EUR 107-112 billion. The 2026 Budget law includes the adoption of three additional measures planned under the RRP: data from electronic invoicing have been made directly available to the collecting agent; tax offsetting is now only allowed in cases where unpaid tax liabilities do not exceed EUR 50 000; a new fast-track VAT assessment procedure has been introduced in cases where electronic invoices were issued but no annual VAT returns were filed. The 2026 Budget law also introduced a mandatory 1% withholding tax on PIT and VAT in B2B transactions aimed at incentivising tax compliance. This tax will take effect from 2029.
In Italy, the VAT compliance gap declined
almost continuously between 2019 and 2023,
falling by more than 4 pps from 19% to 15% (101) amounting to EUR 25 billion in
2023. The rising share of digital payments, also supported by government measures., contributed to reducing the gap. Despite the steady improvements over the last 5 years, Italy still ranked only 20th among EU countries in 2023, with a VAT compliance gap still considerably higher than the EU average of 9.5%.
Estimates on the size of the Italian PIT and
CIT gap are regularly computed and
published. The CIT gap in Italy decreased by - 0.8 pps between 2022 and 2023, from 18.5% to 17.7% of potential CIT revenue, but increased by
(100) Relazione-evasione-fiscale-e-contributiva-
2025_Aggiornamento_11_12.pdf.
(101) See European Commission, Synestia, Poniatowski, G., Bonch- Sokolovsky, M., Śmietanka, A. et al., VAT gap in Europe – Report 2025, Publications Office of the European Union, Luxembourg, 2025.
55
EUR 0.76 billion in nominal terms (EUR 9.6 billion in2022 vs EUR 10.3 billion in 2023) (102).
While PIT compliance in Italy is continuing to
improve slightly, tax evasion remains high. Of the EUR 72.3 billion in tax evasion assessed in 2024, the actual recovered amount stood at EUR 12.8 billion (17.7%) (103). According to the Corte dei Conti (Court of Audit), the widespread expectation of future amnesties leads many taxpayers to postpone payments, hoping for subsequent amnesties or the possibility of evading government enforcement action. A new edition of the Rottamazione quinques tax settlement procedure has been provided for 2026.
To improve the efficiency of the tax system, Italy reorganised the national tax system in
2025 (104), including the VAT collection
system (105). Steps towards digitalising the whole
tax administration have been made, but challenges remain. Measures implemented to relieve the tax and administrative burden on SMEs include increasing theVAT registration thresholds. Although this aimed to allow micro businesses to benefit from VAT exemption, it might discourage growth of declared activities. This reorganisation affected the core activities of the agency in charge of the tax collection (AdER), including the automatic write-off of qualifying tax receivables that remain uncollected by 31 December of the fifth year. While the measure aims at reducing the stock of uncollectable arrears, it should be accompanied by provisions to accelerate tax collection to avoid ultimately rewarding non- compliant behaviours.
The stock of tax arrears in Italy remains one
of the highest among the EU Member States. However, the 2024 financial year was marked by a record level of tax recovery, amounting to a total of EUR 33.4 billion, 5.4 of which derived from the Rottamazione-quater extraordinary measures
(102) CIT gap figures refer to the IRES - imposta sul reddito / sulle
società (‘income/corporate tax’ in English). Contextually, the IRAP (imposta tegonale sulle attivitá produttive) gap increased by 1 pp.
(103) https://www.corteconti.it/Download?id=aea876c4-e004- 4c06-b3b3-a46098e6c7be
(104) Legislative Decree No 110 of 29 July 2024.
(105) Italy’s 2025 draft budgetary plan.
facilitating settlement procedures and 4.5 billion from activities promoting compliance (106).
Italy is deploying investments under the RRP
to enhance the digitalisation of tax
administration, strengthening digital tax processes and improving tax compliance. Since 2023, Italy has automatically prefilled VAT returns with data that it has collected. However, pre-filing for CIT returns is not yet in place. The e- filing rates for PIT, CIT and VATreturns are very high (100% in 2023) and above the EU average (107). The high e-filing rate in Italy indicates that the country is well advanced in the digitalisation process. It likely results in a lower compliance burden for Italian taxpayers compared to the EU average. RRP investments have been largely used to enhance digital tax processes, to faster legal enforcement mechanisms and recovery through courts and, to improve administrative capacity.To achieve these goals, the staff of the Revenue Agency will be increased by 1 000 units in 2026 and 1 300 in 2027 (108).
(106) Agenzia delle Entrate press communication.
(107) International Survey on Revenue Administration data.
(108) Piano integrato di attivita’ e organizzazione 2026-2028.
PRODUCTIVITY
ANNEX 4: INNOVATION TO BUSINESS
56
Italy’s research and innovation (R&I)
ecosystem still faces challenges to translate
scientific excellence into innovation, despite
recent improvements. For Italy, the 2025 country-specific recommendation (CSR) highlighted challenges in supporting innovation. These could be met by further strengthening business- academia linkages, innovation procurement, corporate venture capital and opportunities for talents and by boosting the role of universities in innovation through greater focus on commercialisation of research results and better career paths for researchers. According to the 2025 European Innovation Scoreboard, Italy is still a ‘moderate innovator’. Its performance is 93% of the EU average (109) while its R&D intensity (110) has stagnated over the last decade, amounting to 1.38% in 2024, far below EU levels (2.24%). Italy’s weak business dynamism and the prevalence of mid-tech industries contribute to low business investment in R&D. Start-ups still face challenges in attracting venture capital and business- academia linkages require strengthening, with persisting disparities among regions (111). These factors, coupled with limited R&D public funding and inadequate opportunities for researchers and talents, hinder the effective translation of research outcomes into marketable innovations. Italy has recorded a strong increase in the uptake of digital technologies by SMEs. Additionally, the country plays a crucial role in the deployment of advanced digital technologies and infrastructure.
(109) European Commission, 2025, European Innovation
Scoreboard, country profile: Italy ec_rtd_eis-country-profile- it.pdf. The scoreboard provides a comparative analysis of innovation performance in EU countries, including the relative strengths and weaknesses of their national innovation systems (also compared with the EU average).
(110) Defined as gross domestic expenditure on R&D as a percentage of GDP.
(111) European Commission, 2025, Regional Innovation Scoreboard, country profile: Italy https://ec.europa.eu/assets/rtd/ris/2025/ec_rtd_ris-regional- profile-it.pdf. This scoreboard is a regional extension of the European Innovation Scoreboard, assessing the innovation performance of European regions.
Excellent science
Despite improvements to Italy’s scientific performance over time, public investment in
R&D is subdued, hampering further
consolidation of the public science base. The country’s share of research publications among the top 10% most-cited worldwide stood above the EU average in 2022 (112) (10.6% vs 9.4%), but has stagnated over the last five years. Scientific excellence could be further boosted by increasing the trend in public R&D intensity (113), which amounted to 0.57% of Italy’s GDP in 2024, still below the EU average of 0.72% (114). Public funding of tertiary education, which also drives higher education expenditure on R&D, is in real terms well below the pre-2008 financial crisis levels (115). A new reform included in Italy’s recovery and resilience plan (RRP) (116) aims to improve the planning and predictability of research funding, including through the merger of different funding instruments of competitive nature (117). However, ensuring the research system’s financial sustainability beyond the end of RRP support in 2026 remains a crucial challenge (118). In its medium-term fiscal-structural plan, Italy committed to an increase in public R&D intensity to 0.6% of GDP by 2029.
Research careers in Italy are still
insufficiently attractive, despite an increase
in the number of public-sector researchers.
(112) Last available year.
(113) These data include the government and the higher education sector.
(114) These data include the government and the higher education sector.
(115) Andini, M., Bertolotti, F., Citino, L., D’Amuri, F., Linarello, A., & Mattei, G., 2025, ‘Ricerca, innovazione e trasferimento tecnologico in Italia’ Occasional Papers No. 954, Banca d’Italia.
(116) Reform M4C2-4bis ‘Three-year plan for the financing of research activities’, included in Italy’s RRP amendment approved in autumn 2025.
(117) Including those funding ‘research projects of relevant national interest’ (PRIN).
(118) Consiglio Nazionale delle Ricerche, 2025, Relazione sulla ricerca e l’innovazione in Italia: Analisi e dati di politica della scienza e della tecnologia, 5th ed., CNR Edizioni.
57
The number of researchers employed by the public sector continues to fall short of the EU average in per capita terms (4.1 researchers per thousand of the active population vs EU average of 4.3 in 2024) (119). In recent years, however, there has been an upward trend thanks to RRP measures funding the hiring of fixed-term researchers (120). The long-term impact of this initiative may be limited once the RRP concludes, despite some measure included in the 2026 budget. Additionally, research careers are still not attractive, especially at early-career stages, due to both job insecurity and low salaries (121). Italy’s recent policy action on research careers (122), such as the introduction of additional contract types for researchers (123), might not contribute to reducing job insecurity or to increasing the attractiveness of these careers, which are crucial to the 2025 CSR on improving the career path of researchers.
Business innovation
Business R&D intensity is stagnating, as
Italy’s economy mainly relies on small and
medium-sized enterprises that principally
operate in traditional or mid-tech sectors.
Business enterprise expenditure on R&D as a percentage of GDP has stagnated over the last 10 years: in 2024, it was far below the EU average (0.79% vs 1.49%) and this gap has widened since 2020, as shown in Graph A4.1. R&D activities are mainly carried out by large firms (124). While SME
(119) Eurostat, 2023, Researchers (full-time equivalents)
employed by the public sector (government+higher education institutions) per thousand of the active population.
(120) The RRP’s M4C2 component ‘From research to business’ has supported researchers through investments such as ‘research projects of significant national interest (PRIN)’, ‘Partnerships extended to universities, research centres, companies and funding of basic research projects’, and one investment specifically targeting young researchers.
(121) Civera, A., Lehmann, E., Meoli, M., Paleari, S. and Brioschi, M.S., 2025, ‘How to Protect the Taste for Science? Working Conditions in European Higher Education Systems’, Higher Education Quarterly, 79: e12591. https://doi.org/10.1111/hequ.12591.
(122) Decree Law 45, 7 April 2025.
(123) Such as incarichi post-doc (post-doc assignments) and incarichi di ricerca (research assignments).
(124) ISTAT, 2025, Ricerca e sviluppo (R&S) in Italia Anni 2023– 2025.
expenditure on R&D as a percentage of GDP has slightly increased over the last decade, it remained at almost half the EU average as a percentage of GDP in 2023 (0.22% vs 0.47%). Weaknesses in business dynamism leads to slow adoption of new technologies (125), with significant differences among regions (see Annex 19). Business-sector R&D in Italy remains concentrated in mid-tech industries such as mechanics and transport (126), even though since 2015 the fastest-growing innovation areas globally are digital communications and computer technology. This is reflected in patents: in 2024, only 3% of Italy’s European Patent Office applications were in these high-tech fields, much lower than the rest of the world (17%) (127). Additionally, Italy lacks the presence of global leaders in R&D (128). According to the 2025 EU Industrial R&D Investment Scoreboard (129), only 21 Italian companies ranked among the top 2 000 R&D investing companies worldwide in 2024 (130), slightly more than in 2023 (17 companies). The highest-placed company ranked 105th.
(125) International Monetary Fund European Dept, 2025, ‘Italy:
Selected Issues’, IMF Staff Country Reports 2025, 202, https://doi.org/10.5089/9798229018241.002.
(126) Banca d’Italia, 2025, Relazione annuale sul 2024.
(127) Andini, M., Bertolotti, F., Citino, L., D’Amuri, F., Linarello, A., & Mattei, G. (2025), ‘Ricerca, innovazione e trasferimento tecnologico in Italia’, Occasional Papers No. 954, Banca d’Italia, based on EPO data for the period 2015-2024.
(128) Banca d’Italia, 2025, Relazione annuale sul 2024.
(129) Elaboration based on the 2025 EU Industrial R&D Investment Scoreboard (data refer to 2024), JRC Publications Repository - The 2024 EU Industrial R&D Investment Scoreboard.
(130) Compared with 674 from the United States, 109 from Germany and 51 from France.
58
Graph A4.1: Business R&D intensity 2015-2024
Source: DG Research and Innovation, based on Eurostat
The uptake of digital technologies by firms is
increasing remarkably, and Italy is also
making efforts to advance its digital
technologies and infrastructure. The country
performs well above the EU average in its level of basic digital intensity for SMEs, reaching 79.5% (131) in 2025 and positioning itself among the best performers in the EU. However, the situation differs when advanced technologies are considered. While Italy shows strong performance in cloud adoption (68% of enterprises) and is broadly in line with the EU in data analytics (42.7% of enterprises), AI uptake remains limited (16.4% of enterprises). Overall, progress is uneven: despite recent improvements in AI adoption, the pace remains insufficient to fully close the gap with the EU average. To support further digitalisation of businesses, Italy has put in place a range of policy and funding measures. These include financial incentives and tax credits supporting digital transformation of firms, such as the RRP investment Transition 4.0 and Transition 5.0. Likewise, targeted measures are in place to foster AI adoption, cloud uptake and data use, notably through competence centres and innovation hubs (132). On semiconductors, the implementation of the Important Projects of Common European Interest (IPCEI) on Microelectronics and Communication Technologies is complemented by national incentives for companies operating in the semiconductor value
(131) As share of SMEs.
(132) Including measures funded under the RRP (in particular: measure M4C2.I2.3: strengthening and sectorial/territorial extension of technology transfer centres by industry segments).
chain (133). In parallel, Italy continues to support the development of interoperable and accessible European data processing technologies through its participation in the IPCEI on Next Generation Cloud Infrastructure and Services.
Despite increases, Italy’s public support for business innovation remains below EU levels. The total public sector support for business expenditure in R&D as a percentage of GDP was below the EU average in 2022 (134) (0.11% vs 0.21%), declining from its peak of 2018 (0.26%). Italy’s R&D tax incentives are intended to reduce firms’ costs, instead of offering companies income-based support (135), and the complex legislative framework has changed multiple times, leading to uncertainty surrounding its precise scope of application (136). Direct public support to business R&D includes measures such as the innovation agreements, also supported by the RRP, which focus on industrial research. Italy has recently mapped its tax incentives, including those specifically linked to research and innovation, as part of a RRP measure aiming to streamline measures in this field (137). Simplifying the incentive framework and guaranteeing its long- term predictability could be beneficial to ensuring effective public support to business innovation.
Italy still faces key challenges to improve
science-business linkages, despite growing
attention to knowledge valorisation and
technology transfer. While the number of public-private scientific co-publications has been on an upward trend since 2018 and was above the EU average in 2024 (9.1% vs 7.6%) (138), the country’s research valorisation is still a two-tier system. There is a significant gap between the five best-performing entities and a large group of
(133) ‘Sportello semiconduttori’.
(134) Last available year.
(135) Income-based tax incentives award successful R&I investments through measures such as reduced tax rates.
(136) Bertolotti, F., Citino, L., Linarello, A., Lotti, F., Padovani, E., Pisano, E., Romanelli, M., Sanelli, A., Scoccianti, F., Sette, E. and Zangari, E., 2024, ‘Innovazione e politiche di sostegno pubblico: un’analisi comparata’ (Innovation and Public Support Policies: A Comparative analysis), Bank of Italy Occasional Paper No. 898.
(137) https://www.mimit.gov.it/it/pnrr/progetti-pnrr/pnrr-riforma- degli-incentivi.
(138) Public-private scientific co-publications as % of total number of publications.
0.6% 0.7% 0.8% 0.9% 1.0% 1.1% 1.2% 1.3% 1.4% 1.5% 1.6%
2 0
1 5
2 0
1 6
2 0
1 7
2 0
1 8
2 0
1 9
2 0
2 0
2 0
2 1
2 0
2 2
2 0
2 3
2 0
2 4
IT EU
59
universities and research organisations lagging behind. The creation of public research spin-offs has sharply declined over time, with 86 new companies created in 2023 (compared with 162 in 2018). Spin-off creation is mainly concentrated in northern Italy (139). The Ministry of Enterprises and Made in Italy has put forward measures targeting technology transfer offices (140), but staffing is still significantly below EU levels (5.7 vs 11 FTEs) (141), as is their capacity to generate revenues from their patents (142). Small technology transfer offices could benefit from stronger coordination of their activities to promote critical mass, while the best-performing ones could enjoy a more autonomous and flexible set-up, such as that of university foundations (143). In line with the 2025 CSR on boosting the role of universities in innovation by increasing their focus on commercialisation of research results and on strengthening business-academia linkages, Italy is preparing a national strategy for technology transfer and knowledge valorisation as part of its annual competition law for 2025. This reform has the potential to introduce a more structured, long- term approach to valorising research results (144).
Entrepreneurial dynamism
While Italy’s start-up ecosystem has grown
over time, venture capital investment still
lags behind EU peers. The number of innovative
start-ups in Italyincreased by 23% between 2019 and 2023 (145).Although Italy’s venture capital
(139) Network per la Valorizzazione della Ricerca (NETVAL), 2025,
XX Rapporto ‘Un’occasione persa?’.
(140) Such as the calls launched to promote improvements and capacity building in technology transfer offices and the calls to fund Proof of Concept projects.
(141) Full-time equivalents.
(142) Andini, M., Bertolotti, F., Citino, L., D’Amuri, F., Linarello, A., & Mattei, G., 2025, ‘Ricerca, innovazione e trasferimento tecnologico in Italia’, Occasional Papers No. 954, Banca d’Italia, based on EPO data for the period 2015-2024.
(143) Ibidem.
(144) This milestone is also part of Italy’s RRP.
(145) Relazione annuale 2024 al Parlamento sullo stato di attuazione delle policy a sostegno di Startup e Pmi innovative, RELAZIONE_ANNUALE_2024-finale.pdf.
(VC) market has grown over the past decade (146), it remains small and insufficient for start-ups: in 2024, VC spending was only 0.03% of GDP, far below the EU average of 0.06% and the levels in Germany and France (Graph A4.2). The main causes lie in the limited dynamism of Italy’s economy, the small size of Italian VC players and the delayed start of public intervention compared with other EU countries (147). Additionally, the country’s economic structure has an above-to- average reliance on bank financing compared with market-based financing, which has a negative impact on access to finance for R&D and knowledge intensive-activities (148). In its 2024 competition law, Italy introduced a more targeted definition of ‘innovative start-up’ as well as measures to increase the participation of institutional players in the VC market. Measures included tax incentives on the capital gains made on VC investments and a tax credit for registered incubators and accelerators. Implementation of these measures could contribute to funnelling resources to young firms (see Annex 6).
Graph A4.2: Venture capital share as % of GDP:
2019 vs 2024 (1)
(1) Data calculated as a three-year moving average Source: DG Research and Innovation, based on Eurostat
Italy has introduced measures to improve the
regulatory framework for R&I, but innovation
procurement practices require more effective
action. ‘Sperimentazione Italia’, a regulatory sandbox, was introduced in 2020 and received three applications in 2024, mainly for the
(146) Gallo, R., F. Signoretti, I. Supino, E. Sette, P. Cantatore and M.
Fabbri, 2025, ‘The Italian Venture Capital Market’, Bank of Italy Occasional Papers, 919.
(147) Ibidem.
(148) International Monetary Fund European Dept, 2025, ‘Italy: Selected Issues’, IMF Staff Country Reports 2025, 202, https://doi.org/10.5089/9798229018241.002.
0.00% 0.01% 0.02% 0.03% 0.04% 0.05% 0.06% 0.07% 0.08% 0.09%
Italy EU Germany France
2019 2024
60
transport sector (149). Reasons for the apparent lack of market attention for this instrument include administrative burden and limited information (150). The recently approved AI Act (151) also includes provisions on regulatory sandboxes. Policies on innovation procurement need further improvement, in line with the CSR 2025 on strengthening innovation procurement. Initiatives at sectoral level are limited and only a few regions (152) are active in this field, resulting in reduced capacity to ensure innovation procurement across the country (153).
Italy is lagging behind on innovative talent,
especially on ICT subjects, and the
entrepreneurial culture is not sufficiently developed. Tertiary education attainment is still one of the lowest in the EU (see Annex 13) (154) and is not conducive to increasing the country’s talent pool in science and technology. While the number of new graduates in science and engineering has increased over time and has exceeded EU levels (155), the number of new ICT graduates was below the EU average in 2024 (Italy: 1.4 per thousand of the population aged 25-34 vs EU: 3.8). However, demand for digital professionals remains high across all sectors, with a growing emphasis on AI skills. According to a recent study measuring 10 different dimensions of entrepreneurial ecosystems across OECD countries from 2020 to 2023 (156), Italy's weakest performances are associated with the
(149) Relazione annuale 2024 al Parlamento sullo stato di
attuazione delle policy a sostegno di Startup e Pmi innovative, RELAZIONE_ANNUALE_2024-finale.pdf.
(150) Ranchordas, S., Vinci, V., ‘Regulatory Sandboxes and Innovation-friendly Regulation: Between Collaboration and Capture’, Italian Journal of Public Law, Vol. 1/2024.
(151) Law 132/2025.
(152) Lombardy and Sardinia.
(153) EU Innovation Procurement Observatory, 2024, Benchmarking of national policy frameworks for innovation procurement, Italy country profile, country-report-2024- policy-benchm-italy.pdf.
(154) Source: Eurostat (2024). Share of population aged 25-34 who have successfully completed tertiary education. Italy’s data: 31.6% vs EU average 44.2%.
(155) Source: Eurostat (2024). Italy’s data: 18.9 vs EU average: 16.8 per thousand of the population aged 25-34.
(156) OECD, 2025, ‘Entrepreneurial Ecosystem Diagnostics’, OECD Studies on SMEs and Entrepreneurship, OECD Publishing, Paris, https://doi.org/10.1787/7096961f-en.
entrepreneurial culture and talent dimensions (157). In response, Italy has taken action to improve students’ technological skills, including through fostering ITS academies (158). This is in line with the 2025 CSRs on strengthening opportunities for talents and continuing to promote postsecondary VET and in-work training in high-demand sectors to address short-term skills needs.
Entrepreneurship education in Italy remains
unevenly developed and only partially connected to the country’s innovation and
business needs. While elements of
entrepreneurship education are embedded in upper secondary curricula, Italy does not have a dedicated national strategy (159) or a coordinated governance framework to support the systematic development of entrepreneurial competence across education levels. Recent policy initiatives aim to strengthen students’ skills in initiative- taking, risk-taking and project management, with official guidelines issued in 2018 providing orientation for secondary schools in this area. However, the notion of entrepreneurship as a transversal competence, as defined in the European key competence framework (160), is not yet fully embedded in curriculum design. According to European comparative evidence, the ability of entrepreneurship education to foster innovation- oriented mindsets and entrepreneurial activity may be held back by limited national coordination, the absence of dedicatedsupport structures, and weak monitoring and evaluation mechanisms. Strengthening strategic coordination, clarifying learning outcomes, and improving data on students’ entrepreneurial competences would enable entrepreneurship education to contribute more effectively to Italy’s innovation-to-business ecosystem.
(157) Scores are composite indices, with values ranging from
0-100 (100 indicates the best score). Italy’s performance is 18.3 for entrepreneurial culture and 27.9 for talent, well below the OECD average.
(158) Istituti tecnologici superiori (Higher technology institutes).
(159) European Commission: European Education and Culture Executive Agency, Baïdak, N., Kocanova, D., Pierantoni, L. and Riiheläinen, J. M., 2025, Entrepreneurship education at school in Europe – 2025 – Eurydice report, Publications Office of the European Union, https://data.europa.eu/doi/10.2797/0693204.
(160) This framework defines entrepreneurship as a transversal competence, which applies to all spheres of life.
61
Table A4.1: Key innovation indicators
(1) EU average for the last available year or the year with the largest number of country data. * Break in series Source: Eurostat, DG JRC, OECD, Science-Metrix (Scopus database), Invest Europe, European Innovation Scoreboard.
R&D intensity (gross domestic expenditure on R&D as % of GDP) 1.21 1.33 1.50 1.37 1.37 1.38 : 2.24 3.44
Public expenditure on R&D as % of GDP 0.52 0.51 0.55 0.53 0.54 0.57 : 0.72 0.64 Scientific publications of the country within the top 10% most-cited publications worldwide as % of total publications of the country
10.32 10.78 10.86 10.56 : : : 9.44 12.31
Researchers (FTEs) employed by public sector (Gov+HEI) per thousand active population
2.50 2.90 3.30 3.60 3.70 4.10 : 4.30 :
International co-publications as % of total number of publications 39.52 44.95 47.56 48.04 48.00 50.11 : 57.24 :
Business enterprise expenditure on R&D (BERD) as % of GDP 0.65 0.77 0.93 0.81 0.80 0.79 : 1.49 2.69
Business enterprise expenditure on R&D (BERD) performed by SMEs as % of GDP 0.15 0.22 0.29 0.23 0.22 : : 0.47 0.30
Researchers employed by business per thousand active population 1.60 2.10 3.10 3.10 3.00 3.00 : 5.90 :
Patent applications filed under the Patent Cooperation Treaty per billion GDP (in PPS €) 1.96 2.19 2.34 1.76 : : : 2.81 2.20
Employment share of high-growth enterprises measured in employment (%) : : : 0.78 0.86 : : 0.87 :
SMEs with at least a basic level of digital intensity % SMEs (EU Digital Decade target by 2030: 90%)
: : : : 60.69 : 79.49 71.39 :
Data analytics adoption % enterprises (EU Digital Decade target by 2030: 75%)
: : : : 26.61 : 42.71 39.85 :
Cloud adoption % enterprises (EU Digital Decade target by 2030: 75%)
: : : : 55.11 : 68.05 46.69 :
Artificial intelligence adoption % enterprises (EU Digital Decade target by 2030: 75%)
: : : : 5.05 8.20 16.40 19.95 :
Public-private scientific co-publications as % of total number of publications 6.73 7.83 8.05 8.78 9.08 9.06 : 7.62 :
Public expenditure on R&D financed by business enterprises (national) as % of GDP 0.01 0.01 0.03 0.03 0.03 : : 0.06 0.02
Total public-sector support for BERD as % of GDP 0.05 0.10 0.12 0.11 : : : 0.21 :
R&D tax incentives: foregone revenues as % of GDP 0.00 0.05 0.06 0.06 : : : 0.10 0.16
BERD financed by the public sector (national and abroad) as % of GDP 0.05 0.05 0.06 0.05 0.05 : : 0.11 :
Venture capital (market statistics) as % of GDP (calculated as a 3-year moving average)
0.01 0.00 0.01 0.03 0.03 0.03 : 0.06 :
Seed stage funding share (% of GDP) 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 : 0.01 :
Start-up stage funding share (% of GDP) 0.01 0.00 0.01 0.01 0.02 0.02 : 0.03 :
Later stage funding share (as % of GDP) 0.00 0.00 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 : 0.03 :
New graduates in science & engineering per thousand population aged 25-34 : 11.0 15.1 16.5 17.9 18.9 : 16.8 :
Graduates in the field of computing per thousand population aged 25-34 : 1.7 1.0 1.2 1.3 1.4 : 3.8 :
Innovative talent
R&D investment & researchers employed in businesses
Innovation outputs
Digitalisation of businesses
Academia-business collaboration
Public support for business innovation
Financing innovation
Science and innovative ecosystems
Italy 2010 2015 2020 2022 2023 2024 2025 EU average
(1) US
Headline indicator
ANNEX 5: SINGLE MARKET AND INDUSTRY
62
Italy’s business environment is broadly
supportive but continues to be constrained
by deep-rooted structural features, notably the high level of fragmentation in the
productive system and persistent
administrative complexity. For Italy, the 2025 CSRs highlighted challenges in growth and aggregation of SMEs and start-ups and restrictions to competition, including in local public services, business services and railways. While overall investment remains above the EU average, business investment lags, reflecting uncertainty, high energy costs, labour regulation and a structural shortfall in intangible and digital investments, particularly among SMEs, compounded by limited access to equity and venture capital financing. Italy has stepped up efforts on regulatory simplification through reforms linked to the recovery and resilience plan (RRP), including major simplification legislation and digitalisation of procedures. Yet administrative burdens, lengthy permitting processes and uneven implementation across regions remain significant obstacles for businesses. The situation on late payments has continued to improve, with shorter payment times in business-to-business transactions and measurable progress in public sector payments driven by RRP commitments, although firms still perceive public administrations as paying late, underscoring the need for sustained monitoring and enforcement. However, despite promising trends and initiatives in connectivity infrastructure, further progress is required, especially in the expansion of fibre.
Business dynamics
The structure of Italian production structure is very fragmented. 94.7% of companies have fewer than 10 employees and more than half of the workers are employed in companies with fewer than 20 employees. This slows down aggregate productivity, as micro-enterprises invest less in physical capital, innovation and technology, have more difficulty investing in knowledge and developing innovative business organisation models, and participate little in global value chains (161). In addition, Italy is specialised in
(161) National Council of Economics and Labor (CNEL) – Annual
Productivity Report 2025, September 2025.
sectors with a relatively low labour productivity growth in comparison with similar European peers (see also Annex 18) (162).
The fragmentation of businesses has fallen
in recent years. This trend, already underway before the outbreak of the Covid-19 pandemic, has continued in the post-pandemic period, accompanied by an increase in employment and turnover and, therefore, in the average size of companies (163). The proposed framework law on SMEs is expected to underpin this trend, facilitating the growth in size and aggregation of companies, providing for administrative simplification and digitalisation of procedures, extending and strengthening programmes to support the internationalisation of companies (164).
The business churn rate is still one of the lowest in the EU at 13.5% in 2023, compared to an EU average of 19% (165). Enterprise births and deaths in the business economy are both below EU levels (7.8% and 5.7%, against EU values of 10.5% and 8.5%, respectively), especially in high- technology sectors (166). This reflects a mix of long-term structural factors (such as population decline and ageing, regional fragmentation), supply-side frictions (limited early-stage entrepreneurship, constrained access to risk finance, family and micro-firm structure), and institutional features that hinder scale-up and efficient exits (see Annex 7). In addition, high growth firms accounted for 9.4% of companies and 12.4% of employees, slightly below the EU averages of 10.5% and 12.9%.
Italian firms have long struggled to scale up
and innovate (see Annex 4). Mature Italian firms
(162) Calligaris S. at al (2018). “Poor productivity: An Italian
perspective”.
(163) Report on the Competitiveness of Productive Sectors (2025).
(164) These measures help address the 2025 CSR to “promote growth and aggregation of SMEs and start-ups, also in light of the commitments in the medium-term fiscal-structural plan (MTFSP)”. Italy’s MTFSP includes commitments to increase SMEs’ competitiveness facilitating business size growth, fostering generational transition, investment orientation and skills matching.
(165) As defined by Eurostat, the business churn rate is the sum of entreprise births and death rates. High growth enterprises are enterprises that have had at least 10 employees at the beginning of a 3-year period and an annual growth in the number of employees above 10% during that period.
(166) IMF, Selected Issues, 2025.
63
are significantly smaller than in other countries, and there are few new entrants that eventually become market leaders, suggesting barriers to scaling up. While Italy’s leading firms are concentrated in the manufacturing sector (machinery, automotive components, textiles), and few are active in the high-tech sector, the country has a below average share of start-ups). Start-ups account for fewer firms in Italy then in other peer country, and the gap is driven by the services sector. According to OECD data, 15.5% of service sector firms were start-ups in Italy (around 17% in peers) and this gap persisted throughout the period 2004-21) (167). Despite some recent positive signals, such as an increase in the average size of businesses, the Italian production structure remains dominated by micro-enterprises, this consolidation has not been matched by a proportional improvement in productivity (168).
The productivity gap between large and
small firms is slightly higher in Italy than in
peer countries. The average productivity of firms with more than 250 workers is 33% higher than the productivity of small firms (20-49 workers) in Italy, compared to 26% in similar countries (169). In addition, Italy faces a widening productivity gap between young and older firms. The productivity of young firms aged 1-5 years is 31% lower than the average productivity of firms aged 10 years or more in 2020. Policies to boost productivity would aim at reducing size-based regulatory thresholds to eliminate growth disincentives to help firms’ growth, expanding access to market-based financing options, such as venture capital and private equity, and investing in research and human capital (170).
Business environment
Investment rates remain above the EU
average and in line with peer countries. Total
investment reached 21.8% of GDP in 2025 (EU:
(167) OECD insights on productivity and business dynamics.
Country Notes: Italy OECD, 2025, Link.
(168) CNEL. The productive system structure.
(169) OECD MultiProd - Country note on productivity for Italy, 2025.
(170) IMF, 2025, Selected Issues. Drivers of Subdued Firm-Level Productivity Growth.
21.7%, Germany: 20.3). The three most important barriers to investment for Italian companies are: uncertainty about the future (78%), energy costs (73%) and the labour regulation (62%), in line with European averages (171). Italian businesses are more confident about their sector’s prospects than their European counterparts, with 32% of the firms expecting an improvement and just 12% a worsening (a positive gap of 20% compared to the 0% of the EU).
The perceived investment gap in Italy is in
line with the EU average, with less than 10% of
Italian firms reporting underinvestment over the past three years (EU average: 12%). Italian investments in capacity expansion are also comparable to EU levels (22% vs 23% in the last year) although Italian firms dedicate more resources to new products or services (19% of their investment against an EU average of 13%). Access to finance remains favourable and borrowing conditions continue to ease, just 10% of Italian firms report dissatisfaction with borrowing costs (an improvement from 22% in 2024), supporting firms’ investment intentions (172). However, Italy’s firms still rely mostly on bank lending and equity financing is low. Expanding access to venture capital could significantly enhance intangible investments for young and high-growth firms. (see Annex 6).
Italy lags significantly behind the European average in intangible investment (such as
software, research and development, and organisational capital). In Italy, intangible investment reached 9% of GDP in 2024 (it was 7.5% in 1995), well below peer countries like Germany (10.5% GDP) or France (15.6% GDP) (173). Furthermore, between 2022 and 2024, ICT investments grew by only 0.8% per year (compared to 1.9% in the previous three years) (174). Only 30% of Italian companies have introduced a product or process innovation in the last three years. (175).
(171) EIB Investment Survey 2025: Italy overview.
(172) EIB Investment Survey 2025: Italy overview.
(173) World Intangible Investment Highlights (WIIH), 2025.
(174) ISTAT 2025 Annual Report.
(175) National Council of Economics and Labor (CNEL) – Annual Productivity report 2025, September 2025.
64
Italy’s coverage of very high-capacity
networks (VHCN) and FTTP reached 70.7%,
marking sustained growth. It remains more limited for households in sparsely populated areas (reaching 36.8%). Overall 5G coverage stood at 99.49% and Italy has good results also in the 3.4- 3.8 GHz band, considered strategic for advanced 5G performance. This progress in the deployment of gigabit networks has been supported largely by the implementation of the RRP, despite the delays experienced in implementing the Italia 1 Giga scheme. The RRP has been complemented by several other actions taken at the national level to accelerate the deployment of gigabit networks (e.g. the ultra-broadband plan, experimentations for hybrid connectivity). Moreover, the country deployed incentives for the development of stand- alone 5G services to strengthen demand for specialised services and support the development of the core network.
Italy benefits from a relatively robust national regulatory framework. OECD Product
Market Regulation (PMR) indicators show the country is near the OECD average overall. However, the main constraints faced by businesses arise at the implementation stage, when subnational authorities are involved (see Annex 18). Italian companies would benefit from enhancing the digital transformation of public services, the performance of commercial courts and insolvency procedures (see Annex 7), and the operational capacity of municipalities for permitting. For instance, the ease of starting a business is linked to factors such as the overall cost of company registration and the transparency and complexity of the process. Furthermore, permitting times for building permits are generally lengthy and change substantially across municipalities. Complex administrative backlogs and coordination inefficiencies are key shortcomings and permit costs also vary widely and can be disproportionately high. Simplifying building permit fees, making schedules publicly available and strengthening coordination among public and external authorities to integrate procedures into online platforms could streamline and make the process more transparent. In general, there are substantial differences in the provision of services across regions (see Annex 18): while nationally only 5% of the firms identify business licensing and permits a severe constraint, the percentage doubles in several regions, line
10% in Campania, Basilicata and Calabria or 18% in Sardinia and Sicily (EU average 9%) (176).
In 2025, Italy enacted and advanced several
critical legislative measures focused on
regulatory simplification. These actions are largely driven by the RRP and a broader effort to reduce administrative burdens for citizens and businesses. A major "Simplification Bill" was finalised in late 2025, specifically targeting bureaucratic hurdles in economic sectors, like cutting work permit for highly qualified non EU citizens (“EU Blue Card”) processing to 30 days, enabling digital application procedures, and introducing the possibility of tacit consent for building permits related to properties subject to environmental, landscape or heritage restrictions (177). In addition, a best practice in terms of administrative simplification is the “ZES Unica” (Single Special Economic Zone). In 2024, Italy introduced the concept of ZES Unica, unifying all previous regional free zones into one simplified framework covering southern regions, with a single, digital, predictable procedure. The key measure is related to the fact that the administrative process has been reduced to the essentials: a single electronic application form, one authority responsible for assessment and verification and clear time limits for responses. The new governance has accelerated procedures, cutting the average time to obtain all permits required to launch an investment from over 98 days to under 54 (178).
Despite progress, complex administrative
procedures remain an issue for businesses
operating in Italy. Regulatory obstacles and administrative burden are the top concerns for SMEs in Italy, with 69% of respondents identifying these as significant challenges, compared to 64% in the EU (179). Over a quarter of businesses reported experiencing increased operational costs and minor delays linked to public administration services. About 83% of Italian firms employ staff to deal with regulatory compliance and around
(176) Subnational Business Ready in the European Union 2025:
Italy.
(177) Law No. 182 of December 2, 2025), known as the "Simplification Law" (Legge Semplificazioni).
(178) SVIMEZ Report 2025. The economy and society in Southern Italy, 2026.
(179) Startups, scaleups and entrepreneurship, July 2025, Eurobarometer survey.
65
13% of firms devote more than 10% of staff to regulatory requirements, above EU average of 11% (180).
The late payment situation is improving in
Italy. The share of companies reporting issues due to late payments represents 48% and nearly returns to the 2021 low of 47%. Overall, the data point to a sustained positive trajectory over the past 6 years, and a notable improvement from last year’s results (54% in 2023) (181). On business to business (B2B) transactions, Italian companies experienced shorter payment times, 59.6 days (down from 62 days in 2023), lower than the European average of 60.3. Italian companies estimate that 11.3% of their total revenues are typically paid late by customers, in line with the overall European average, which stands at 11.4%. For the public sector, there is a gap between official data and supplier-reported figures. Companies report that the average days for actual payment for the public sector is 70 days, a figure that has been quite stable for the last 6 years. However, according to official data from the Italian Ministry of Economy and Finances (MEF), public administrations shortened their payment periods by 3 days in 2024 compared to 2023, bringing the average settlement period down to below 30 days. Italy has been subject to infringement proceedings by the European Commission and, as a result, the country has taken extensive action over the years to address the public sector’s late payments. The national payment system for the public administrations has also been profoundly reformed in the context of the implementation of the RRP for Italy (for instance, Italy was the first EU country to introduce mandatory e-invoicing), The result is that Italy has reduced payment periods from 43.4 days in 2019 to 26 days for the first semester of 2025, thus bringing them within the legal limit. However, some companies still perceive public administration as paying late in certain sectors, like construction and healthcare, highlighting the need for continuous national surveillance of G2B payment performance and further targeted action.
Improvement in late payments across all
company sizes and in most sectors. In 2024, micro-sized companies settled 46 % of their invoices on time, compared with just 21 % for
(180) EIB Investment Survey 2025: Italy overview, 2025.
(181) European payment observatory, 2025.
large companies, as illustrated in the figure below. In 2024 there was an increase in the number of invoices paid by the due date by all company size categories compared to 2023. Nevertheless, micro-enterprises remain more than twice as likely to pay on time compared with large companies. Among the sectors with available data, ‘Financial and insurance activities’ leads in timely payments, with 55 % of invoices paid on time. ‘Retail trade’ ranks last but shows an improvement in timely payments from 31% in 2023 to 36% in 2024. In 2024, all sectors improved their payment performance, with the most significant increase for ‘Wholesale’. In addition, 58% of Italian companies has accepted unfavourable payment terms to protect commercial relationships (above EU average: 56%). As inflation and interest rates have gone down, 50% of Italian firms report having introduced stricter payment terms; this proactive measure is slightly more prevalent in Italy than the overall European average of 48%. Despite these payment challenges, Italian businesses show stability, as only 19% fear they could be forced to shut down within the next two years if economic conditions do not improve, below the European average of 23% (182).
Single Market
Italy is well integrated into the Single Market
and is among the world’s leading exporters.
Italy boasts a high level of diversification in its exported products, another key factor behind its success. However, performance in the services sector has been relatively weak, with a lack of development of knowledge-intensive and high value-added activities (trade integration in services is among the lowest in the EU, representing only 4% of the GDP in 2025, below peer countries like Germany or Spain).
Increased global trade uncertainty is a huge
challenge for an exporter country like Italy,
although its diversification (both geographically and by products) could limit the impact of any potential adverse shocks. Italy’s overall exports amount to around 30% of GDP, with exports particularly sizable for machinery and equipment; textile, apparel and leather products; basic and
(182) European Payment Report 2025, Intrum, 2025.
66
fabricated metals; and transport equipment. However, there are notable regional differences, as Northern and Central Italy accounts for close to 80% of Italy’s exports, particularly in traditional heavy industries and high-export value sectors (183). In that respect, the flourishing cluster landscape in Italy (with 104 organisations registered on the European Cluster Collaboration Platform (184)), could help strengthen existing international value chains and fostering the development of new ones (185).
Italy’s performance on implementing the
Single Market has deteriorated. Its transposition deficit (the percentage of all directives not transposed into national law) more than doubled (from 0.5% in 2024 to 1.3%). It is now above both the EU average (1.1%) and the EU Council’s 1% target. Its performance is also weak in correctly transposing directives, with a higher deficit (2.1% vs 1.8% in 2024), well above the EU average of 1.1% (186). The number of pending Single Market infringements is among the highest in the EU (26th out of 27 Member States). Only the average delay in transposing directives as well as the average duration of infringement proceedings are better than the average EU performance. Italy resolved 82.3% of the SOLVIT cases it handled as lead centre in 2025 (EU average, 84.6%).
Compliance of products circulating in the Single Market is key to ensuring a level-
playing field for law-abiding companies and
the safety of consumers (187). In Italy, the
number of market surveillance investigations has increased compared with 2019. In 2025, national authorities reported in the EU system for market surveillance (ICSMS) a total of 9.4 investigations per one million inhabitants, which is lower than the
(183) IMF, Italy, 2025.
(184) European Cluster Collaboration Platform, Country factsheet Italy, European Cluster Collaboration Platform.
(185) European Cluster Collaboration Platform, Clusters and Europe’s Competitiveness, ECCP Summary Report 2025, ECCP Summary Report 2025.
(186) Part of the barriers highlighted in the 2025 Single Market Strategy (“Terrible 10”), Single market strategy. See also the Annual Single Market and Competitiveness Report 2026.
(187) Part of the barriers highlighted in the Single market strategy (‘Terrible Ten’) and the 2026 Annual Single Market and Competitiveness Report.
EU median of 136,2. The number of notifications remains limited in absolute terms, which may also be the result of insufficient IT national interoperability to the ICSMS system. The upcoming revision of the Market Surveillance Regulation will upgrade ICSMS to a fully interoperable EU digital platform. Furthermore, Italy’s competitiveness may be undermined by the country’s repeated non-compliance with the legal obligations under the Single Market Transparency Directive (SMTD), resulting in new unjustified regulatory barriers to the free movement of goods and services in the Single Market. Regulatory fragmentation within the Single Market results in a less predictable environment for businesses, investors and consumers alike with adverse effects on productivity. Better compliance with Single Market rules will reduce the risk for competitiveness for the businesses in Italy and the Single Market as a whole.
Italy’s standardisation system could enhance
digitalisation to stay competitive. The effectiveness of the European standardisation system and the competitiveness of Italian industries depend on national standardisation bodies (NSBs) mobilising a strong and diverse pool of experts. This challenge has grown as rapid technological change increases demand for expertise, not only in traditional sectors but also in emerging fields such as AI and quantum computing. According to its latest annual report, the Ente Italiano di Normazione (UNI) could further boost Italian expertise in CEN and ISO. Further digitalisation of Italy’s NSBs, in line with ongoing initiatives in ISO and CEN, would improve participation in standardisation and help develop standards and services suited to the digital economy through more flexible processes.
Regulatory and administrative barriers to the
Single Market persist in Italy, affecting
goods and services trade as well as freedom of establishment. For goods, businesses report that packaging and labelling rules, such as national eco-labelling scheme, alphanumeric paint codes (188) and shrinkflation labelling (189), create
(188) European Round Table for Industry (ERT), Single Market
Compendium of Obstacles, 21 May 2025, Single Market Compendium of Obstacles.
(189) European Commission, Infringement procedure against Italy (INFR(2025)4000), 12 March 2025, March infringements package: key decisions.
67
compliance burdens. In services, posting workers involves complex administrative duties (190). Business establishment is hindered by restrictive practices, such as limited licensing in on-demand transport and complex permitting for EV charging infrastructure (191).
Italy is making significant efforts to improve the efficiency of its public procurement
system. Beyond introducing a new Code of Public Contracts in 2023, Italy is proceeding with the ambitious reform of public procurement set out in its recovery and resilience plan. This reform is aimed at simplifying procedures, increasing digitalisation and professionalising public buyers, and is expected to improve the speed, competitiveness and overall efficiency of the Italian public procurement system. In 2025, single bid procedures still made up 39% of the total bids (above the EU median of 27%). The share of direct awards is only around 2%, significantly below the EU median (7%). Indicators on SMEs participation in public procurement and duration of the process are also better than EU averages.
Measures were taken to mitigate corruption
in public procurement, which remains a high- risk area. In Italy, 65% of companies (EU
average: 53%) consider conflicts of interest in the evaluation of bids in public procurement procedures, and 65% (EU average: 58%) tailor- made specifications for companies, 'very' or 'fairly widespread' practice. Among companies that have experience in and participated in a public procurement procedure, 33% think that corruption has prevented them from winning a public tender or a public procurement contract in practice (EU average: 25%) (192). Also, 81% of businesses perceive that the level of independence of the public procurement review body (Regional Administrative Tribunals and the Council of State) is ‘very’ or ‘fairly good’ when it is reviewing public procurement cases (193). The National Anti
(190) German Chamber of Commerce and Industry (DIHK), DIHK-
Umfrage zu Binnenmarkthindernissen 2024: Dienstleistungen, Waren und Investitionen, 2024, DIHK- Umfrage zu Binnenmarkthindernissen 2024.
(191) Autorità Garante della Concorrenza e del Mercato (AGCM), Relazione annuale sull’attività svolta, 31 March 2025, Relazione annuale sull’attività svolta.
(192) Flash Eurobarometer 557 on Businesses’ attitudes towards corruption in the EU (2025).
(193) Justice Scoreboard (2025), p. 53; Flash Eurobarometer 555, p. 39.
Corruption Authority issued guidelines and reports on risk of corruption in public procurement and reviewed its cooperation with the Guardia di Finanza and the Carabinieri to prevent corruption in public contracts to ensure a level playing field for businesses (194).
Italy's fragmented eProcurement landscape and data quality issues have been addressed
by the centralisation of the system through
the ANAC's BDNCP (National Database of
Public Procurement). However, there is still some room for improvement in terms of interoperability and common standards. So far, an Italian economic operator still must use one of the twenty-one separate procurement services in operation to participate in public procurement procedures (195). This situation also affects cross- border procurement. The once- only principle is only partially implemented at national level (see Annex 7). To ensure full interoperability and the application of the “once only” principle, by 2026 eProcurement platforms must be certified in accordance with the requirements set by AgID. As buyers across the EU still lack access to relevant evidence, it is therefore essential that Italy continues strengthening the once-only principle functionalities in its national eProcurement system to allow easier evidence verification. Italy has started to introduce full digitalisation of the lifecycle of public procurement contracts; it is crucial that the authorities continue this path.The Italian system would benefit from a dedicated government department for public procurement data collection and analysis, to support data- driven oversight of the procurement lifecycle (196).
Italy has taken some steps to increase
competition in local public services, regulated professions and retail (197). In local
public services, the Competition law 2025, part of the recovery and resilience plan, introduces stricter oversight, transparency, and accountability,
(194) Rule of Law Report- Country Chapter Italy (2025), p. 13.
(195) As reported on the eProcurement matrix.
(196) European Court of Auditors, Special Report 28/2023: Public Procurement in the EU. Less competition for contracts awarded for works, goods and services in the 10 years up to 2021, 2023, Special report 28/2023: Public procurement in the EU.
(197) These measures help address the 2025 CSR (remaining restrictions on competition, including in local public services, business services and railways).
68
particularly targeting "in-house" and direct awards, to ensure that the management of the service remains efficient and complies with the required quality standards. In regulated professions some measures were already adopted to streamline market access, address skills shortages, and align with EU directives (198). However, the level of restrictiveness is still high overall for several professional services (accountants, architects, civil engineers and real estate agents). For instance, there are quotas for foreign workers residency requirements for engineers (199) and limitations to the service offer of accountants (200). Following a survey carried out by the European Commission between December 2025 and February 2026, Italy reported it had fully implemented 6 and partially implemented 9 of the 15 2021 Commission recommendations (201). The Commission is currently assessing Italy’s answers to measure actual progress in implementing the 2021 recommendations. In this regard, the Annual Competition Law for 2025 aims at simplifying the requirements for incorporating and registering professional companies. Finally, in retail some legislative changes have introduced substantial simplifications for commercial activities, particularly regarding clearance sales, promotions and sales below cost, effectively reducing administrative burden (202). However, the regulatory framework remains complex as regional and local authorities continue to exhibit restrictive attitudes, for instance toward the authorization of large retail stores.
Ensuring open and transparent procedures
for renewing expired infrastructure
concessions remains important to promote
effective competition. Following the reforms
included in the RRP, Italian authorities should ensure that public concessions are allocated through competitive public tenders that guarantee
(198) For instance, law No. 190/2023, introduced under the RRF,
established a unified national framework for the profession of tourist guides.
(199) OECD, Services Trade Restrictiveness Index 2026 – Country Note Italy, Services Trade Restrictiveness Index: Italy.
(200) European Commission, Infringement decisions: December package of infringement procedures, 10 December 2025, December infringements package: key decisions.
(201) European Commission, 2021, Communication on updating the reform recommendations for regulation in professional services, COM(2021)385.
(202) Annual Competition Law 2022 (Law 214/2023).
transparency, impartiality and non-discrimination, with procedures designed to maximise bidder participation and prevent unjustified barriers to entry. The planned renewal of expiring (or expired) highway concessions makes it necessary to ensure open and transparent tender procedures (203). The Italian Competition Authority (AGCM) also called for more competition in electricity distribution concessions (204).
Industry and economic security
Italian manufacturing maintains an
important role in the international context and for the national economy, generating 15% of Italian GDP. In addition, it accounts for 35% of investment in machinery and equipment and 50% of R&D spending. Manufacturing in Italy has a very high degree of diversification compared to other European manufacturers, which helps strengthen its resilience to global shocks. Its sectoral composition has remained relatively stable in the last decade, with specialisation concentrated in medium and low technology intensity sectors, which account for about 60% of manufacturing value added, a share lower than that of Spain (64%) but higher than that of France (51%) and Germany (39%). The main exporting sectors are mechanics (17.1% of manufacturing exports, 2023-2024 average), textiles (10.8%), food and beverages (9.8%), pharmaceuticals (8.6%) and motor vehicles (7.3%) (205).
The cost of energy remains a key to the
competitiveness of Italian industry. Energy-
intensive industries have been particularly exposed to a price differential with their main European partners. In 2024, energy intensive industries accounted for 3.7% of Italy’s gross value added (4.1% in 2023). In Italy, the production of these industries has declined by around 12% on average since 2021 (see graph), with the highest declines in basic metals and wood. In February 2026, the
(203) Italy is set to address the expiry of 17 of 27 highway
concessions managed by the Ministry of Infrastructure and Transport, including A22 Autobrennero, A4 Torino-Milano, A4 Brescia-Padova, and A33 Asti-Cuneo, over the next 15 years.
(204) AGCM, AS2079, 30 April 2025.
(205) Manifattura in trasformazione: rimarra ancora competitiva? Confindustria, 2025.
69
Italian government approved the Energy Bill Decree. The decree allocates over EUR 5 billion to mitigate high energy costs, with approximately EUR 1.4 billion specifically designated for businesses.
Graph A5.1: Manufacturing production: total and
selected sector, index (2021=100), 2015-2024
Source: Eurostat
Italy is rapidly advancing its clean-tech
manufacturing industry by capitalising on its
strong industrial base, strategic location and
favourable government policies (see Annex
18). Italy is one of the leading European countries in clean technologies, with a significant number of solar PV and wind manufacturing facilities (206). In addition, it participates extensively in the Important Projects of Common European Interest (IPCEIs) for batteries and hydrogen. Solar cell manufacturing capacity is around 2 GW, and the country has announced projects in the battery sector that could enhance manufacturing capacity to 60.75 GW (207) (European leaders in battery cell manufacturing are Poland and Hungary, with a capacity of 86 and 71.3 GW, respectively) (208). Furthermore, the clean technology sector constitutes a significant component of the Italian labour market, employing around 65 000 workers in 2023, representing 0.28% of the total workforce (209).
Italy could improve progress in implementing
the Net-Zero Industry Act (NZIA). Italy still has not designated a single point of contact, which is
(206) The net-zero manufacturing industry landscape across
Member States, European Commission, 2025.
(207) Bruegel. European Clean Tracker, 2026.
(208) European Commission, based on Bloomberg New Energy Finance (BNEF) data.
(209) Bruegel. European Clean Tracker, 2026.
crucial for streamlining communication and coordination among stakeholders. For the moment, Italy has not confirmed any Net-Zero Strategic Projects and has not established a national contact point to administer applications that could facilitate the advancement of those projects. Finally, Italy has not expressed an interest in the acceleration valleys described in NZIA regulation. However, there are some positive steps, as with the FER-X Transitory Decree, Italy has been the first country to apply NZIA criteria to a renewable energy auction. In addition, in December 2025, Italy approved EUR 1.5 bn of Italian state aid to support strategic investment that add clean tech manufacturing capacity, in line with the objectives of the Clean Industrial Deal.
Regarding critical raw materials, Italy
continues to rely on imports for a large
share of its demand but has prioritised
diversifying suppliers to reduce dependency on China. The Italian environmental agency (ISPRA) was tasked with providing an updated national minerals map to guide new exploration and investment. Italy launched a nationwide geological research initiative in 2025, its first in 30 years, investing EUR 3.5 million in 14 research projects (key targets for domestic extraction include lithium, antimony, cobalt, titanium, zinc and manganese). Furthermore, in 2025, the European Commission officially recognised four major Italian recycling initiatives as strategic projects. These projects benefit from streamlined permitting (maximum 15–27 months) and facilitated access to finance.
55
65
75
85
95
105
115
2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024
Manufacturing
Manufacture of wood and of products of wood and cork, except furniture; manufacture of articles of straw and plaiting materials
Manufacture of paper and paper products
Manufacture of chemicals and chemical products
Manufacture of rubber and plastic products
Manufacture of other non-metallic mineral products
Manufacture of basic metals
70
Table A5.1: Single Market and Industry
Source: (1) Eurostat, (2) EIB Investment Survey, (3) EIF SME Access to Finance Index, (4) Intrum Payment Report, (5) SAFE survey,
(6) OECD, (7) data up to 2024: Single Market and Competitiveness Scoreboard, 2025: Commission calculation based on TED data, accessible at the Public Procurement Data Space (PPDS) (*) the value represented here under EU average is the median, (8) Single Market and Competitiveness Scoreboard, (9) European Commission calculations.
POLICY AREA 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 EU-27
average
102,8 103,2 101,2 99,1 96,1 100,0
11,3 11,7 11,1 12,2 12,5 12,6
2,8 2,6 3,2 3,6 3,8 3,9
Business environment
and simplification 34,3 34,1 23,6 16,8 22,0 34,0
0,60 0,65 0,53 0,63 - 0,43
0,06 0,13 0,20 0,08 - 0,19
10,9 16,2 16,3 17,3 16,6 17,4
11,2 21,8 17,6 17,8 13,2 13,6
from private entities in the previous
or current quarter - - - 45,1 46,6 47,1
from public entities in the previous or
current quarter - - - 13,1 13,8 15,9
16,9 19,2 18,1 17,4 17,8 40,7
0,064 0,064 0,064 0,064 0,064 0,050
35 37 37 34 39 27
7 6 5 3 2 6
1,2 0,7 0,4 0,5 1,3 1
1,8 1,5 1,4 1,8 2,1 1,1
96,8 98,6 91 84,3 82,3 84,6
46 42 43 39 44 25
0,1527 0,2946 0,2184 0,1805 0,1989 0,1462
38,2 39,0 39,2 - - 32,7
18,9 18,8 19,2 19,4 - 25,2
46,6 48,1 47,6 46,6 - 22,4
19,3 20,2 21,1 21,6 - 12,2
Italy
INDICATOR NAME
Business environment and investment
Productivity and
investment
Labour productivity (GDP per hour worked in PPP terms), % of
EU271
Business investment (share of GDP)1
Public investment (share of GDP)1
Impact of regulation on long-term investment, % of firms
reporting business regulation as a major obstacle2
SME liquidity
EIF Access to Finance for SMEs index - loans3
EIF Access to Finance for SMEs index - equity3
Late payments
Payment gap - corporates B2B, difference in days between
offered and actual payment4
Payment gap - public sector, difference in days between offered
and actual payment4
Share of SMEs experiencing late
payments, %5
Industry and economic security
Single Market
Integration
EU trade integration, average(intra-EU imports + intra EU
exports)/GDP, %1
EEA Services Trade Restrictiveness index6
Public procurement
Single bids, % of total contractors7*
Direct awards, % of negotiated procedures7*
Compliance
Transposition deficit, % of all directives not transposed8
Conformity deficit, % of all directives transposed incorrectly8
SOLVIT, resolution rate per country, %8
Number of pending infringement proceedings8
Energy-intensive
industries
Electricity prices for non-household consumers1
Electrification (electricity as a share of total energy consumption
in industry)1
Share of energy from renewable sources (renewable energy
generation as a share of overall energy consumption)1
Critical raw materials Material import dependency, %1
Circular material use rate1
Operational cleantech
manufacturing capacity
in 20259
- Solar PV (c: cell, w: wafer, M:module), GW 1.921 (c ), 0.015
(w), 3.4844 (m) - Electrolyzer, GW 0,090
- Heat pump assembly 0,2645 - Battery, GW -
ANNEX 6: SAVINGS, INVESTMENT AND ACCESS TO FINANCE
71
Italian firms rely mainly on internal funding
and bank lending. The domestic listed equity
market lacks depth and is relatively small compared with GDP. Investments in government
debt are tax-advantaged compared with equity or corporate debt and dominate the local debt market. Italian households have above-average wealth, but prefer to invest in bonds and investment funds over listed shares, while the take-up of individual savings plans (PIRs) has waned since 2019. Italian banks increased their resilience in 2025, while bank lending to households and corporates started to recover. Insurers and pension funds’ investments are conservative, tilted towards domestic government bonds. This has led to sub-par real returns. Auto- enrolment for second pillar pensions in Italy has only modestly increased participation rates so far, creating the need for the recent improvements in the design of these pensions. Additional contributions to second pillar pensions, beyond the transfer of the annual severance pay (TFR) accruals under auto-enrolment, are low. If early surrenders and withdrawals were further disincentivised, it might alter the liability structure of life insurers and pension funds, incentivising long-term equity investments. The Italian venture capital (VC) ecosystem is growing, but remains fragmented and does not fully meet the financing needs of start-ups. Institutional investors provide limited funding to VC funds and start-ups. Italy’s promotional bank is trying to set-up investment vehicles to ‘crowd in’ such investors, while new tax incentives have been provided to supplementary pension funds investing in VC.
Business landscape and company funding
Graph A6.1: Composition of non-financial
corporations' funding
Source: Eurostat. End-2024.
Italian firms rely mainly on their own
profitability and lending for their funding. Unlisted and other equity (i.e. a measure of both the capital invested by firms’ owners and earnings retained) was equivalent to 107.7% of GDP in 2024 (see Graph A6.1), accounting for 58.3% of all funding vs an EU average of 45.7%. The other main source of corporate financing in Italy is lending. Loans were equivalent to 47.1% of GDP as of end-2024, and at 25.5% of all financing for Italian firms, were only marginally below the EU average of 26.9%. However, Italian non-financial
0
50
100
150
200
250
IT EU
% of GDP
Loans Trade credit and advances
Bonds Listed shares
Unlisted shares Other equity
Table A6.1: Savings and Investments Union summary diagnostic
Source: OECD (pensions), Eurostat (households' financial wealth), FISMA CMU dashboard (VC and PE), national sources (capital taxation). End-2024.
Main features Relative EU positioning
Assets at 17.1% of GDP (32.3% in the EU) 10-year real return: 0.2% (1.4% in the EU)
A below EU average and median share in asset-backed pension assets has produced barely positive real returns over a 10-year period.
EUR 97 758 per capita (EUR 85 090 in the EU) o/w 8.6% in bonds (2.8% in the EU) o/w 2.9% in listed shares (4.8% in the EU) o/w 14.6% in investment funds (11.0% in the EU) o/w 13.5% in life insurance (13.4% in the EU) o/w 5.0% in pension claims (13.6% in the EU)
Above EU average household wealth invested to a similar degree as EU peers, mainly through bonds and investment funds. Medium level of life insurance holdings, low level of IORP pension claims. Low share of direct equity holdings suggests a degree of risk aversion. Investment flows to Italian SIA (called PIR) have stagnated.
VC at 0.032% of GDP (0.064% in the EU) PE at 0.447% of GDP (0.487% in the EU)
Low share of venture capital and medium level of private equity investments.
Capital gains tax (CGT): 26% for individuals, 24% for companies. A 95% CGT exemption from qualifying shareholdings for companies. Real estate CGT is 0% if first residence or 5 years holding period. Dividend and interest income tax: 26% withholding tax, variations based e.g. on residency. Interest and capital gains from government bonds of Italy or ‘white list’ countries taxed at 12.5%.
Above-average capital gains tax (CGT) rate but participation exemption reduces CGT burden for corporates. For individuals, CGT exemption for real estate sales creates bias for real estate investment. No bias between equity and corporate debt investment but bias in favor of investing in government bonds. Taxation may vary in some cases e.g. based on residency, which reduces transparency and predictability.
1-3 4-10 11-17 18-24 25-27
Topic
Asset-backed pension
schemes
Households' financial assets
Venture capital (VC)
Private equity (PE)
Capital taxation
Colours indicate the country's relative ranking based on five groups, ranging from the three best to the three worst performers. The relative ranking as regards an
SIU diagnostic topic derives from a consistent cross-country comparison, the starting point of which is the average of the underlying main features.
72
corporations’ (NFCs) use of listed shares and bonds was much lower than the EU average, both as a share of GDP (24.2% at end-2024 vs the EU average of 53.2%) and as a share of NFC financing (13.1% vs 23.5%). This is largely due to the small proportion of listed shares in the funding mix, given the greater significance of micro firms and SMEs in Italy (see Annex 5). Overall, NFC funding stood at 184.6% of GDP in 2024, below the EU’s 226.2%.
Size and structure of the financial sector
Graph A6.2: Capital markets and financial
intermediaries
Source: ECB, EIOPA, AMECO. End-2024.
Banks dominate the financial sector in Italy,
followed by insurance. With about EUR 3.86 trillion in assets at the end of 2024, the Italian banking sector remains among the largest in the EU, and is by far the largest part of the Italian financial system (see Graph A6.2). However, it represents a decreasing share of GDP (175.3% in 2024 vs 202% in 2022), well below the euro- area average of 266.3%.It is primarily domestically owned (roughly 91% of total banking-sector assets as of end-2024), with the five largest banking groups accounting for 50.5% of banking-sector assets.Insurance companies, with total assets equivalent to 50% of GDP at end-2024, are well developed in Italy, although their relative size remains below the EU average (55% of GDP). The total assets of investment funds were equivalent to 24.5% of GDP at end- 2024, with occupational pension funds at 8.9%.
The local stock market remains insufficiently
deep, with limited new listings. The Italian stock exchange (Borsa Italiana) forms part of Euronext, a pan-European market infrastructure, and its integration in the group was completed in 2024. Euronext is in the process of centralising its post-trading infrastructure and ancillary services, but its acquisition of Borsa Italiana has not yet provided a major boost to Italy’s equity market. The market capitalisation of Italian listed companies as a share of GDP (210) stood at 39.4% of GDP as of September 2025, substantially short of the EU average of 70% (see Table A6.2). Non- financial firms accounted for about 60% of that capitalisation. Market liquidity, as expressed via the proxy of the bid-ask spread of listed shares, has been below the EU average since 2022 (211). New listings have been limited in the main market in recent years, with several companies postponing or withdrawing planned listings, but initial public offering activity has been better in the Euronext Growth Milan market.
The bond market is dominated by the
sovereign. Outstanding debt securities were the equivalent of 156.7% of GDP at end-2024 (see Graph A6.2), one of the highest in the EU. However, marketable debt securities issued by NFCs accounted for less than 6% of the total, as government debt dominated the local bond market, accounting for 74% of the total. Financial firms make up the remaining 20% of debt securities in issuance.
A reform of the Italian capital markets is
underway but will take time to bear fruit. The adoption of the Capital Markets bill (Decreto Capitali, Law 21/2024) in February 2024 marked the first step towards a reform of Italian capital markets. It has now been followed by the publication of a delegated act (212) that updates the Consolidated Law on Finance (TUF) and amends certain key corporate law provisions of the Italian Civil Code. The delegated act addresses crucial areas such as takeover bids, corporate governance, disclosure, shareholders’ meetings, as well as mobility between regulated markets and
(210) Irrespective of the stock exchange where they are listed.
(211) See FISMA’s list of indicators to monitor SIU progress.
(212) Legislative decree 27.3.2026 n. 47. A second legislative decree — specifically concerning administrative proceedings and sanctions — is currently pending before the Italian Parliament.
N o n -f
in a n ci
a l c
o rp
o ra
ti o n s
Fi n a n ci
a l c
o rp
o ra
ti o n s
N o n -f
in a n ci
a l c
o rp
o ra
ti o n s
M FI
s
In su
ra n ce
a n d p
en si
o n f
u n d s
O th
er f
in a n ci
a ls
G o ve
rn m
en t
M FI
s
P en
si o n f
u n d s
In su
ra n ce
c o rp
o ra
ti o n s
In ve
st m
en t
fu n d s
0
20
40
60
80
100
120
140
160
180
200
Listed equity Bonds Assets by sector
% of GDP
73
multilateral trading facilities. It also facilitates the use of multiple voting rights and introduces: (i) significant simplifications for newly listed companies and SMEs; and (ii) the limited partnership legal form for VC and private equity investment vehicles. The aim is to make the Italian capital market more attractive, fostering the participation of retail investors, including in VC and private equity funds (213). Another initiative, the Fondo Nazionale Strategico Indiretto (FNSI), a fund-of-funds launched in 2025 and managed by Cassa Depositi Prestiti (CDP), aims to invest up to EUR 1 billion in small and mid-cap firms listed in Italy and try to ‘crowd-in’ private investors as an anchor investor in initial public offerings.
Households’ participation in capital markets
Graph A6.3: Composition of households' financial
assets
Source: Eurostat. End-2024.
Italian households prefer bonds and
investment funds over listed shares. Italian households have a higher amount of financial assets than the EU average, both per capita and as a share of GDP (see Graph A6.3). The share of household financial assets held in pension and investment funds or directly in financial investment instruments is only slightly below the EU average (45% vs 46.5% as of end-2024). Compared with the EU average, Italian households have a higher share of financial assets invested in
(213) The new provisions are expected to enter into force in Spring
2026, following parliamentary review.
bonds (8.6% vs 2.8%) and investment funds (14.6% vs 11.0%), a similar share invested in insurance products (13.9% vs 14.2%, mostly in life insurance) and a lower share invested in listed shares (2.9% vs 4.8%) and (occupational) pension funds (5% vs 13.6%). Domestic government debt in particular is a popular investment for Italian households, which, together with Italian non- financial firms, held 15% of Italy’s outstanding general government debt as of September 2025.
Italian households have access to a wide
range of investment products, as well as tax
benefits under individual savings plans. Low- cost, well-diversified investment products suited to retail investors are available in Italy through the country’s developed investment fund industry. Since 2016, Italy has also created individual savings plans called piani individuali di risparmio (PIR) which, subject to certain conditions (such as a minimum lock-up period of five years), confer substantial tax incentives on their holders. These include: (i) an exemption from the 26% tax typically paid on capital gains, dividend or interest income from financial instruments included in the PIR; and (ii) the non-applicability of inheritance tax on the PIR assets of deceased savers. However, after a successful start, the take-up of PIRs has waned since 2019. As of end-2024, only 1.5% of the assets under management of open-ended and closed-ended funds in Italy were in the form of original PIRs and only 0.2% in alternative PIRs (214).
Further measures have been adopted
recently to facilitate investment by retail
investors. Italy has made use of the option under EU legislation (215) for a simpler registration system (instead of a more complex authorisation system) for alternative investment funds (AIFs) of fund managers with assets below set thresholds; the recently adopted delegated act to reform financial legislation (212) (i) simplifies the relevant framework (216), ii) allows retail investors, with a minimum investment of EUR 500 000 and a total portfolio of financial assets of at least EUR 5 m, to invest in these registered alternative funds, thus
(214) Alternative PIRs, adopted in 2020, require at least 70% of
assets to be invested in SMEs, often including illiquid or unlisted assets via venture capital or private equity funds.
(215) Directive 2011/61/EU (AIFMD).
(216) More specifically, registered sub-threshold managers are no longer subject to microprudential supervision, nor to transparency or conduct-of-business requirements.
0
50
100
150
200
250
300
0
20
40
60
80
100
120
IT EU IT EU
per capita (000 EUR) (lhs) % of GDP (rhs)
Currency and deposits Insurance and pension funds Investment funds Bonds Listed shares Unlisted shares Other equity HH Debt (liability)
74
facilitating investment in private equity and VC funds; and (iii) aims to limit ‘gold-plating’ of EU rules to promote a single rulebook, and improve competition and the availability of low-cost investment funds for investors.
Listed equity and corporate bonds have less preferential tax treatment than other asset
classes in Italy. The taxation of investment
income in Italy (capital gains, dividends, interest income) does not discriminate between shares or corporate debt securities, with a flat 26% tax rate, albeit with variations (e.g. based on investor residency for dividends or due to the 95% exemption for capital gains on corporates’ qualifying shareholdings). However, both the lower 12.5% tax rate for interest income from government bonds of Italy or ‘white list’ countries (217) and the capital gains exemption on real estate for natural persons, subject to a five-year minimum holding period for non-primary residences, favour these investments.
Financial literacy levels in Italy are close to
the EU average. Italy has had a national strategy for financial literacy in place since 2017, and the capital markets bill adopted in 2024 introduced financial education into the school curriculum. Various public authorities (the Bank of Italy, Consob) offer extracurricular activities on financial literacy in schools, including training for teachers. The level of financial literacy in Italy is in line with the EU average. The 2023 Eurobarometer survey showed that 18% of Italians have a high level of financial literacy, 64% a medium level, and the remaining 19% a low level.
The banking sector: resilience and financing of the economy
The Italian banking sector has improved its
resilience and is thus not constrained in its role of funding the economy. In the year to September 2025, Italian banks have maintained an adequate capital position, in terms of size and quality (see Table A6.2). Banks’ liquidity position remains solid, while profits are strong and have been resilient to the normalisation of interest rates. The ongoing process of banking-sector
(217) Jurisdictions with agreements to exchange tax information.
consolidation in Italy should also support profits through cost synergies and revenue diversification, improving banks’ capacity to lend (218). Asset quality is stable, with a non-performing loan ratio of 2.6% as of September 2025 vs an EU average of 1.9% and a falling share of stage 2 loans in recent years. Credit quality pressures on the corporate side remain modest by historical standards and provisioning levels are high, with a cash coverage ratio of 45.3% vs an EU average of 42.1%. Italian banks are more exposed than the euro-area average to increased US tariffs, but any potential impact on asset quality appears manageable. However, the banks’ asset quality outlook is subject to increased uncertainty due to the current conflict in the Middle East and its potential impact on energy prices and economic growth. Despite the gradual phase-out of COVID- 19-related state guaranteed loans, domestic sovereign bond exposure remains greater than most euro-area peers, at 9.9% of banks’ total assets in December 2025 but lower than the 10.9% at end-2020 (219).
Bank lending to households and corporates
started to recover in 2025. There was a
gradual, timid recovery in bank lending to households and corporates in the second half of 2024, which picked up speed in 2025, with year- on-year credit growth rate improving from -1.5% for households and -3.9% for NFCs in March 2024 to 2.5% and 1.8% respectively in December 2025. The outlook, particularly for households, is expected to improve further on the back of easing monetary policy. Moreover, recent credit upgrades of the Italian sovereign reflect positively on banks’ credit ratings and reduce funding spreads. They could also support cheaper credit to firms.
Role of non-bank financial intermediaries
The Italian insurance sector has an
investment portfolio heavily tilted towards
bonds. The Italian insurance market is predominantly focused on life insurance, with life- insurance premiums accounting for
(218) Consolidation, especially on a cross-border basis, allows for
the better allocation of resources and risk diversification.
(219) ECB data, including state-controlled Cassa Depositi Prestiti.
75
EUR 110.5 billion at end-2024 (i.e. around 73% of total gross written premiums) and non‑life for about EUR 40.9 billion (the remaining 27%) (220). The investment portfolio of the Italian insurance sector, one of the largest in Europe in absolute terms, was EUR 1 070 billion as of September 2025. This was invested in: (i) in government bonds (34.1%); (ii) corporate bonds (15.3%), mainly issued by foreign NFCs; (iii) equity (11.5%); (iv) investment funds (32.4% evenly split between equity funds, bond funds and other types of funds (221)); and (v) cash and deposits (3.5%). Excluding unit-linked products, insurers’ exposure to bonds becomes even greater, with 43.5% invested in government bonds (222) and 19.4% in corporate bonds. In fact, Italian insurers hold roughly 10% of the outstanding stock of Italian government bonds.
Italy’s supplementary private pension system
remains fragmented. According to the national supervisor of private pension funds COVIP, the number of pension funds in Italy at the end of 2024 fell to 291 from 302 in 2023 (and 387 in 2020), with total assets of EUR 243 billion. These pension funds comprised: (i) 33 contractual closed-end funds (with assets of EUR 74.5 billion), set up by workers’ unions and employers at national, sector or company level; (ii) 38 open-end funds (with assets of EUR 37.3 billion); (iii) 69 personal pension plans (PIPs) (with assets of EUR 54.7 billion), i.e. life-insurance contracts with social security purposes; and (iv) 151 pre-existing pension funds (with assets of EUR 69.6 billion), i.e. pension funds already in existence on 15 November 1992. Excluding the latter, there were 10.1 m members of supplementary pension funds as of end-2024, corresponding to a participation rate of 38.3% of the labour force, or 27.6% excluding non active contributors. Only 29% of these members were below 40 years old, while participation is much lower among the self- employed (223).
Supplementary pension funds operate mainly
on a defined contribution (DC) basis and benefit from a favourable tax regime. Defined
(220) Ivass: The main numbers of insurance firms in Italy 2024.
(221) EIOPA data.
(222) December 2025 data suggest that two-thirds of those holdings are Italian government bonds, see Banca d’Italia Financial Stability Report No 1 2026, p.36.
(223) Table 6, COVIP - Supplementary Pension Funds in Italy at end 2024 – Main data.
benefit plans are restricted to pre-existing funds and are not open to new members. All pension funds need to have a depositary and an agreement with an external investment manager, which can only be an insurer, a bank or an asset manager. The supplementary pension funds’ tax regime is advantageous, with a maximum tax- deductible amount for combined employee/employer contributions of EUR 5 164.57 per year (recently increased to EUR 5 300 from tax year 2026) (224). Retirees also pay a reduced 20% (instead of the usual 26%) dividend and interest income tax rate and a reduced 15% (instead of 26%) tax rate on accumulated realised gains during the payout phase, which can decrease progressively to 9% based on the duration of contributions.
Private pension funds invest conservatively, and this has led to sub-par real returns. At
the end of 2024, Italian supplementary pension fund assets were invested as follows: 14.2% in Italian government bonds, 24.3% in other government bonds, 17% in other debt securities, 22.7% in equity securities, 12.7% in UCITS, 2.3% in alternative mutual funds other than real estate funds, 3.7% in deposits and 1.5% in real estate (225). Among the various types of schemes, contractual pension funds had 25.1% invested in equities, open funds had 29.9% invested in equities, and ‘new’ PIPs only 13.2% in equities. Domestic investments accounted for 19.3% of total assets (EUR 40.1 billion), the majority in government bonds, while investments in equity and debt securities of Italian firms were limited (2.4% of total assets) (226). This conservative investment allocation is reflected in sub-par performance, with the average real return of Italian private pension funds in the period 2014- 2024 reaching only 0.2% per year, below both the EU median and the guaranteed return the TFR severance pay would have provided if it had remained with the employer (+0.5%) (227). Looking
(224) Contributions via the trattamento di fine rapporto (TFR)
severance pay in second pillar pension funds do not count towards the cap on tax-deductible pension contributions.
(225) Table 16, COVIP - Supplementary Pension Funds in Italy at end 2024 – Main data.
(226) COVIP, Supplementary pension funds in Italy at the end of 2024: Main data.
(227) OECD and COVIP data. If the TFR stays with the employer or the Italian National Social Security Institute (INPS) for larger firms, it offers a guaranteed return equal to a fixed 1.5% plus 75% of the annual inflation rate. If it is transferred to a
76
at the different types of private pension funds over the same period, contractual pension funds have produced +0.3% average annual net real return, open-end funds +0.5%, unit-linked PIPs +1%, and non-unit-linked PIPs a poor -0.3%. Currently, the COVIP website provides comparison data on returns and fees of individual pension funds, but there is no pension tracking system for pension planholders to see the combined value of their pension entitlements from all – public and private – pension schemes.
Improvements were recently introduced to
Italy’s auto-enrolment regime, which will apply from July 2026. Since 2007, newly hired private sector employees must transfer their trattamento di fine rapporto (TFR) severance pay to a supplementary pension fund of their choice or opt-out within six months and leave it with their old company. If no active choice is made within this time, the TFR will be automatically transferred to the contractual closed-end pension fund used by any existing collective agreement (228). However, the new 2026 Budget Law reduces this time window to 60 days and strengthens the automatic nature of the enrolment for all private sector employees. In addition, the default investment option, if no active choice is made by a planholder, is changed from a guaranteed sub-fund to an investment profile adjusted to takeinto account the time horizon of the investment and the age of the member (229). In an effort to provide more flexibility in the payout phase, the new law increases the share of accumulated wealth that can be paid as a lump-sum (from 50% to 60%) but also introduces new types of annuity or gradual payment (fixed term annuity, fractional payment), in an effort to both make them more attractive than lump-sum withdrawals and reduce pension funds’ own liquidity needs. The new law also improves mobility across pension funds, even when employees elect to join a pension fund other than the one set in their respective collective bargaining agreements, thus strengthening competition.
pension fund, then the returns depend on the employee’s investment profile choice.
(228) In the absence of such a fund, the TFR is transferred to the supplementary pension scheme set up by INPS.
(229) Italian pension funds offer several investment profile options (guaranteed, pure bond, mixed bond, balanced, equity).
Auto-enrolment has only modestly increased
participation, and contributions to
supplementary funds, beyond the TFR severance pay, are low. Since auto-enrolment
was adopted, participation rates in Italy’s contractual pension funds have risen modestly, but from a very low base, namely from only 5% of Italian workers in 2006 to 16% in 2025 (230). This suggests significant employee opt-out rates, particularly among younger and lower income employees and in more ‘fragmented’ industries, with a larger number of smaller firms. In addition, the TFR tends to be used by smaller companies as a source of working capital, which may discourage its transfer to a pension fund by their employees. Additional voluntary contributions beyond the TFR are low (231) and average contributions per employee (from both employees and employers) in post-November 1992 supplementary pension funds are less than half of the personal income tax (PIT) exemption upper limit set by law. Beyond the unattractive return profile of contractual pension funds (see above), this may also imply that current tax incentives are not so attractive for medium-to-low income earners with lower marginal PIT tax rates.
Taxation and liability structure influence the
investment strategy of pension funds and
insurers. Overweight positions in the government
bonds of Italy and ‘white list’ countries reduce these investors’ tax burden, as the investment return of these bonds (interest and capital gains) is subject to a lower tax rate (12.5%) than other financial instruments (26% or 20% if held by a pension plan). The low risk and predictable, stable returns provided by bonds also allow pension funds and insurers to meet their stringent regulatory requirements while matching the average duration of their liabilities, which is impacted by early surrenders and withdrawals in life insurance and pension products. The risk of early withdrawals is increased by several factors, including the absence of a statutory minimum notice period for pension funds, but these early
(230) FISMA own calculations based on COVIP and ISTAT data.
(231) Since 2015, employees may proceed to additional voluntary pension fund contributions beyond their TFR, with an obligation for the employer to also contribute based on the relevant national or sectoral collective agreement.
77
withdrawals are also a signal that current tax disincentives are not sufficient (232).
The Italian asset management industry is
reasonably developed and has a balanced
investment profile. As of Q3 2025, the assets under management of all funds distributed in Italy amounted to EUR 1 403 billion, up 6.1% year-on- year (233). Of these, EUR 1 327 billion (94.6%) were open-ended funds, of which EUR 680 billion were managed by Italian management companies or groups (234) and the rest by foreign groups. Of the open-ended funds, 31.5% were equity funds, 36.2% bond funds, 24.7% balanced or flexible funds, 3.6% money market funds and 4.9% other types of funds. Investment funds managed by Italian groups have a higher share of bond holdings than those of foreign groups distributed in Italy, while a larger part of these bond holdings is invested in domestic bonds than EU peers (40% in 2024 vs an EU average of 33.7%). However, the home bias of Italian investment groups for their equity holdings is less than the average EU investment group, with 12% of their holdings in domestic equities, compared to 19.4% on average in the EU (235). Italian and euro-area funds play an important role in the Italian bond market, holding about a third of outstanding NFC bonds and a tenth of government securities. On AIFs, 90% of which are closed-end funds in Italy, the total assets under management of non-real-estate AIFs amounted to EUR 57 billion as of mid-2025. Of these, EUR 29.4 billion belonged to private equity funds.
Venture capital ecosystem
The venture and growth capital ecosystem in Italy is growing, but remains fragmented and
does not fully meet start-up financing needs. The Italian start-up ecosystem is valued at around EUR 67 billion, having grown twenty-five-fold in the past 10 years. Both private equity (PE) and VC
(232) For supplementary pension plans, existing tax disincentives
include the forfeit of the favourable tax treatment on contributions and payout returns.
(233) Assogestioni, Mappa trimestrale del Risparmio Gestito, Q3 2025. This figure does not include discretionary mandates.
(234) Banca d’Italia, Financial Stability Report November 2025.
(235) EFAMA Asset Management in Europe, December 2025.
investment (with investments equivalent to 0.45% and 0.03% of GDP respectively in 2024, expressed as a three-year moving average) have gained traction since 2022. However, these figures still lag behind the EU averages of 0.49% and 0.06% of GDP respectively, particularly for VC investment. With a prevalence of small operators, the Italian VC sector does not sufficiently cover the later stages of the enterprise life cycle. In this context, foreign investors play a significant role in partially bridging the financing gap for successful start-ups that want to scale up. In 2024, of the 297 different investors active in Italy, 42% of them came from abroad vs 35% in 2023 (see Annex 4 for more details).
Italy’s national promotional bank, CDP, is
creating VC investment vehicles to ‘crowd in’
institutional investors. CDP Venture Capital (a
subsidiary of state-owned CDP) plays a central role in the Italian VC market, with EUR 4.7 billion of assets under management and 15 operational direct or indirect VC funds, with further investment planned in its 2024-2028 business plan. One of the new initiatives is the Previdentia compartment in the new fund-of-funds VenturItaly II. Previdentia is designed to attract pension fund investment in VC, by allowing them to invest in this asset class in a cost-effective and risk-controlled way, drawing on CDP’s skills in fund selection and due diligence.
The Italian authorities are trying to
incentivise start-up and VC funding by Italian
institutional investors. Only 0.1% of Italian insurers’ investment portfolios was allocated to PE funds and 0.3% in other AIFs beyond real estate and infrastructure funds as of September 2025. Similarly, according to EIOPA, 0.3% of Italian occupational pension funds’ assets were invested in unlisted equity and another 0.3% in AIFs. This led the Italian government to legislate that, as of end-2024, all supplementary pension schemes and first pillar Casse di Previdenza will benefit from the tax exemption under Law 232/2016 on capital gains from qualified investments in shares and units of collective investment vehicles, only if VC investments make up at least 3% for 2025, 5% for 2026 and 10% for 2027 (236), of their qualified investments in the previous year. However, it is too early to assess the measure’s success.
(236) Thresholds as amended by Decreto Legge 95/2025.
78
Table A6.2: Financial sector indicators
(1) Annualised data. EU data for credit growth and pension funds refer to the EA average. Source: ECB, Eurostat, European Insurance and Occupational Pensions Authority, DG FISMA CMU dashboard, AMECO.
2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025-Q3 EU
Total assets of MFIs, % of GDP 206.4 206.3 230.4 216.2 198.6 177.1 175.3 177.8 246.1
Common equity Tier 1 ratio 12.9 13.9 15.5 15.1 15.2 15.5 15.7 15.5 16.8
Total capital adequacy ratio 16.1 17.2 19.3 18.8 19.2 19.4 19.7 19.5 20.2
Overall NPL ratio, % of all loans 8.4 6.7 4.5 3.5 2.9 2.7 2.7 2.6 1.9
NPL ratio, loans to NFCs 14.2 11.7 7.8 5.7 4.5 4.3 4.1 4.2 3.5
NPL ratio, loans to HHs 6.5 5.1 4.0 3.6 2.8 2.6 2.4 2.3 2.1
Return on equity ratio 1
5.8 4.9 1.0 5.7 9.1 12.7 13.2 13.6 9.6
Loans to NFCs, % of GDP 44.5 41.8 47.8 43.3 33.9 30.4 28.6 27.9 29.3
Loans to HHs, % of GDP 37.6 37.7 41.4 38.7 34.6 31.8 31.1 30.7 43.6
NFC credit growth rate, % 1.5 -1.8 8.5 1.7 -0.2 -3.7 -2.3 1.1 2.5
HH credit growth rate, % 2.8 2.6 2.4 3.7 3.3 -1.3 0.3 2.2 2.6
Stock market capitalisation, % of GDP 26.6 30.8 31.1 33.6 25.6 28.3 31.1 39.4 69.9
Initial public offerings, % of GDP 0.13 0.17 0.05 0.30 0.20 0.23 0.04 - 0.06
Market funding ratio 34.2 35.3 35.2 37.4 39.1 39.7 40.8 - 49.7
Private equity, % of GDP 0.332 0.337 0.370 0.379 0.459 0.458 0.447 - 0.487
Venture capital, % of GDP 0.006 0.008 0.014 0.018 0.026 0.030 0.032 - 0.064
Financial literacy, composite index - - - - - 43.5 - - 45.5
Bonds, % of HHs' financial assets 7.3 6.3 5.5 4.4 5.2 7.9 8.6 - 2.8
Listed shares, % of HHs' financial assets 2.1 2.3 2.5 2.8 2.5 2.7 2.9 - 4.8
Investment funds, % of HHs' financial assets 14.4 14.6 14.4 15.3 13.8 13.5 14.6 - 11.0
Insurance/pension funds, % of HHs' financial assets 22.9 23.4 23.6 21.9 19.6 18.9 18.9 - 27.8
Total assets of insurers, % of GDP 51.3 56.5 65.2 60.9 48.7 49.1 50.0 49.7 53.9
Pension assets, bn EUR - - - 323.3 322.9 349.9 375.9 - 5813.8
Pension assets, % of GDP - - - 17.5 16.2 16.3 17.1 - 32.3
10y real return average of pension assets, % - - - - - 0.3 0.2 - 1.4
Pension funds assets, ECB (% of GDP) - 8.4 9.7 9.3 8.2 8.3 8.9 9.1 23.0
1-3 4-10 11-17 18-24 25-27 Colours indicate performance ranking among the 27 EU Member States.
B a n k in
g s
e ct
o r
N o n -b
a n k in
g s
e ct
o r
ANNEX 7: EFFECTIVE INSTITUTIONAL FRAMEWORK
79
An effective institutional framework is
essential for competitiveness. This requires public trust built on integrity, high-quality legislation, regulatory simplification and efficient services for people and for businesses.The 2025 country specific recommendations (CSRs) highlighted challenges faced by Italy in improving the effectiveness of its public administration and the efficiency of the justice system, tackling corruption and strengthening the capacity of local administrations (see also Annex 18).
Public trust
Graph A7.1: Trust in the justice system, regional /
local authorities and in government
(1) EU-27 since 2019; EU-28 before Source: European Commission, Standard Eurobarometer surveys
Public trust in government in Italy remains
around the EU average (Graph A7.1). Trust in
other public institutions is nearing the EU average, and trust in regional and local authorities is increasing at a faster rate. Both businesses and people trust the ability of public administration to handle data securely and responsibly (237). People’s perceptions of public administration have improved – the proportion of those finding it complex and burdensome has fallen by 14 percentage points since 2023 (Italy 39%; EU 38% in 2025).
(237) European Commission, 2026, Flash Eurobarometer surveys
567 and 568 on satisfaction with administrative services.
Quality of lawmaking and implementation
Italy’s lawmaking framework is broadly in
line with best practice in terms of reducing
the regulatory burden and ensuring effective implementation, but there is scope for
improvement. (Table A7.1). Regulatory impact assessments (RIAs) are mandatory for major legislation. RIAs are expected to cover a wide range of impacts, and the costs and benefits to companies, people and the government. In the case of government emergency decrees simplified RIAs can be submitted. As these are extensively used, the implementation of the better-regulation framework is undermined. No assessment of its effectiveness has been undertaken in the last five years. An independent body provides advice/feedback on RIA quality, without issuing a formal opinion. This body could be helped by greater autonomy and better follow-up of its opinions. RIAs and evaluations remain uneven in quality and timeliness: weak points include impact analysis, transparency, consultation and approach. Regions are seeking to be involved in the legislative process, to ensure proper cooperation between different levels of government (238).
Italy has launched a regulatory simplification
reform (239) supported by the Italia Semplice
portal (240) and has strengthened the
coordinated simplification agenda between
central and local authorities via l’Agenda per
la simplificazione(241). Under milestone M1C1- 60 of the recovery and resilience programme (RRP), Italy simplified and/or digitalised more than 260 critical procedures, by harmonising rules across government levels. In so doing it managed to eliminate unnecessary authorisations,
(238) Regioni.it - Conferenza delle Regioni e delle Province
autonome - Regioni.it
(239) Law 167 of 10 Nov 2025 introduced rules on regulatory simplification, public consultation and impact assessment procedures.
(240) Italia Semplice.
(241) L'Agenda per la Semplificazione.
0
0,1
0,2
0,3
0,4
0,5
0,6
0,7
0,8
0,9
A u
tu m
n
S p
ri n
g
A u
tu m
n
S p
ri n
g
A u
tu m
n
S p
ri n
g
W in
te r
S u
m m
e r
W in
te r
S p
ri n
g
W in
te r
S u
m m
e r
A u
tu m
n
S p
ri n
g
A u
tu m
n
S p
ri n
g
A u
tu m
n
S p
ri n
g
202520242023202220212020201920182017
Justice, legal system EU-27
Justice, legal system IT
Regional or local public authorities EU-27
Regional or local public authorities IT
Government EU-27
Government IT
80
streamline timelines, reduce administrative burdens and support reforms(242) (See Annex 5).
Public service delivery and digitalisation
Graph A7.2: Most time-consuming aspects of
service delivery
Source: European Commission, 2026, Flash Eurobarometer
surveys 567 and 568 on satisfaction with administrative services.
Delivery of public administration services is improving, but user-friendliness still less
than ideal. Satisfaction with administrative services is low, among both people and businesses (13% of people and 24% of companies, compared with EU averages of 45% and 42% respectively).
(242) European Commission – Preliminary assessment of 7th
payment request fa5262e2-06ba-4b24-b024- 072ad032dffd_en.
The difficulties include i) time-consuming procedures (long waiting times), ii) preparing the necessary documents, iii) identifying the service needed and iv) understanding legislation (Graph A7.2). These obstacles lead to delays in business operations more frequently than the EU average (44% vs 36%). At the same time, a substantial proportion of people (Italy 70%; EU 67%) and companies (Italy 75; EU 73) find that digital services save time. Most people and companies find it easy to use public administration services while abroad in the EU.
Italy has made rapid progress with making
services available online for people (Table
A7.2). Measures to simplify access, supported by the national RRP contribute to this result, exceeding the EU average (243). The availability of electronic health records has risen above the EU average (score of 84 vs 82) (244). E-government use remains below the EU average (Italy 63%; EU: 76%), but 82% of residents have eID, providing access to an expanding range of services such as taxation and municipal services (245). Interactive help (71%) and more information about the progress of the requested service (57%) could make digital services more attractive.
(243) European Commission. Digital Decade 2025: eGovernment
Benchmark 2025 | Shaping Europe’s digital future.
(244) European Commission, 2025, Digital Decade: eGovernment Benchmark.
(245) European Commission, forthcoming, Simplification of key life events.
0%
10%
20%
30%
40%
50%
Time for responses
Service identification
Documents preparation
Documents preparation
Legislation and
obligations
Time for responses
People Businesses
EU
Table A7.1: Italy. Selected indicators on better regulation practices for primary legislation
Source: OECD, 2025, Regulatory Policy Outlook 2025 and Better Regulation across the European Union 2025.
Tools for smart legislation:
Share of possible impacts assessed for all primary laws when developing legislation 0
Regulators are required to identify and quantify the benefits of a new primary law 1
Regulators are required to identify and assess the impacts of alternative non-regulatory options 1
Tools for effective implementation: when developing laws, regulators are required to:
Assess the level of compliance 1
Identify and assess potential enforcement mechanisms 1
Specify the methodology of measuring progress in achieving the law's goals 1
Oversight of better regulation:
There is an external body responsible for reviewing the quality of RIAs and of ex post evacuations 1
There are publicly available assessments of the effectiveness of RIA in modifying regulatory proposals 0
There are reports on the level of compliance by government department with the requirements of RIA 0
There are indicators on the percentage of ex post evaluations that comply with guidelines 0
The effectiveness of ex post evaluations in improving the regulatory stock has been assessed in the last five years 0
81
There has been an increase in the availability
of digital public services for businesses, but
it remains below the EU average (Table A7.2).
Access to these services for companies from other EU countries also lags behind (Italy 63%; EU 74%) (246). 73% of businesses regularly use digital public services (EU: 68%). Business permitting is handled through a platform that enables interoperability between digital one-stop shops at municipal level with all the public administrations involved in administrative procedures (247). However the time it takes can vary considerably between municipalities, and it is documentation- heavy, time-consuming and lacks proper technical support. It is managed at municipal level, where applications for permits are submitted. In theory all relevant authorities are involved, but in practice efficiency varies by region and municipality (248).
Small commercial or service activities are
straightforward and relatively fast if no
major construction is involved. Industrial,
environmental or new-building projects can be more complex and take much longer (249), especially if emissions, zoning, fire safety or environmental assessments are required. Delays often stem from i) complex administrative backlogs, ii) lack of coordination with external authorities, iii) limited technical staffing and iv) incomplete or inaccurate applications.
One major shortcoming is the lack of
integration between online permitting
platforms and external agencies, requiring
(246) European Commission, 2025, Digital Decade: eGovernment
Benchmark, p.34.
(247) http://www.suapsue.gov.it/ https://www.impresainungiorno.gov.it/.
(248) Unimpresa, 2025, Più servizi pubblici online della pubblica amministrazione, ma resta il divario tra nord e sud.
(249) World Bank, 2025, Subnational Business Ready in the European Union 2025: Italy.
local authorities to coordinate separately
with multiple bodies, which adds
administrative complexity and delays (249).
Italy has received RRP support and has made considerable progress in its regulatory framework on the cloud and interoperability (250). However, only 7 900 out of 22 000 central and local administrations have completed the enrolment process for the national digital data platform (251)(252).
Italy has enabled cross-border data and
document exchange via the EU once-only
technical system (253). This will reduce the need for people and businesses to manually submit documents across Member States as more once- only services (254) come online. Italy has yet to identify the types of documents and data to exchange through the system and explore ways to shift from the submission of documents to exchange of structured data. Currently, Italy has two procedures (255) connected in the area of business. Italy has connected authority registries in the field of population.
(250) RRP – 3rd payment request – preliminary assessment
C_2023_5284_1__annexe_EN.pdf.
(251) European Commission, 2025, Digital Decade 2025: Country reports.
(252) Stato di avanzamento|Agenzia per l'Italia Digitale.
(253) European Commission, Once-Only Technical System Acceleratormeter, Ec.europa.eu.
(254) Procedure types - Annex II of SDGR (2018/1724/EU) and directives 2005/36/EC, 2006/123/EC, 2014/24/EU and 2014/25/EU.
(255) European Commission, 2025, Once-Only Services going-live! Change of competent authority for air-traffic controllers in Italy, Ec.europa.eu.
Table A7.2: Digital Decade key performance indicators: availability of digital public services
(1) Digital Decade target by 2030: 100. (2) Publishing year, data was collected in the previous year Source: European Commission, State of the Digital Decade report 2025
EU-27
2023 2024 2025 2025
68 68 84 82
75 76 81 86
71 83 84 83
Digital public services for citizens (0 to 100)
Digital public services for businesses (0 to 100)
Access to electronic health records (0 to 100)
Italy
82
Civil service
Italy's public administration faces challenges
due to its ageing workforce and limited skills
renewal. It has the oldest public administration workforce in the EU, with a growing proportion of civil servants over 49 and over 55 (256), creating risks for medium-term capacity and service quality. New recruitment has not yet offset retirements. Skills renewal is limited by low participation in adult learning among civil servants (Italy 15% vs EU 19%) (257). There is also a small proportion of staff with post-secondary education, though this has gone up slightly. The capacity of the Italian public administration to deliver public services varies considerably from region to region. Italy adopted a ministerial directive on training (258) and allocated around EUR 20 million for skills development, with the national digital platform Syllabus and initiatives such as PA 110 e lode and PerForma PA, but training at local level remains limited (259).
To address capacity gaps, especially at local
level, Italy introduced the inPA recruitment
portal for both central and local authorities (260). It also significantly increased
(almost threefold compared to the year before) authorised local recruitment in 2025 (3 800 new positions including 3 360 permanent posts) (261). EU cohesion funding is also supporting the recruitment of specialist staff in less developed regions (e.g. 1 200 new civil servants with specialised technical profiles). RRP Investment 1.9 also supported therecruitment of a pool of
(256) European Commission, Eurostat, 2026, European Union
Labour Force Survey, Employed persons by economic activity (NACE Rev. 2) (2008-2026).
(257) European Commission, Eurostat, 2026, European Union Labour Force Survey, Participation rate of employees in education and training (last 4 weeks) by NACE Rev. 2 activity (2008-2026).
(258) Direttiva del Ministro in materia di formazione del 14 gennaio 2025.
(259) European Commission, 2025, European Public Administration Country Knowledge: Country Brief 2024 Italy.
(260) Sub-investimento 2.1.1: Creazione di una piattaforma unica di reclutamento.
(261) Commissione per la stabilità finanziaria degli Enti locali | Ministero dell‘Interno.
temporary technical experts to help implement the RRP at regional and local level.
Integrity
While the perception of corruption in Italy remains high, the reported level of
corruption actually experienced is low. 82% of companies see it as widespread (EU: 64%) and 85% cite close business–politics ties (EU: 76%), while 44% say this affects their operations (EU: 35%) (262). Public procurement is particularly vulnerable to corruption (See Annex 5). However, no company has reported being asked for bribes (Italy 0%; EU: 13%), and more firms than the EU average believe bribery is punished appropriately (Italy 38%; EU: 33%), suggesting low direct exposure despite high perceived risk.
Italy is making further progress in the
prevention and detection of corruption. It has
updated its national anti-corruption plan (263), including integrity risk assessments, and issued new guidelines on revolving doors. Italy has also drawn up new guidance to strengthen whistleblower reporting (considered effective by 23% of businesses in Italy; EU: 29%). However, integrity safeguards remain incomplete, due to gaps in lobbying regulations and conflict-of- interest rules for public officials (264).
Italy is taking measures to improve
prosecution of corruption, in response to the
2025 CSRs. In 2024, Italy’s Court of Audits (Corte dei Conti) issued 177 convictions totalling approximately EUR 41 million for financial crimes against public administration services, and the European Public Prosecutor’s Office reported 51 corruption investigations. However, the number of suspended convictions remains generally high (67% in 2024).
(262) European Commission, 2025, Flash Eurobarometer survey
557 on Businesses' attitudes towards corruption in the EU.
(263) Autorità Nazional Anticorruzione, 2026, Piano Nazionale Anticorruzione 2026-2028.
(264) European Commission, 2025, Rule of Law Report.
83
Justice
Overall, the justice system continues to face
challenges in terms of efficiency. The expected time taken to reach a decision in litigious civil and commercial cases in first-instance courts increased to 584 days in 2024 from 511 in 2023, one of the highest in the EU. The estimated time taken to resolve administrative cases in first- instance courts decreased to 483 days (from 595 days in 2023) but remains among the highest in the EU. Italy is taking additional measures to address the 2025 CSR on further reducing the backlog and disposition time of the justice system. Italy has revised the rules on mediation and assisted negotiation to further reduce the number of civil and commercial proceedings (265).
The quality of the justice system is generally perceived as good overall. Although persistent shortages remain, the recruitment of magistrates and administrative court staff continues аpace. Italy has introduced i) mobility of magistrates between appeal courts, ii) more remote-working opportunities for judges, iii) flexibility for reassignment of cases and iv) improved training and induction of new magistrates.
Italy has made substantial progress in digitising its justice system. First instance
criminal proceedings have been digitalised, while further improvements could be made to complete the digitalisation in all instances and fully enable online hearings. Italy is among the best performing countries in the EU in digital solutions for initiating and following proceedings in civil, commercial and administrative cases. However, there is room for improvement in arrangements for producing machine-readable judicial decisions. Better online access to case law would help increase transparency and trust in the judiciary (266).
(265) 2026 Justice Scoreboard, forthcoming.
(266) For a more detailed analysis of the performance of the justice system in Italy, see the upcoming 2026 EU Justice Scoreboard and the 2025 Rule of Law Report.
SUSTAINABILITY
ANNEX 8: INDUSTRY DECARBONISATION, CIRCULARITY AND CLIMATE MITIGATION
84
Italy faces challenges in decarbonising its
industry, reducing emissions in the effort
sharing sectors including road transport, and
on waste management. It still spends half of its revenue from the EU emissions trading system (ETS) on objectives other than the climate and energy transition. In 2025 Italy received a country- specific recommendation to tackle residual inefficiencies in waste management by reducing infrastructure capacity gaps. There are still wide regional differences in the capacity of waste infrastructure and in Sicily, extraordinary governance powers are in use. The rate of separate waste collection varies widely by region, as does the rate of anaerobic treatment of organic waste, varying enormously between the north and centre-south. The governance structure in the waste management sector is fragmented, with opportunities missed to unlock economies of scale.
Industry decarbonisation
Greenhouse gas emissions from industry
The greenhouse gas emission intensity of
Italy’s manufacturing sector is similar to the
EU average, but it accounts for a
significantly higher share of energy-related
emissions (267). Manufacturing generates around 18% of Italy’s total greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions, similar to the EU average (268). In 2024, manufacturing emitted 244 g CO2eq of GHG per
(267) This Annex discusses the transition of Italy's manufacturing
industry, specifically its energy-intensive industries, to low- carbon and net-zero modes of production, which is key to preserving competitiveness on the path towards climate neutrality as mandated by the European Climate Law. A broader perspective on the current competitiveness challenges facing Italy's manufacturing industry is provided in Annex 5. For a more detailed description of greenhouse gas emissions from industry, see European Commission (2025), Commission staff working document, SWD (2025) 205 final, Brussels, 4.6.2025, Annex A7. Clean industry and climate mitigation, Link.
(268) In 2023. Data on the manufacturing sector exclude the NACE division C19 – manufacture of coke and refined petroleum products, for better match of the sectoral data from Eurostat (gross value added) with those from the UNFCCC under the Common Reporting Format. Also see further indicators on industry decarbonisation, as well as the annotation for further information, in table A8.1 at the end of this Annex.
euro of gross value added (GVA), in line with the EU average. Between 2019 and 2023, the GHG emissions intensity of manufacturing in Italy has fallen by 9%. At over two thirds in 2023, Italy’s share of energy-related GHG emissions of all industry emissions (the remaining share of emissions are generated by industrial processes and product use) is among the highest in the EU, where the average is 58%. Between 2018 and 2023, the intensity of energy-related GHG emissions in Italy’s manufacturing fell by 8% to 179 g CO2eq per euro of GVA, above to the EU average of 163 g CO2eq per euro of GVA (that declined by 20%). In that period, at around 41%, electricity and renewables generated a broadly stable share of the final energy used in manufacturing. In the five years until 2024, the energy intensity of Italian manufacturing declined by about 10%, to 0.9 GWh per euro of GVA.
Italy’s energy-intensive industries face
challenges but their output remains stable. Energy-intensive industries (269) accounted for 12% of Italy’s manufacturing GVA in 2022. With the exception of paper and paper products, the GHG emission intensity of these industries is moderate by EU standards. These industries are particularly exposed to energy prices. Electricity prices for industry are high and have increased significantly in Italy in recent years (270).
Policies to promote industry decarbonisation
Italy has started complementing its energy efficiency incentives with support for
industry decarbonisation, but more is needed.
Italy has set up some schemes for power purchase agreements (271), but uptake has been limited as the sector has been partially crowded out by contracts for difference. To address this problem,
(269) Notably, the manufacture of paper and paper products
(NACE division C17), of chemicals and chemical products (C20), “other” non-metallic mineral products (C23; this division includes manufacturing activities related to a single substance of mineral origin, such as glass, ceramic products, tiles, and cement and plaster), and basic metals (C24). To date, these industries are energy-intensive – i.e. consuming high levels of energy both on site and/or in the form of purchased electricity – and greenhouse gas emissions intensive, in various combinations.
(270) See Annex 9.
(271) See Annex 9.
85
the authorities launched the 'Energy Release 2.0' scheme, which provides renewable energy via contracts for difference directly to energy- intensive industries at the bid price, in exchange for commitments and investments in additional renewable energy generation. Despite some interesting innovative projects providing long-term energy storage (e.g. Energy Dome), Italy has not yet tapped the full potential of the long-term energy storage sector, nor the high potential for geothermal and waste heat. Further action is therefore needed to bring down the high cost of electricity and promote industry's shift to using electricity.
A major opportunity to fund decarbonisation
is to allocate in full Italy’s auctioning
revenues from the EU ETS to the climate and energy transition, in line with the EU ETS Directive. Italy still allocates 50% of its national revenues to servicing its public debt/deficit (fondo di ammortamento titoli di stato).
Reduction of effort sharing emissions
Compliance with effort sharing limits with
domestic measures
Italy’s effort sharing emissions are projected
to be above its target in 2030; earlier years’
unused emission allocations will not suffice
to cover the gap to achieve compliance with the Effort Sharing Regulation (272).In 2024, greenhouse gas emissions from Italy’seffort sharing sectors are expected to have been 21.9% below 2005 levels. By 2030, current and planned policies and measures are expected to lead to a
(272) The national GHG emission reduction target is set out in
Regulation (EU) 2018/842 (the Effort Sharing Regulation). It applies jointly to buildings (heating and cooling), road transport, agriculture, waste and small industry (known as the effort sharing sectors). The emissions from effort sharing sectors for 2024 are based on approximated inventory data. The final data will be calculated in 2027 after a comprehensive review. Projections about the impact of current policies (‘with existing measures’, WEM) and additional policies (‘with additional measures’, WAM) as per Italy’s 2025 reporting under Article 17 of Regulation (EU) 2018/1999 (the Governance Regulation). Also see European Commission (2025), Climate Action Progress Report 2025 – Technical Information, Commission staff working document, Brussels, Chapter 9 (pp. 111ff.), and in particular Tables 25 and 26, Link.
40.5% reduction, leaving a gap of 3.2 percentage points to the 2030 target, a 43.7% reduction. Italycould bridge part of this gap with own unused annual emission allocations from earlier years but would also need transfers of allocations from other Member States to achieve compliance with the Effort Sharing Regulation. Progressing towards climate neutrality will require swift implementation of the additional measures planned and new measures identified.
Graph A8.1: Greenhouse gas emissions in the
effort sharing sectors, 2005, 2023, and 2024
Source: European Environment Agency.
Sustainable transport
Italy lags behind on electric road
transport (273) as car ownership is
widespread (274) and road transport is the
dominant form of transport (275). In 2024, road transport generated 40% of Italy’s effort sharing emissions transport, although this is a 14% reduction from 2005 levels (276). The uptake of electric vehicles is low; in 2025, 6.2% of new car registrations were battery electric cars, roughly 1/3 of the EU average. Battery electric vehicles could provide crucial demand-side flexibility and contribute to peak-shaving using vehicle-to-grid technologies, which would help bring down electricity costs and increase grid hosting capacity, thereby optimising grid investments. Italy had installed only 25% of electric charging infrastructure for cars by end-2025 (277). The lack
(273) European Commission, EU Alternative Fuels Infrastructure
Observatory, Link.
(274) Eurostat, Passenger cars in the EU, Link.
(275) European Commission, 2025, EU Statistical pocketbook 2025, Link.
(276) See Graph A8.1, and Table A8.1 at the end of this Annex.
(277) Data on the fulfilment of AFIR Distance-based targets, Alternative fuels observatory, Link.
0
50
100
150
200
250
300
350
400
2005 2023 2024
M tC
O 2
e
Domestic transport (excl. aviation) Buildings (under ESR) Agriculture Small industry Waste
86
of charging infrastructure for trucks risks becoming a significant bottleneck for the uptake of electric trucks and the ability of manufacturers to meet their legally binding sales targets. Zero- emission vehicles are not yet exonerated from concession tolls nor subject to the optional assessments under Article 7(4) of the Eurovignette Directive (1999/62/EC). Italy has over 700 cars per 1 000 inhabitants, the most in the EU and still increasing. It has the second highest share in the EU of inhabitants who do not use public transport (68%) (278). In 2024, Italy’s competition authority has signalled issues related to charging infrastructure (279).
Vehicle taxation could better encourage the
transition to sustainable transport. Italy’s recurrent taxes on vehicles set different rates based on engine power and European emission standards, but do not explicitly take into account vehicles’ CO2 emission or weight, as most other Member States. In addition, vehicles older than 20 years are subject to a 50% reduction, while those older than 30 years are exempt. Vehicle taxes are set and collected by regional governments, within a framework set at central level. A central surtax (so-called “superbollo”) also applies to vehicles with most powerful engines (above 185 kW), and progressively declines with the age of the vehicle. At the same time, Italian cities are among the most polluted in the EU (see section (“Zero- pollution industry”).
The share of freight transport by road is
around 84% (2023; EU average: 75%). Improving modal integration and the offer of rail services and levelling the playing field among transport modes by internalising external costs and withdrawing direct and indirect fossil fuel subsidies would help attain an efficient modal split of transport, in line with investments supported by the national recovery and resilience plan. As for industrial decarbonisation (see above), EU ETS revenues are an untapped resource to finance transport decarbonisation, in line with Article 10.3 of the EU ETS Directive. This would also deliver long-term benefits by tackling the persistent problem of air pollution.
(278) 2024 data, Eurostat, Link.
(279) Autorità Garante della Concorrenza e del Mercato, Link.
Decarbonisation of fisheries
The Italian fishing fleet is among the higher
emitting fleets in the EU in terms of total CO2 equivalents, amounting to an average of 786 thousand tonnes CO₂eq between 2018 and 2022 (280), and 190.9 million litres of marine fuel consumed in 2023. In view of climate change mitigation, both the fisheries and aquaculture sectors face the dual challenge of moving away from fossil fuels and increasing energy efficiency to enhance sector resilience. This requires a comprehensive energy transition strategy that incorporates renewable energy sources, technological innovation, adequate infrastructure and access to energy sources, and improved energy practices across the sector's operations.
Sustainable industry
Circular economy industry
Italy is on target to meet all EU recycling
targets for 2025 apart from the target on
waste from electrical and electronic
equipment (WEEE). The rate of municipal waste
recycling was 50.8% in 2023 (281) against the EU average of 47.7% (282). However, the volume of total waste generated increased slightly between 2022 and 2023 (from 486 kg per capita to 489 kg per capita), though this is below the 504 kg per capita level recorded in 2018 (SDG 12).
In terms of WEEE separate collection, Italy is
well below the EU 2019 target of 65%,
recycling only 29.6% in 2024, down from 34% in 2022. The rate of professional collection is much higher than the household waste collection rate. The WEEE Coordination Centre (283)
(280) European Commission, 2026, Study on greenhouse gas
emission (GHG) reduction costs, scenarios and pathways for EU fisheries to achieve net zero by 2050, Link.
(281) Due to new reporting rules for calculating recycled municipal waste under Directive 2008/98/EC, there is a break in the time series compared to previous years.
(282) More recent national data indicate a recycling rate of 52.3% in 2024, still below the EU targets of 55% for 2025 and 60% in 2030, see Institute for Environmental Protection and Research (ISPRA), Municipal Waste Report 2025, Link, Figure 3.5, p.87.
(283) Centro di Coordinamento RAEE (CdC RAEE), Link.
87
announced a series of measures, including new drop-off points, extending distributor take-back obligations, pilot projects to intercept incorrect WEEE disposal and simplified registration procedures. The share of used batteries and accumulators collected in Italy in 2023 was low at 35.5% (EU average: 48.8%) against the EU target of 73% by 2030 (284).
Italy is close to meeting the EU's 2025 target
to recycle 50% of plastic packaging, recycling 49% in 2023 (285). However,plastic
recycling facilities are not working at full capacity. This means that plastic waste storage facilities are in turn not being emptied and collection has to slow down due to the lack of storage. These difficulties are compounded by the cost of imported virgin plastic from non-EU countries being lower than recycled plastic.
Italy has reduced its landfilling rate
significantly, from 46.3% in 2010 to 15.9%
in 2023. This puts Italy on track to achieve the EU
landfilling target of a maximum of 10% by 2035. The incineration rate has remained relatively stable at 19.1% in 2023, a slight increase since 2022 (18.5%).
Italy has untapped potential to use fiscal tools to improve waste management. The tax on landfilling and waste incineration of municipal solid waste without energy recovery at EUR 5.17- 25.82/tonnes is one of the lowest in the EU (286). Increasing the landfill and waste incineration tax and applying it consistently across all regions could reduce regional disparities and increase revenue by EUR 200 million by 2030, double the current level (287).
As noted in the 2025 country-specific recommendation, there are still wide regional
differences in waste management
performance and in the capacity of waste
(284) Eurostat, Recycling of batteries and accumulators, Link.
(285) Eurostat, Recycling rates of packaging waste for monitoring compliance with policy targets, by type of packaging, Link.
(286) European Commission: Directorate-General for Environment, Camboni, M., Markandya, A., Tyrer, D., Goonesekera, S. et al., Greening the European Semester – Resource and pollution taxes. Annex 6, Country factsheets, 2026, pp. 222- 223, Link.
(287) Ibid., Table 71, p.232.
infrastructure, with the north generally more
advanced than the centre-south (Annex 18). In 2024, the rate of separate municipal waste collection ranged from 78.9% in Emilia-Romagna to 55.5% in Sicily (288). Some provinces perform poorly on separate waste collection, such as Palermo (36.9%) (both province and city), Reggio Calabria (43.8%), Crotone (46.4%) and Foggia (49%) in 2024 (289). In addition to ERDF support, at least 584 waste projects designed to improve waste collection, recycling and treatment, financed by the Recovery and Resilience Facility, will need to be completed in 2026.
The rate of anaerobic treatment of organic
waste fluctuates greatly between the north and centre-south. Rates vary between almost 24% in Lombardy to 1% in Campania in 2024 (290). This is due to a lack of available infrastructure, with 54 plants in Lombardy against only five in Campania in 2022-2023 (291). This results in organic waste being transported between regions for treatment.
In 2024, waste management cost more on
average per capita in the centre and south of
Italy (292). ARERA has brought in measures to
prevent increases in costs from burdening the most vulnerable groups: the social waste bonus was introduced in 2026 with the new tariff method (MTR-3) (293). Quantity-based pricing is becoming more widespread as the pay-as-you- throw TARIP gradually replaces TARI (294) especially in northern and central regions. Italy is still paying fines for European Court judgments on illegal landfills and waste management in Campania. However, both fines have been significantly reduced over time to recognise the progress made (295).
(288) ISPRA, Municipal Waste Report 2025, Link, Figure 2.23, p.51.
(289) Ibid. Table 2.15, p.58.
(290) Ibid., Figure 3.2.4, p.93.
(291) Ibid., Table 3.2.2, p.98.
(292) Ibid., Figure 5.4, p.242.
(293) Autorità di Regolazione per Energia Reti e Ambiente, Link.
(294) Ibid., pp.235-6; TARI: Tassa sui Rifiuti; TARIP: Tassa sui Rifiuti Puntuale.
(295) For the Campania case, in January 2026, the daily fine was reduced from EUR 120 000/day to EUR 20 000/day.
88
As reported in the 2025 country report, Italy
is estimated to need total additional
investment of at least EUR 3.3 billion a year to fund the circular economy transition
(including waste management), representing
0.15% of its GDP. This includes EUR 745 million for recent initiatives such as eco-design for sustainable products, packaging and packaging waste, labelling and digital tools, critical raw material recycling and measures proposed under the amended the Waste Framework Directive. Italy needs an additional EUR 2.1 billion in investment to unlock its circular economy potential (296).
The governance structure in the waste sector
is fragmented with opportunities missed to unlock economies of scale. There are currently 54 Ambiti Territoriali Ottimali (ATOs)acrossthe country. While 65% of Italian regions have one ATO per region, there are notable exceptions, the most per region being in Campania (7) and Sicily (18). A higher number of ATOs can indicate more waste operators. ARERA has identified inefficiencies in this system in terms of untapped economies of scale (297) (see Annex 18).
Italy's results on the circular economy indicators are in sharp contrast to the
results on waste management. The explanation is that performance on circular economy indicators does not vary widely by region as it does for waste infrastructure capacity (298). The rate of circular use of materials was 21.6% in 2024 (EU average 12.2%), making Italy the third best performer in the EU(299). At EUR 4.51 generated per kg of material consumed in 2024, resource productivity in Italy is well above the EU average of EUR 3 per kg and one of the highest in the EU. However, the import material dependency in Italy at 46.6% is double the EU average (22.4%) in 2024, albeit lower than the 49.2% in 2018 (300). 31% of Italy's GDP depends on critical raw materials (CRM),
(296) European Commission, DG Environment, Environmental
investment needs & gaps assessment programme, 2025 update. Expressed in 2022 prices.
(297) ARERA, Relazione 304/2025/I/RIF, Link; ISPRA, Green Book 2025 - Data on waste management in Italy, Link.
(298) Foundation for Sustainable development, European Semester fact-finding mission, 28 January 2026.
(299) Belgium and Netherlands have a higher rate.
(300) Eurostat, Link.
above the EU average of 22% (301) (see Annex 5). Confindustria has underlined Italy's vulnerability in the supply of CRM supply in its work on the Cascade project (302). On construction and demolition waste, despite high levels of separate collection above 80% (303), Italy had a low reuse rate 0.46% in 2023 (304). New guidelines on sustainable construction (305) and minimum environmental criteria for green public procurement (306) were published in 2025.
The 2022 national circular economy
strategy (307) and related timetable (308)
provides a roadmap for the transition. Many of the actions are in the national recovery and resilience plan (RRP) (309). A survey of 800 small companies showed that 65% employ circular economy practices, double the rate in 2021. 61% of businesses surveyed considered that circular economy measures generated cost reductions (310). By contrast, Italy has seen only a 2% increase in circular economy jobs between 2014 and 2022 (311), with the sector accounting for only 2% of total employment in 2023, equal to the EU average. Circular economy practices are estimated to have saved EUR 18.3 billion per year (312). Italy has an active national circular economy network (313), stakeholder platform (314) and a plethora of regional activities (315) worth noting. A national
(301) National Circular Economy Network, Link.
(302)Confindustria, Cascade project, 2026, Critical raw materials and resilience of supply chains, Link.
(303) ISPRA, Rapporto Rifiuti Speciali Edizione 2024, p.214, Link
(304) Federbeton-Confindustria, Rapporto di sostenibilità 2024, p.15, Link.
(305) ISPRA, EMAS nel settore delle costruzioni: buone pratiche e circolarità, Link.
(306) MASE, Criteri ambientale minimi, Link.
(307) MASE, 2022, National Circular Economy Strategy, Link.
(308) A related timetable addendum (cronoprogramma) contains targets to be achieved by 2027, Link.
(309) Recovery and resilience plan, 2021, Link.
(310) National Circular Economy Network, seventh report, Link.
(311) Eurostat, Persons employed in circular economy sectors, Link.
(312) Intesa San Paolo, Circular Economy Report 2025, Link.
(313) National Circular Economy Network, Link.
(314) Piattaforma Italiana degli attori per l'Economia Circolare, Link.
(315) Italia circolare, Link.
89
plan on sustainable consumption and production is under development (316).
Italy has extended producer responsibility
schemes in operation. There are five schemes covering oils, packaging, tyres, batteries and electronic waste, and one under development for single-use plastics (317)(318). Nevertheless, sectors such as plastics, textiles, construction and e-waste are less robust due to uneven collection nationally with lower levels in the southern regions, weak markets and low demand for recycled materials (319). When facilities are limited, inter- regional transfers can become more expensive. Furthermore, a tax on single-use plastic goods, which was supposed to enter into force in 2021, has been delayed for the eight time to 1 January 2027.
Bioeconomy industry
Italy's bioeconomy has generated broad-
based and increasingly dynamic growth, with
value added outpacing domestic GDP in
recent years. The bioeconomy is driven notably by bio-based chemicals and plastics, and wood products and furniture, with the former registering the highest sub-sector value added growth at 6.1% between 2018 and 2023(320). Employment trends are mixed: overall bioeconomy employment has edged downward, but bio-based chemicals and plastics and food and beverages bucked this trend with job growth of 3.9% and 0.7% respectively, reflecting the expanding industrial footprint of these two strategically significant segments (321). Labour productivity stood at 81.1% of the national average, up from 74.8% in 2018, indicating a steady convergence with the broader economy and a gradual shift toward higher-value activities. R&D investment is also trending in the right direction, with bioeconomy-relevant sub- sectors growing faster than the national average
(316)MASE, Piano d’Azione Nazionale per il Consumo e la
Produzione Sostenibile (PAN CPS), Link.
(317) Deliverables from LIFE4EPR mapping tool, Link.
(318) Decreto Legislativo, 8 novembre 2021, n. 196, Link.
(319) Assoambiente L’Italia che Ricicla, Link.
(320) European Commission, Jobs and Wealth in the European Union Bioeconomy, Link.
(321) Ibid.
(2.0%, up from 1.2% between 2018 and 2023) (322).
Structurally, Italy's bioeconomy is one of the
largest in Europe with an annual turnover of
approximately EUR 437.5 billion and 2 million employees as of 2023(323). It is anchored by a dominant food and beverage sector that increasingly creates value from agricultural residues, complemented by a globally competitive bio-based chemicals and plastics industry driven by significant private investment in biorefineries and biopolymer innovation. These developments are guided by the Bioeconomy Strategy (BIT) II Implementation Action Plan 2025-2027, approved in December 2024 (324).
Zero-pollution industry
Air quality in Italy remains a serious cause for concern in some parts of the country,
notably the Po River basin and large cities.
The latest available annual estimates for 2023 attribute 43 083 deaths each year (or 407 949 years of life lost (YLL)) to fine particulate matter (PM2.5), and 9 064 deaths each year (or 85 828 YLL) for NO2, the worst in Europe on each parameter (325). Environmental risks put a heavy toll on population health, causing nearly half the health impacts that smoking does. Combined, behavioural risks (i.e. smoking, harmful alcohol use, poor diet and physical inactivity) and air pollution accounted for around 29% of deaths in Italy in 2021 underscoring the need for stronger and more comprehensive public health measures (326). Labour productivity is estimated to have increased by 2.56% between 2000-2022 due to a 4.7% reduction in PM2.5 (327). The European
(322) European Commission, Business expenditure in Research and
Development (R&D) in the EU bioeconomy, JRC analysis, Link.
(323) Italian government, Updated implementation action plan (2025-2027) for the Italian bioeconomy strategy (BIT II), p.6, Link, Intesa San Paolo et al, La Bioeconomia in Europa, p.2, Link.
(324) Ibid.
(325) EEA, 2025, Harm to human health from air pollution in Europe: burden of disease status, 2025, Link.
(326) European Commission, 2025, State of Health in the EU Italy Country Health Profile 2025, p.5, Link.
(327) Dechezleprêtre A. & Vienne V, 2025, The impact of air pollution on labour productivity: Large-scale micro evidence from Europe, p.36, Table 13, OECD Science, Technology and Industry Working Papers 2025/14, Link.
90
Court has delivered two judgments for non- compliance with the Ambient Air Quality Directive: in 2020 for exceedances of PM10 limit values and in 2022 for exceedances of NO2 limit values. In 2024 the limits for N02 were reported to be exceeded in seven air quality zones (down from 10 in 2023), PM10 exceeded in 23 zones (up from 19 in 2023), and no exceedances of the annual limits for PM2.5 (compared with 1 in 2023). A new infringement was opened in December 2025 for excess levels of NO2 in Naples and Palermo. The cost of air pollution from the main pollutants (ammonia, non-methane volatile organic compounds, sulphur dioxide, NOx and PM2.5) is estimated at EUR 42.4 billion every year in Italy (328). Italian cities are among the most polluted in the EU, with 29 of the 76 cities in the lowest 90-100 European Air Quality ranking decile (329). On 20 June 2025, the Italian government approved an action plan for 2025-2027 to improve air quality with funding of EUR 2.4 billion (330). The Italian Parliament is discussing a dedicated fund to reduce air pollution in the Po Basin (331).
A tax on emissions of sulphur dioxide (SO₂)
and nitrogen oxides (NOx) was established in
January 1998 paid by operators of large combustion plants. It is estimated that incremental air pollutant charges (NOx, SO₂, PM₂.₅) applied to large industrial emitters under integrated permits, complementing regulatory standards could increase revenue by EUR 43 million by 2030, double the current level (332). Some Italian cities
(328) European Commission: Directorate-General for Environment,
IEEP, Green taxation and other economic instruments – Internalising environmental costs to make the polluter pay. pp. 32-33, Table 3, 2021, Link.
(329) EEA, European City air quality viewer, Link; cities are ranked by default from the cleanest to the most polluted city, based on the risk of mortality associated with long-term exposure to PM2.5, NO2 and O3 in the years 2023 and 2024, assuming that the total attributable risk for exposure to several pollutants is the sum of the attributable risk per pollutant.
(330) Piano di azione nazionale per il miglioramento della qualità dell’aria2025-2027, Link; Official Journal, Link.
(331) Fondo per il finanziamento di specifiche strategie di intervento volte al miglioramento della qualità dell'aria nell'area della pianura padana.
(332) European Commission: Directorate-General for Environment, Camboni, M., Markandya, A., Tyrer, D., Goonesekera, S. et al., Greening the European Semester – Resource and pollution taxes. Annex 6, Country factsheets, 2026, Table 71, p.232, Link.
(Milan, Bologna and Palermo) operate congestion charging, which reduces air pollution.
Water pollution from industry is another
critical challenge. Italy has the highest level of pollutant releases into water in the EU, with 1.92 kg weighed by human toxicity factors/EUR billion GVA in 2022 (EU average: 0.86). However, it has achieved a 30% reduction between 2010 and 2023 in industrial heavy metal releases (Cd, Hg, Ni, Pb), a 46% reduction in total organic carbon emissions, and a 43% reduction in total phosphorus as reported under the Industrial Emissions Directive (333). A national phosphorus platform has been established(334). Water pollution by Italian industry imposes direct and indirect costs of EUR 3 billion a year, not yet sufficiently borne by the polluters (335).
As of January 2026, the European quality
standards for per- and polyfluoroalkyl
substances (PFAS) in drinking water applies, ensuring harmonised reporting across the EU of PFAS monitoring data. PFAS are a concern across Italy (336) with over 2 700 contaminated sites and 2.5% of the population affected (337). Italy has set up a national fund for monitoring, study and research into PFAS pollution with a budget of EUR 0.5 million in 2025 and EUR 1 million a year in 2026 and in 2027 (338).
In terms of governance, Italy has established
essential technical performance levels for the National System of Environmental Protection (339), covering different types of pollution but it has not
(333) EEA, Water pollutant releases changes from 2010 to 2022
for the EU Member States, 2024, Link.
(334) Italian Phosphorus Platform, Link.
(335) European Commission: Directorate-General for Environment, IEEP, Green taxation and other economic instruments – Internalising environmental costs to make the polluter pay, 2021, p.35, Table 5, Link.
(336) ISPRA, PFAS – Inquinamento da sostanze perfluoroalchiliche nelle acque, Link.
(337) European Commission: Directorate-General for Environment, Ricardo, Trinomics and WSP, The cost of PFAS pollution for our society – Final report, 2026, Table 3-9 p.58 & Table 2.1, p.14, Link.
(338) Reply to Semester questionnaire (6.2.2026).
(339) ISPRA, Sistema Nazionale di Protezione Ambientale (SNPA), 2019, Livelli essenziali delle Prestazioni Tecniche Ambientali (LEPTA), Link; Law 132/2016, 28.6.2016, Article 9, Link.
91
yet been fully implemented as an implementing decree is pending.
Table A8.1: Key clean industry and climate mitigation indicators: Italy
Source: Industry decarbonisation: All data are from Eurostat; data following the UNFCCC Common Reporting Format (CRF) are from the European Environment Agency (EEA), republished by Eurostat. (1) Sectors covered: all divisions of section C - Manufacturing - of the NACE Rev. 2 statistical classification of economic activities, except C19 (manufacture of coke and refined petroleum products). (2) GHG emissions as per UNFCCC Common Reporting Framework (CRF) categories 1.A.2 - fuel combustion in manufacturing in industries and construction (that broadly correspond to the broadly correspond to the NACE sections C - Manufacturing and E - Construction, excluding C-19), and CRF2 - industrial processes and product use. The figures shows the emissions in the 1.A.2 category as a share of the sum of CRF1.A.2. and CRF2 emissions. (3) Sectors covered: CRF 1.A.2 as described above. Gross value added (GVA) data in the denominator aligned in sectoral coverage, in 2020 prices. (4) Sectors covered: NACE section C excluding C19. (5) Nominator: NACE divisions C17, 20, 23, 24; denominator: NACE section C excluding C19 (see above). (6) GVA (denominator) in 2020 prices. Reduction of effort sharing emissions: Data source: European Environment Agency, greenhouse gas data viewer; European Commission, Climate Action Progress Report, 2025. For details, see the footnote in the "Reduction of effort sharing emissions" section. Sustainable road transport: (7) Source: Eurostat; (8) Source: European Alternative Fuels Observatory; (9) Source: Eurostat. For all climate mitigation indicators, the trend arrows compare the latest available data (year t) with the data four years earlier (t-4). Sustainable industry: Bioeconomy value added, employment and productivity: JRC, Developments of Economic Growth and Employment in Bioeconomy Sectors across the EU. Bioeconomy R&D business expenditure: JRC, Business expenditure in Research and Development (R&D) in the EU bioeconomy. Damage cost for industrial pollution: EEA, The costs to health and the environment from industrial air pollution in Europe, 2024. Water industrial pollutants releases: EEA, Industrial releases of pollutants to water and economic activity in the EU-27, 2024. Water chemical status: WISE, Surface water bodies: Chemical status, 2024 and WISE Groundwater bodies: chemical status, 2024. Other indicators: Eurostat. For circular economy indicators, the trend arrows compare the latest available data (year t) with the data two years earlier (t-2).
Climate mitigation Trend
Industry decarbonisation 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 2018 2023
GHG emissions intensity of manufacturing production, g/€ (1) 285 266 279 279 262 245 244 330 -
Share of energy-related emissions in industrial GHG emissions (2) 65.1 64.3 65.0 68.0 69.6 69.1 - 55.5 57.9
Energy-related GHG emissions intensity of manufacturing and
construction, g/€ (3) 194.0 178.5 189.4 196.3 193.2 178.9 - 203.9 163.0
Share of electricity and renewables in final energy consumption in
manufacturing, % (4) 42.1 42.9 44.1 41.4 42.4 42.8 42.9 42.8 43.9
Energy intensity of manufacturing, GWh/€ (4) 1.01 1.01 1.13 1.04 0.94 0.90 0.90 1.27 1.05
Share of energy-intensive industries in manufacturing production, % in GVA (5) 14.18 13.75 14.36 15.05 14.90 14.31 - - -
GHG emissions intensity of production in sector [...], g/€ (6)
- paper and paper products (NACE C17) 851 801 842 870 861 770 - 722 619 - chemicals and chemical products (NACE C20) 1,274 1,075 1,094 1,127 1,433 1,179 1,082 - - - other non-metallic mineral products (NACE C23) 2,229 2,164 2,285 1,852 1,831 1,956 - 2,495 2,352 - basic metals (NACE C24) 1,728 1,683 1,545 2,199 2,111 2,041 - 2,842 3,099
Reduction of effort sharing emissions 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 2018 2023
GHG emission reductions relative to base year, % -17.9 -19.4 -21.3 -21.9
- domestic road transport -18.1 -17.2 -32.0 -19.4 -15.1 -15.0 -13.7 -1.4 -5.6 - buildings -13.7 -16.2 -17.8 -15.0 -24.4 -28.7 -27.9 -20.3 -33.5
2005 2021 2022 2023 2024 Target WEM WAM
Effort sharing: GHG emissions, Mt; target, gap, % 343.1 281.7 276.4 269.9 267.8 -43.7% -30.3% -40.5%
Sustainable road transport 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2018 2021
New zero-emission vehicles, electricity motor, % (7) 0.27 0.54 2.15 4.55 3.67 4.16 4.21 1.03 8.96
Number of publicly accessible AC/DC charging points (8) - - 11564 21365 30855 41113 58189 70039 446956 n/a
Share of electrified railways, % of total (9) 71.62 71.61 71.89 72.24 72.40 72.51 72.74 55.47 56.49
Sustainable industry Trend EU-27
Circular economy transition 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 2018 latest data
Material footprint, tonnes per person 10.9 10.4 9.4 10.9 11.2 9.9 10.1 14.8 13.7
Circular material use rate, % 18.3 18.7 20.1 19.3 20.2 21.1 21.6 11.6 12.2
Resource productivity, €/kg 3.5 3.6 3.5 3.5 3.8 4.4 4.5 2.1 3.0
Employees in circular economy 2.1 2.1 2.2 2.3 2.0 2.0 - 2.1 2.0
Patents in circular economy 21.95 49.3 57.8 37.6 12.3 12.0
Recycling rate 49.8 51.4 51.4 51.9 53.3 50.8 : 46.40 48.1
Plastic recyling 44% 45% 44% 48% 47% 49% - 41% 42%
Construction and demolition waste (CDW) recovery 98 - 98 88 89
Bioeconomy industry 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 CAGR 2018-
2023 2018 2023
Value added, million EUR 91,249 93,447 88,638 97,770 107,851 115,810 - 4.1% 642,438 863,436
Employment, total number of people employed 1,941,348 1,942,216 1,908,369 1,906,815 1,918,815 1,934,543 - -0.1% 17,649,040 17,085,642
Productivity
Valued added per worker, thousand EUR 47.0 48.1 46.4 51.3 56.2 59.9 - 4.1% 36.4 50.5
Valued added per worker, % of national average 74.8 76.0 77.1 78.2 80.1 81.1 - - 62.2 70.7
R&D business expenditure
Total bioeconomy (biomass producing and converting sectors) 1,384 1,537 1,516 1,489 1,548 1,561 2.0% 15,672 23,335
Total R&D business expenditure 15,934 16,589 15,467 15,645 16,270 17,156 - 1.2% 196,587 259,525
Zero pollution industry 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 2018 2021
Damage cost for industrial pollution 35.4 32.7 31.7 32.0 - - - 414.9 352.7
Water industrial pollutants releases
2021 change
(2010) 2021
change
(2010) 2021
change
(2010) 2021 change (2010)
75,735 -30% 23,700,918 -29% 20,725,082 -46% 2,553,488 -43%
Water chemical status Good 5,835 Good (%) 0.8 Poor 1228.0 Poor (%) 16%
EU
TOC Phosporus
Italy
Italy
Cd, Hg, Ni, Pb nitrogen
ANNEX 9: AFFORDABLE ENERGY TRANSITION
92
This annex outlines the progress made and
the ongoing challenges faced in enhancing
energy affordability, while advancing the transition to net zero. It reflects the
implementation of past energy-related
Country-Specific Recommendations (CSRs) and notably the 2025 CSR which called on
Italy to accelerate electrification and
intensify its efforts to deploy renewable energy, including by reducing the
fragmentation of its permitting process and
investing in the electricity grid. The
decarbonisation of the Italian energy system is progressing, but challenges persist. Fossil fuels still account for a large share of total energy imports, despite the major potential represented by renewable energy installations. Electricity prices remain high as gas price traditionally sets the marginal wholesale price of electricity (more than 60% of the price). Italy has been working to increase its grid interconnection capacity and has delivered non-fossil flexibility solutions, e.g. through its successful procurement mechanism for energy storage capacity. Renewables play a pivotal role in electricity generation in Italy, however there is scope to improve their integration into the grid. Italy has already taken steps in this regard, e.g. by preparing a unified regulatory framework for renewable energy (the ‘Single Text’), setting up a single digital platform for renewable energy permitting (the SUER platform) (Reform 1, in Mission 7 of the National Recovery and Resilience Plan), setting up the FER-X renewables support scheme, and adopting legislation aiming to establish a power purchase agreement (PPA) dedicated market (Reform 4, in Mission 7 of the National Recovery and Resilience Plan). The trend in positive energy efficiency initiatives has slowed over the past year. A new future-proof support framework for energy efficiency, including for the energy performance of buildings, is needed and must be clear in order to give certainty to both the banking and industrial sectors. As shown during the energy crisis, Italy has a strong record when it comes to diversifying its energy supply.
Energy prices and costs
Despite continued government support to
help lower final energy bills, retail household
energy prices in Italy have risen since 2024,
while the disproportionately higher tax
burden on electricity is undermining
affordability and preventing accurate price
signals for electrification. In the first half of 2025, household electricity prices in Italy increased compared with the previous year, reaching EUR 0.329/kWh (the fourth highest in the EU) and remaining above the EU average. Similarly, household gas prices increased, remaining above the EU average at EUR 0.124/kWh. The share of industrial electricity demand in overall demand in Italy is 42.65% (340). Retail electricity prices for industrial consumers (EUR 203/MWh) also increased, remaining well above the EU average (EUR 164/MWh) and the third highest in the EU, while industrial gas prices also increased but were in line with the EU average. While wholesale costs account for 61% of the industrial electricity price, network costs, carbon costs, and taxes represent 10%, 11% and 18% respectively of electricity bills. Nevertheless, final energy prices in Italy during the first half of 2025 remained imbalanced, partly due to a fiscal burden disproportionately skewed towards electricity. For large businesses, electricity was 3.7 times more expensive than gas in the first half of 2025, with taxes and levies (excluding VAT) accounting for 18% of electricity bills and only 3% of gas bills. By contrast, for household consumers, taxes and levies had a slight positive balancing effect on the electricity-to-gas price ratio, which would have increased from 2.7 to 2.8 if taxes and levies were excluded. This was the case despite taxes being skewed towards electricity whereby taxes and levies combined represented nearly 30% of electricity bills as gas bills (341).
(340) Industrial electricity demand =124.8 TWh; overall
demand=292.7 TWh, source: official statistics 2024.
(341) Analysis based on S1 2025 Eurostat data.
93
Graph A9.1: Electricity and gas prices for
household and non-household consumers, first
half of 2025
(i) For household consumers, the consumption band is DC for electricity and D2 for gas. (ii) For non-household consumers, the consumption band is ID for electricity and I4 for gas. VAT and recoverable charges are not displayed for non-household consumers as these are typically recovered by businesses. This also applies to the ‘% of taxes and levies’, which is shown excluding VAT and recoverable charges for non-household consumers. (iii) ‘Without taxes and levies’ indicates the retail price excluding all taxes and levies. It always includes the energy/supply and network cost components, which are not disaggregated in Eurostat’s six-monthly price dataset. Source: Eurostat
Due to Italy’s dependence on costly natural gas for electricity generation and its limited
non-fossil flexibility and interconnection
capacity, its average wholesale electricity
price was EUR 116/MWh in 2025 (342) (vs EU
average of EUR 85/MWh), the highest in the
EU. Fossil fuels continued to account for 52.3% of
electricity generation in Italy throughout the year (the fifth largest share of fossil fuels in a country’s electricity mix in the EU), maintaining their structural role as the dominant marginal price- setting technology and keeping costs elevated (88% of price setting hours for 58% of electricity generation). Average day-ahead electricity prices in Italy increased by 12% in 2025 amid rising natural gas procurement costs and limited renewable output. Short-run marginal costs (343) of natural gas in the EU rose from EUR 96/MWh in 2024 to nearly EUR 103/MWh in 2025. Although daytime prices have fallen in recent years owing to
(342) Ember.
(343) Short Run Marginal Costs (SRMC) are the sum of the variable costs associated with producing electricity using hard coal and fossil gas. These are fuel costs, carbon costs and variable operating and maintenance costs. Estimates are provided by Ember.
the growing incorporation of solar power in Italy and neighbouring markets, Italy remains vulnerable to severe price spikes during peak- demand hours. This is because falling solar output in the evening and early morning, combined with limited non-fossil flexibility often means that thermal plants must significantly ramp up generation to cover the supply–demand gap. Price spreads (344) in Italy averaged EUR 46/MWh in 2025, down 36% from 2024.
Graph A9.2: Low-carbon electricity generation vs.
electricity wholesale prices, 2025
Unavailable data for Cyprus and Malta. Wholesale price is given as average of day-ahead electricity prices over 2025. EU-27 average is calculated as consumption-weighted. EU low-carbon share is calculated out of total EU electricity generation. Low-carbon share by country is calculated out of total public electricity generation. Low-carbon includes renewables and nuclear. Source: Eurostat
Flexibility and electricity grids
A number of projects are ongoing to increase
Italy’s interconnection capacity. Italy's electricity interconnection rate stands at
5,13% and is one of the lowest in the EU —
below the 15% target and well below the
EU’s top performers such as the Netherlands
(over 25%) and Nordic countries. Italy’s electricity transmission grid is interconnected with neighbouring countries through 30 cross-border power lines. Italy is a significant net electricity importer (18% of own consumption). It exports some volumes to Malta but imports significant volumes from Switzerland and France. In 2025,
(344) Spread refers to the difference between the highest and
lowest hourly day-ahead electricity prices in a single day.
94
56.71 GWh of electricity was exchanged through cross-border interconnections, of which 51.80 GWh were imports and 4.91 GWh were exports (345), Core and Greece-Italy capacity calculation regions (CCRs). Member States must ensure that a minimum of 70% of technical cross-border capacity is available for trading. The use of allocation constraints has limited import possibilities into Italy North from neighbouring countries.
A derogation allowing lower levels of trade
for a limited time, if needed, has been
granted to the Italian transmission system
operator, Terna, for operational security reasons.
Regarding the Greece-Italy CCR, the impact of exchanges with non-EU countries is limited, as is the impact of exchanges across other borders within the region. The permit-granting process for cross-border infrastructure projects in Italy remains complex despite EU-level reforms intended to accelerate permitting. The multi- layered approval process covers national, regional and local authorities and can last from 3 to 5 years due to Italy’s fragmented approach to environmental assessments and public consultations, and a lack of coordination with neighbouring countries under Projects of Common Interest/Projects of Mutual Interest frameworks.
Terna has plans to invest more than EUR 25 billion in Italy’s power grid by 2034,
with the aim of integrating data centres and
around 70 GW of renewables, but is faced
with the problem of grid saturation, with
more than 350 GW of pending connection
requests. Delays continue to be caused by permitting bottlenecks and regional congestion, limiting cross-border capacity in 2026 (e.g. France- Italy decreased by 54% to 457 MW).
Nevertheless, on 20 February 2026, Italy adopted Decree-Law No 21/2026 which is
intended to directly target these grid
bottlenecks. The Decree-Law streamlines permitting by slashing the timelines from 24- 36 months to under 12 months for strategic transmission projects by fast-tracking strategic environmental assessments. In 2024, curtailment of renewable energy reached around 338 GWh
(345) France, Italy, Austria and Slovenia are part of the Italy North CCR. A CCR is a group of countries which calculate cross-border electricity flows together.
(mostly solar energy in the south), the equivalent of around 1-2% of total renewables output. Projections for 2025 suggest 500-800 GWh of curtailment against a background of more than 7 GW of new capacity, with peaks during low- demand/high-production periods (e.g. on the main islands). Remedial actions cost EUR 1.2-1.5 billion in 2024-2025, caused by thermal plants ramping up generation to balance renewables.
Recent financial reports from Terna, indicate
significant investment and strong financial performance, which align with the range of
€500–700 million in quarterly capital expenditure and earnings, rather than annually. The electricity distribution grid also requires substantial investment, estimated at EUR 6 billion annually over the next decade, to modernising infrastructure, integrate renewables, increase digitalisation, and boost resilience against climate risks (346). Italy’s 2025 Budget Law allows concessions to be renewed for electricity distribution system operators through the submission of ‘extraordinary investment plans’ rather than competitive tenders by area as envisaged by Legislative Decree No 79/1999. Where such extensions are the only viable option for carrying out urgent investments, they must be essential, cost-efficient and go beyond the planned investments or publicly subsidised works. Moreover, the extension must be limited to the time needed to carry out the works. Given the changing role of distribution system operators in the context of growing prosumerism, it could be justified to increase the monitoring of them and to strengthen their independence in terms of their legal form, organisational structure, and decision- making processes, from activities unrelated to distribution.
Italy has taken steps to support non-fossil
flexibility. Currently power-storage capacity is around 9.04 GW of operational but is hampered by a lack of information on ancillary services to develop a storage business plan that is not based on the energy market alone. Recent reforms to unlock non-fossil flexibility potential, include, on the one hand, MACSE storage auctions (first awards in 2025 for 10 GWh of new batteries for the 2028 delivery period) to support renewables integration and ensure system stability and, on the
(346) ENEL-TEHA study, 2024, The role of electricity distribution for
a safe energy transition, Link.
95
other hand, the TIDE ("Testo Integrato del Dispacciamento Elettrico") dispatching framework (effective since January 2025) to promote demand response in the provision of ancillary services. This energy storage capacity procurement mechanism is intended to support the installation of the necessary power-storage capacity to achieve the country’s renewable energy target of 50 GWh storage by 2030. The new regulatory framework on dispatching formally entered into force on 1 January 2025, including new rules on the contribution of demand response in the provision of ancillary services.
A consolidation phase for the new framework
is scheduled from 1 February 2026 until
2028, during which the rules will be progressively developed and fine-tuned.
Despite the improvements made by the TIDE reform, participation of aggregators on the balancing markets and services may still be restricted due to participation requirements. Moreover, further efforts are still needed concerning the participation of aggregators on all wholesale markets. Interest of utility-scale resources in the Italian MACSE has been steadily increasing over time, with an additional auction scheduled for 2026 targeting batteries and pumped hydro, building on the success of the first round and in perspective also new auctions for pumped hydro.
Italy has strengthened consumer
empowerment on the energy markets while stepping up electrification. Dynamic/hourly contracts for households have grown to around 15-20% of the market (up from less than 5% in 2023), driven by wholesale price exposure and optimisation apps; fixed-price deals, which ensure price stability, still dominate at 70-75%, according to data trends identified by the Regulatory Authority for Energy, Networks and Environment (ARERA). Around 1.2-1.5 million households (12- 15%) are prosumers with rooftop photovoltaic and storage systems, boosted by renewable incentives and energy communities. Self-consumption exceeds 50% in recently installed rooftop photovoltaic systems (primarily since 2023). Over 95% of households have 2G smart meters (‘e- distribuzione’ rollout completed in 2024), enabling real-time data, although full remote reading/active demand is still at 80-85%, pending upgrades to second-generation smart meters.
In 2024, electricity accounted for 22.7% of
Italy’s final energy consumption (FEC) (347),
slightly below the EU average of 23.4%, a share which has remained largely unchanged
over the last decade, partly due to the
unfavourable electricity-to-gas price ratio that disincentivises electrification and cost-
effective decarbonisation. Electricity accounts for 21.1% of household FEC and 40.0% of industrial FEC (see Annex 8). In the transport sector, the share of FEC accounted for by electricity remains negligible at 2%.
Renewables and long-term contracts
The difference between Italy’s share of
renewables in 2023 and its 2030 target is
one of the largest in the EU. This is due to Italy’s ambitious targets which were revised upwards following the adoption of the REPowerEU strategy (e.g. 63.4% coverage of electricity consumption by renewables, requiring more than 70 GW additional capacity), but also due to slow growth in renewables between 2023 and 2025, (e.g. solar capacity increased by 5-7 GW annually although a total of 54 GW was needed, roll-out of wind energy stalled, and grid permitting delays slowed the deployment of renewables). Despite the ‘Single Text’ having a positive impact, saturation of the grid (stalling more than 350 GW of power) and interconnections (8-10%) exacerbated this problem. A further positive contribution came from Decree-Law No 21/2026 (the ‘Decreto Bollette’), which amended Decree- Law No 190/2024 by giving renewables and data centres priority grid access via provision connections and allowed projects under 1 MW to benefit from queue prioritisation. It also fast- tracked authorisations for data centres tied to grid reinforcements, thereby promoting the role of prosumers (1.2-1.5 million households).
In 2025, renewables covered 47.7% of
electricity generation in Italy, slightly above
the overall figure for the EU of 47% (348). Hydropower accounted for 15.8% of the electricity
(347)CAGR (compound annual growth rate) of 0.31% between 2015 and 2024 and minimum/maximum share of 22% and 23%, respectively (Source: Eurostat).
(348) Yearly electricity data, Ember.
96
mix, biomass for 5.9% and solar for 16.6%. Wind accounted for 7.9%.
Graph A9.3: Italy’s installed renewable capacity vs
electricity generation mix
Electricity mix is given as net electricity generation (gross electricity production minus consumption of power stations’ auxiliary services). Electricity produced in pumped hydro plants is excluded from total net electricity production, as it was previously counted as electricity produced from another source. “Other” includes renewable municipal waste, solid biofuels, liquid biofuels, and biogas. Source: IRENA, Eurostat
Installed capacity for renewables in Italy
represented 78,277 MW in 2025, an increase
of 9.0% compared to 2024 (71,841 MW). Installed capacity for wind energy grew to 13.6 GW in 2025 (compared to 13.0 GW in 2024, +4.7%), whilst installed capacity for solar grew significantly (+16.2% compared to 2024), reaching 41.2 GW. Italy’s updated national energy and climate plan sets a target of 131 GW of renewable capacity by 2030 (including 28 GW of wind and 79 GW of solar), and 228 TWh of renewable generation (including 98 TWh (or 43%) from solar and 65 TWh (or 28%) from wind). In addition, Terna estimates that Italy would need 8.9 GW (71 GWh) of energy storage (including pumped- storage hydropower) to meet its 2030 decarbonisation targets.
The already mentioned ‘Single Text’ (Testo
Unico), adopted by way of Legislative Decree
No 190 of 25 November 2024 (349), as amended by Decree-Law No 175 of
21 November 2025 (350) is intended to collect,
compile and consolidate existing legislation and provisions on renewables deployment
and thus to supersede all previous related
(349) Legislative decree from 25 November 2024, n. 190, Link.
(350) Decree law n. 175 from 21 November 2025, Link.
legislation. Through this reform Italy has
harmonised the previously fragmented permit- granting framework and has, at the same time, established a minimum number of ‘renewable acceleration areas’ (as required by the Renewable Energy Directive III) and ‘suitable areas’ (as required by Italian legislation) which are subject to faster permit-granting procedures and which regional authorities are only allowed ex. The reform, which includes extensions to the aforementioned areas, is still yet to be fully implemented by the regional and provincial authorities. Moreover, the stability of the legal framework is fundamental, but has been challenged by a considerable number of disputes stemming from the regions. As part of the same reform under the National Recovery and Resilience Plan, Italy will be setting up a single digital platform, called the SUER, intended to support project developers and permit-granting authorities with the permit-granting process and to ensure interoperability between permit-granting platforms at national, regional and local level. It is expected to provide concrete benefits by simplifying and accelerating permit-granting processes. However, the Single Text only allows photovoltaic installations on agricultural land in specific and very limited cases and also requires such installations to use elevated modules. This restricts the possibilities for photovoltaic systems, especially utility-scale systems, and will require deployment of solar power to be accelerated if Italy is to achieve the targets set in its national energy and climate plan. By differentiating agricultural land, for instance by identifying degraded or unused agricultural areas where photovoltaic systems could still be installed, and by granting more flexibility beyond elevated modules regarding the types of agricultural photovoltaic systems which may be used, this would enable faster deployment of solar power.
In 2025 Italy carried out auctions of
photovoltaic and wind capacity under the transitional FER-X support scheme. The result was very positive for photovoltaic (7.7 GW awarded with a weighted average price of EUR 56.825 and 1GW awarded under the NZIA procedure), while the wind auction was heavily undersubscribed. Italy is currently working with the European Commission to assess the compliance of two further mechanisms, the regime FER-X and the FER-Z, with State Aid rules. Under the regime FER-X new competitive procedures will be launched in 2026. Italy has not yet provided a
97
schedule for future auctions in the coming years on the Union Renewables Development Platform. Such information would be very useful to help project developers plan for future investments.
By way of Decree No 152 of the Ministry of
the Environment and Energy Security of 20
June 2025, Italy committed to setting up a
dedicated organised power purchase agreement (PPA) market, to be implemented
by the energy market operator GME and
overseen by the energy services operator GSE (in accordance with reform 4, mission 7
of the NPRR). This market will be integrated within the existing forward electricity market and is designed specifically for long-term renewable PPAs (generally 5–10 years) based on standardised terms. The aforementioned Decree also introduced a ‘guarantee of last resort’ to be provided by GSE, whereby if one counterparty defaults on a PPA traded on the organised market, GSE will be able to step in and take over the contract, settling at a regulated ‘reserve price’. This mechanism is meant to reduce credit and counterparty risk, particularly for smaller buyers and project special purpose vehicles, and directly adheres to the EU’s electricity market design rules that call on Member States to remove barriers to PPAs, such as a lack of guarantees or high collateral requirements. Regulatory changes in 2025 (including resolutions issued by ARERA, as mentioned in the sectoral analyses) have tightened the rules on grid access, metering and congestion management to better accommodate fluctuating levels of renewable generation, making PPA-backed projects easier to connect and operate. Italy also aligned its PPA measures with its National Energy and Climate Plan, explicitly recognising PPAs as a key tool for mobilising private capital to create new renewable capacity and for reducing exposure to fossil fuel price volatility.
Italy significantly increased support for
renewable energy communities (REC) in 2025 by expanding regulation and introducing
incentives under the recovery and resilience
plan. The Decree-Law No 19/2025 (converted to Law No 60/2025) broadened access to RECs for municipalities of up to 50 000 inhabitants (previously <5 000), covering some 7 750 towns and unlocking incentives for a greater number of urban areas. Updated ministerial rules (pending the approval of the Court of Auditors in mid-2025)
raised advance payments for qualifying REC solar/wind projects from 10% to 40%, alongside non-repayable grants covering up to 40% of eligible costs for small plants, extending the application deadline under the NRPP to November 2025. GSE's updated operational rules (post 2024) allow RECs to be registered digitally. Moreover, 2025 saw the first major REC activations under the tariff scheme established by Decree No 414/2023 of the Ministry of the Environment and Energy Security offering support for up to 5 GW of capacity by 2027. This built on Legislative Decree No 199/2021 (transposing the Renewable Energy Directive II) by positioning RECs as a decarbonisation tool in view of Italy's 131 GW renewable target.
Self-consumption in Italy grew rapidly in
2025, driven by regulatory simplification,
incentives tied to the NRPP, and the phase-
out of net metering (‘scambio sul posto’), which ended for new requests in September
2025. ARERA Resolution No 727/2022 and its subsequent updates have enabled ‘virtual’ hourly energy sharing for collective self-consumption schemes, including renewable energy communities, with GSE managing access and incentives. The Decree-Law No 19/2025 (the ‘Decreto Bollette‘ 2025) expanded REC eligibility and streamlined grid access rules, thereby boosting the adoption of RECs in industrial/commercial settings as well as individual rooftop solar installations. By mid-2025, over 7 750 municipalities qualified for REC-linked self- consumption, setting a path to achieve the 131 GW renewables target under the National Energy and Climate Plan and reducing grid strain.
Energy efficiency
Italy made no significant progress on energy efficiency in 2024, reversing the positive
trend seen notably in the residential and
services sector since 2019. In 2024, Italy’s final energy consumption (FEC) decreased slightly compared with 2023, reaching 108.9 Mtoe, continuing the positive but declining trend seen since 2019. Italy’s FEC in 2024 was beyond the trajectory needed to meet its expected contribution by 2030.
98
While FEC has decreased since 2019 in
industry (by 8.2%), in the residential sector
(by 16.5%, mostly driven by milder temperatures) and in services (by 5.5%), it
increased over the same period in the
transport sector (by 6.2%). At the same time, according to data from 2024, FEC in the residential sector and in services saw an upturn following a sustained decrease over the period 2019-2023 thanks to energy efficiency policy measures and financing deployed by Italy. This trend can be attributed to the phasing out of the post-COVID-19 support framework for energy efficiency improvements and the clean energy transition under the NRPP which has not yet been followed up with a new future-proof support framework for energy efficiency. High upfront costs, financing gaps, and slow uptake in non- residential sectors, alongside delays in transposing the Energy Performance of Buildings Directive, have compounded the situation. While Italy’s ‘Transition 5.0’ tax credit scheme offers support to industry for investing in renewables, renewed incentives are necessary to pick up the weak momentum in this field. In terms of new policies and financing, in September 2025 Italy updated the framework for its national energy efficiency certificates (or ‘white certificates’) scheme, extending it to cover the entire 2025-2030 period and establishing energy savings obligations for energy distributors with more than 50 000 customers.
Given that buildings are responsible for 37%
of energy use in Italy they play an important
role in improving energy efficiency. Italy is therefore encouraged to submit its draft national building renovation plan pursuant to the recast of the Energy Performance of Buildings Directive to ensure a clear and predictable pathway towards an energy efficient and decarbonised building stock.
Heating and cooling account for 79% (351) of
Italy’s residential FEC, with renewables supplying 22% (352) of the total energy used
for heating and cooling across all sectors.
(351) Eurostat, 2025.
https://data.europa.eu/data/datasets/uvygjkxev6pywqwbgmg wyg?locale=en.
(352) Eurostat, 2025. https://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/databrowser/product/view/SDG_ 07_40?lang=en&category=sdg.sdg_07
Approximately 348 000 heat pumps were sold in 2024, a decrease of 4% compared to the previous year, taking Italy’s total stock of heat pumps to around 4.2 million (353).
Italy reported 153 eco-design and energy
labelling checks in 2025. This is an improvement on the previous year but is considered insufficient relative to the size of the country and overall levels of non-compliance in the EU.
Italy made targeted progress on energy
poverty through private-public partnerships
and by extending EU-funded efficiency
programmes. Banco dell' Energia organised 30 projects in 2025, backed by EUR 13 million in funding, aimed at supporting 13 000 vulnerable persons, by providing help with paying bills and replacing old appliances, and education on energy matters. Under Italy’s Recovery and Resilience Plan, EUR 2.2 billion was allocated to energy communities and self-consumption in small municipalities, with the aim of generating 2 500 GWh of community-led renewables by 2027 to ease energy poverty in underserved areas. Incentives, including a EUR 100 million fund for third-sector (354) upgrades, helped low-income groups access energy efficiency retrofitting measures, despite earlier credit transfer cuts. There is no unified national strategy for these measures, although they leverage opportunities under the EU Social Climate Fund to achieve scalability.
Security of supply and diversification
Italy’s reliance on Russian gas has
significantly decreased since 2021, with
minimal volumes (less than 3% of its needs) imported in 2024, while in 2025 Italy
received only one Russian LNG cargo and no
pipeline gas following the end of Russian gas
transit through Ukraine. Key to Italy’s
(353) European Heat Pump Association (EHPA), 2025.
https://ehpa.org/market-data/.
(354) The third sector includes non-profit organisations, cooperatives, social enterprises, foundations, and voluntary associations (e.g. charities, community groups) that pursue social goals rather than profit.
99
diversification strategy has been the phase-out of Russian gas, which will be achieved by 2025 through increased imports from other countries, primarily Algeria, as well as Azerbaijan, and LNG imports from Qatar and the US. Domestic gas production stayed roughly constant at around 3- 4 bcm/y and accounted for a minimal share of the total supply against a backdrop of falling demand (demand reduced to 19% over the period 2021- 2024 (355).
To support its diversification efforts, Italy
has increased LNG imports and explored new
pipeline routes rather than pursuing
upstream growth. The floating storage and
regasification units (FSRUs) in Piombino will remain in operation until mid-2026, with plans to relocate them to Savona (Liguria) by October 2026 at the earliest, while the FSRU in Ravenna began operating in January 2026. The FSRUs have a combined capacity of 10 bcm/y. Italy successfully navigated the end of Russian gas transit via Ukraine, which ceased on 1 January 2025. Additionally, it reduced its gas demand by approximately 18-20% between August 2022 and November 2025 thanks to sustained efficiency measures, milder weather, growth in renewables and cutbacks by industry.
In 2024, fossil fuels accounted for around 80% of Italy’s total energy supply. Specifically, natural gas accounted for roughly 39% of Italy’s energy mix, while oil accounted for 34%. By contrast, renewables accounted for less than 20% of Italy’s total energy mix (or gross inland consumption). Italy is advancing legislative initiatives to assess the potential relaunch of a national nuclear programme, focusing on Small Modular Reactors (SMRs) and advanced technologies. This shift leverages Italy’s strong industrial base, which is well-positioned to strengthen the EU energy supply chain and enhance domestic manufacturing capacity for the net-zero transition.
In response to the regional crisis in the
Middle East, Italy has introduced temporary
excise cuts of €0.25/litre on petrol and diesel
and €0.12/litre on GPL, alongside 20% tax
credits for road transport, fishing, and
agriculture. Italy has also delayed the coal
phase-out from 2026 to 2038. Italy
(355) ARERA Annual Report 2025: Summary_2025.pdf.
contributed to the IEA collective action to release 400 million barrels of emergency oil reserves.
Fossil fuel subsidies
Italy continues to operate high levels of fossil fuel subsidies, mostly natural gas
consumer support, exceeding its phase-out
commitments, amid energy security
challenges. In 2024, environmentally
harmful (356) fossil fuel subsidies without a comprehensive phase-out plan before 2030 represented 0.29% (357) of Italy’s GDP (358). Overall, natural gas subsidies account for the majority (between 50-65%) of total fossil fuel subsidies (359). Additionally, Italy’s 2023 Effective Carbon Rate (360) averaged EUR 100.05 per tonne of CO₂, above the EU weighted mean of EUR 84.80 (361).
(356) Explicit fossil fuel subsidies (e.g. direct transfers) and implicit
fossil fuel subsidies (i.e. tax expenditures linked to forgone tax revenues that have an identifiable fiscal impact for the central budget) that support fossil fuel energy production, transmission and/or consumption.
(357) European Commission calculation based on Study on energy subsidies and other government interventions in the EU – 2025 edition, Enerdata.
(358) 2024 Gross Domestic Product at market prices, Eurostat.
(359) How the G7 Can Advance Action on Fossil Fuel Subsidies in 2025 | International Institute for Sustainable Development.
(360) The Effective Carbon Rate is the sum of carbon taxes, ETS permit prices and fuel excise taxes, representing the aggregate effective carbon rate paid on emissions.
(361) OECD (2024), Pricing Greenhouse Gas Emissions 2024.
ANNEX 10: CLIMATE ADAPTATION, PREPAREDNESS AND ENVIRONMENT
100
Italy is one of the EU Member States that is
the most exposed to climate risks, and action
to improve its resilience would therefore help to preserve its competitiveness. In 2025,
Italy received a CSR to address climate-related risks and mitigate their economic impact through enhanced climate insurance coverage, increased implementation of nature-based solutions and more institutional coordination. The CSR also called for the tackling of remaining inefficiencies in water management by reducing infrastructural gaps. Relevant progress was made on all these fronts in 2025 and early 2026. Insurance for extreme events has become obligatory for companies, but marine storm surges are not covered. An insurance protection gap against natural disasters for households remains. Nature- based solutions are being increasingly applied as an alternative to grey infrastructure. They are supported through EU financing, but there is no national assessment of their potential. Soil consumption increased even faster in 2024 than before and a proposed national law has been blocked in the parliament for over 10 years. There are concerns regarding the quality of surface water and persistent infringements in urban wastewater treatment, despite EU financing. Leakage rates remain high for water supply networks and reservoirs. A fragmented governance structure in the water sector results in missed economies of scale.
Climate adaptation and preparedness
National policy measures related to
adaptation and preparedness have improved
in recent years, but additional efforts are
still required in Italy. The Observatory on
Climate Change Adaptation was created in December 2025 by ministerial decree (362). The Observatory should set priorities; identify interested parties and sources of financing, as well as measures to remove obstacles to adaptation; and ensure vertical and horizontal coordination, involving the regions. These priorities, including the improved coordination and sub-national adaptation planning, as well as a consolidated planning for investments for climate change
(362)MASE, Decreto di istituzione dell'Osservatorio, 17 December 2025, Link.
adaptation are of utmost importance, as highlighted also by the National Adaptation Plan adopted in 2023. The Observatory also has a forum that involves stakeholders. One important achievement in 2026 has been the creation of the integrated monitoring and forecasting system supported by the recovery and resilience plan (RRP). This provides comprehensive data on climate-related risks (363). A fund with a budget of EUR 350 million for 2026 has been set up at the Ministry of Economy and Finance to support measures to reduce Italy’s exposure to natural risks and other unforeseeable events (364). As indicated in the 2025 report, several regions and municipalities have approved their own climate change adaptation strategies and plans and are now implementing the related measures (365). The share of Italy’s population covered by the EU Covenant of Mayors signatories has been steadily increasing and stood at the very high level of 78% in 2024 (EU-27: 44%). 64% of Italy’s signatories have submitted a sustainable energy and action plan (SECAP) for 2030-2050 (366). This indicates a high level of commitment among Italy’s municipalities to increase climate resilience and adaptation. However, further action and implementation can enhance the impact of climate action at the local level.
Italy is strongly exposed to extreme events
and is highly vulnerable in hydrological
terms, and most of its areas are at risk of
floods, droughts and heatwaves. Italy is in two out of three macro-regions that have been identified as hotspots of climate risks most affected by climate change – southern Europe and low-lying coastal regions (367). In 2024, 94.5% (368)
(363)MASE, Il MASE lancia SIM, infrastruttura per la sicurezza ambientale, 11 February 2026, Link.
(364)Dossier del Centro Studi della Camera, Legge di Bilancio, Profili di interesse della VIII Commissione Ambiente A.C. 2750, commas 555-558, p. 31, Link.
(365)Climate Adaptation, Link.
(366)Covenant of Mayors, Link.
(367)EEA, 2024, European Climate Risk Assessment, Link.
(368) In 2024, Italy's river basin planning identified a total of 28 801 km2 (9.5%) of areas at high and very high landslide, potentially affecting around 1.3 million people (2.2%). Flood hazard areas at medium hydraulic risk cover a total area of 30 196 km2 (10%), potentially affecting 6.8 million people (11.5%). The aforementioned areas at high and very high landslide hazard, medium probability flood hazard, as well as those affected by coastal erosion and avalanches, fall within
101
of Italian municipalities were at risk from landslides, floods, coastal erosion or avalanches (369). In 2024, Italy had one of the highest heat-related mortality rates in the EU (370). In 2025, the government adopted a scheme to mitigate the risk to workers posed by extreme climate conditions (371). Available water fell by 19% in 2025 compared with 2024, and has fallen by 4% over the past 30 years (372). A recent Commission study estimates that Italy will need to invest just over EUR 10 billion per year up to 2050 (0.4% of annual GDP, below the EU average of 0.5%) (373), primarily in infrastructure retrofitting and reinforcement (45% of the total), followed by ecosystems restoration (around 20%) and food (around 18%).
Climate risks have a direct and significant
effect on Italy’s economy and mandatory
insurance coverage for companies began to
be rolled out in 2025. The specific impacts at regional level in Italy are shown in Annex 18. Recorded economic losses caused by weather and climate-related extreme events in 2024 were abnormally low (around EUR 6 billion), but the values for 2022 and 2023 (EUR 18.1 billion and EUR 16.1 billion respectively) were much higher, and so are the provisional data for 2025 (in summer 2025 alone, Italy experienced losses of EUR 0.5 billion gross value added due to heatwaves, EUR 4.6 billion due to floods and
the administrative boundaries of 94.5% of Italy's municipalities.
(369)ISPRA, 2025, Dissesto idrogeologico in Italia: pericolosità e indicatori di rischio, Link.
(370)Janoš, T. et al., 2025, Heat-related mortality in Europe during 2024 and health emergency forecasting to reduce preventable deaths, Nature Medicine, 31, Table 1, p. 4069, Link.
(371)Ministry of Labour and Social Policies, 2025, Protocollo quadro per l’adozione delle misure di contenimento dei rischi lavorativi legate alle emergenze climatiche negli ambienti di Lavoro, Link.
(372)ISPRA, 2026, Nel 2025 risorse idriche in calo rispetto al 2024. ISPRA ne monitora e aggiorna l'evoluzione, Link.
(373)European Commission, 2026, Assessment of EU and Member States adaptation investment needs, Table 25, Link. The study provides detailed estimates of adaptation investment needs at the level of the EU and individual Member States per type of measure. It relies on a common methodology that makes estimates comparable across the EU. Four accompanying methodological reports provide a detailed description of how the results were estimated to ensure full transparency.
EUR 6.8 billion due to droughts) (374). Italy has one of the highest ratios of natural catastrophe damage to GDP in the EU (375). Projections suggest a cumulative negative impact of climate change on GDP per capita of 3.7% in 2050 and 8.5% in 2080, across all economic sectors (376). Overall, it is estimated that there were 376 extreme weather events in 2025 (a 5.9% increase on 2024 and up from 60 in 2015) (377). The macroeconomic costs of Cyclone Harry in Calabria, eastern Sicily and Sardinia on 20-21 January 2026 were reported in the media at EUR 1-2 billion (378). The government passed a decree (the Decreto Maltempo) for urgent interventions (EUR 90 million in 2026 and EUR 25 million in 2027) (379). Another serious hydrogeological event occurred in early April 2026 impacting especially Molise and Abruzzo.
Only 4% of economic damage in 1980-2024 was covered by insurance (380). Provisions
introduced in the 2024 budget law on mandatory company insurance for extreme events and natural disasters (Nat Cat) entered into force in 2025 and 2026 (381). A short extension was granted until 31 March 2026 for fishing, aquaculture, food and beverage establishments as well as for tourism and hospitality businesses. Marine storm surges are not covered (382), but agricultural activities have been covered since 2022 (383). Furthermore, a dedicated monitoring committee has been
(374)Usman S., Parker M. and Vallat M., 2025, Dry-roasted NUTS:
early estimates of the regional impact of 2025 extreme weather, Tables 1, 2 and 3, Link.
(375)ECB and EIOPA, 2024, Towards a European system for natural catastrophe risk management, Chart 2, p. 8, Link.
(376)Ronchi, E. 2019, ed., Relazione sullo stato della green economy, p. 30, Link.
(377)Legambiente, 30.12.2025, Il bilancio finale dell’Osservatorio Città Clima, Link.
(378)Il Sole 24 ore, 4 February 2026, Link; ISPRA, Dissesto e frane: il quadro nazionale nei dati e mappe Ispra, Link.
(379)Decree-Law, 27 February 2026, no 25, Link.
(380)EEA, 2025, Economic losses from weather and climate- related extremes in Europe, Figure 2, Link.
(381)Italian government, 2024 Budget Law, Articles 101-111, Link.; Decree-law 39 of 31.3.2025, Link, for large companies obligatory from 1.4.2025, for medium sized companies from 1.10.2025, for small and micro enterprises from 1.1.2026.
(382)Institute for the Supervision of Insurance (IVASS), fact-finding mission, 27.02.2026.
(383)Fondo mutualistico nazionale per la copertura dei danni catastrofali meteoclimatici alle produzioni agricole causati da alluvione, gelo-brina e siccità (2022 Budget Law).
102
established by the Ministry of Enterprise and Made in Italy to monitor market phenomena related to the implementation of mandatory insurance (384). In the event of a catastrophic event, a company that lacks this compulsory coverage does not have access to any state contribution, subsidies and/or facilities for reconstruction or recovery after the calamitous event. The 2025 country report summarised Bank of Italy studies on insurance against flooding and the impacts of climate change on manufacturing and housing. The current framework does not envisage structural solutions to tackle the climate insurance gap in residential housing, but comparative analysis is ongoing (385). A new study on the expected impact of coastal flooding in Rimini showed that adaptation measures (particularly the Parco del Mare, a natural solution against flooding) (386) are significantly reducing expected losses in banking intermediaries’ residential mortgage portfolios.
The Italian Treasury has updated its green
bond framework, placing an increased focus
on adaptation and resilience. This has involved
expanding categories that capture a wider range of climate-related and environment-related investments (including those tied to biodiversity and water systems). Climate resilience is now a category in itself, bringing adaptation measures (e.g. flood-defence infrastructure, wildfire prevention and emergency-response systems) into the scope core of eligible expenditure for the first time. The new framework contains detailed disclosures regarding the EU Taxonomy (387).
Comprehensive estimates are needed for the
costs of climate change in all sectors. Information is available from different sources rather than from a single source. The following paragraphs present impacts on agriculture, fishing and key infrastructure.
Climate change continues to have substantial
impacts on agriculture in Italy. Crops and livestock production show differing dynamics, with
(384) Reply to Semester questionnaire, 6.2.2026.
(385)The government is currently carrying out a benchmarking exercise on Nat Cat insurance for private housing, Semester fact- finding mission, 12 February 2026.
(386)Bank of Italy, Here comes the flood: the climate risk of residential mortgages in Rimini, Occasional Paper 925, Link.
(387)Ministry of Finance, 2025, Link.
extreme weather events having a strong impact on yields and quality (388). Italy has the highest level of annual average crop loss due to climate perils in the EU (approximately EUR 2.9 billion per year). Over 50% of this loss is due to drought events (389). Fires are also common in Italy, especially in southern regions (51 424 hectares were burnt in 2024 and 33% of this was agricultural land (390)). In the first year of implementing the common agricultural policy (CAP) strategic plan, the highest level of spending was on risk management tools to manage losses in the event of adverse weather conditions and natural disasters. At regional level, spending on agriculture also illustrates the focus on climate change: natural disaster spending increased from 4% in 2019 to 9% in 2022 (391).
Italy’s fisheries and aquaculture sectors face persistent sustainability and climate-related
challenges. Environmental damage is estimated to cost the commercial fishing sector up to EUR 200 million each year (392). In the Mediterranean Sea, a large share of fish stocks (including several key demersal and small pelagic stocks) remain overfished (393). Reinforcing fisheries control and data collection is key to safeguarding marine biodiversity and ecosystems and to ensuring sustainable, traceable and resilient fisheries and aquaculture. Rising sea temperatures, invasive species (see the sub- section on nature restoration) and marine heatwaves are increasingly affecting stocks, making fisheries management less certain and weakening recovery prospects. The 2026 Budget Law adds the promotion of underwater dimension policies to the objectives of the Sustainable Blue Economy and Growth Fund.
Climate-proofing has not been
systematically applied across sectors and key infrastructure. This is partly because the National Observatory on Climate Adaptation has
(388)Ibid, p. 23.
(389)EIB, 2025, Insurance and Risk Management Tools for Agriculture in the EU, Figure 12, p. 16 and Figure 13, p. 25, Link.
(390)ISPRA, 2025, Ecosistemi terrestri ed incendi boschivi in Italia: Anno 2024, p. 12, Link.
(391)CREA, 2023, Annual yearbook 2023, p. 12
(392)Confcooperative Fedagripesca, 10.9.2025, Link.
(393)European Commission, 2025, Common Fisheries Policy Monitoring, STECF-Adhoc-25-01, Link.
103
only been recently established and is only now starting to identify the instruments and responsible entities for implementing measures under the national adaptation plan.
On transport, regarding TEN-T alone, Italy
experienced around EUR 15 billion losses for
railways and roads due to coastal floods,
flash floods and river floods in 2010-2022. This was the second highest loss in the EU. Over 45 critical events were recorded (394) (most recently river floods and wildfires in airports (395)). The specific costs of closure for Catania airport in July 2023 due to wildfire are estimated at EUR 80 million (396). It has been estimated that total adaptation costs until mid-century for the TEN-T are EUR 6.6 billion (397). This added loss represents a medium risk according to the transport vulnerability index (TVI), with heatwaves as the main risk factor. Over 10 000 km of both rail and road TEN-T network will require upgrading in order to cope with climate adaptation needs (398). A national study from 2022 estimated the annual costs of climate change for infrastructure in Italy at around EUR 2 billion in 2030 (399). A resilience plan and database for national rail and road transport networks to climate change is currently being prepared. For the energy sector, Italy has identified the electric grid as being vulnerable to heatwaves (increased resistance of copper, risk of fires) and drought (decreased soil humidity, higher temperature for underground cables and decreased hydropower output). Italy has also assessed the consequences of future water availability and risks (400).
Nature-based solutions (NbS) could be used
more widely and systematically. NbS and
prevention play a key role in increasing resilience. In 2023, Italy launched the Nature Network (a
(394) European Commission, Directorate-General for Mobility and Transport, 2024, Support study on the climate adaptation and cross-border investment needs to realise the TEN-T network, Figures 7.3 and 7.4, p. 156, Link.
(395) Ibid., Table 7.1, p. 157.
(396) Ibid., pp. 166-7.
(397) Ibid., Figure 4.35, p. 121 and Table 4.28, p. 108.
(398) Ibid., Table 9.4, p. 201.
(399) MIMS 2022, Cambiamenti climatici, infrastrutture e mobilita, p. 17, Link.
(400)MASE, Piano nazionale di adattamento ai cambiamenti climatici, pp. 80-82,Link.
national hub for NbS) (401), the Nature Positive Network (402) and the Nature Recovery Network (403). National standardisation based on European norms work are under development (404). No attempt has yet been made to develop nature credits in Italy (405). NbS can greatly contribute to Italy’s adaptation and resilience to climate change, and reduce its high vulnerability to hydrological and hydrogeological risks (406). A comprehensive national inventory and assessment of the potential for NbS, as suggested by the Commission roadmap for R&I on NbS (407), is nevertheless lacking (408). Making an inventory is the first step for transparency and knowledge-building on NbS.
Water resilience
Large areas of Italy are subject to water
stress that is particularly due to demand for
water from agriculture, manufacturing and electricity cooling. These sectors are heavily
dependent on the water supply and irrigation is crucial in many rural areas. In 2024, 11 926 million m³ of water was used and collectively managed for the irrigation sector as recorded in SIGRIAN (the National Information
(401) Nature Network, Link.
(402) Foundation for Sustainable Development, Verso un’economia nature positive, Link.
(403) Rete Italiana Ripristino Ecologico, Link.
(404) Ente Italiano di Normazione (UNI), Soluzioni basate sulla natura, Link.
(405) European Commission, 2025 Nature credits, Link .
(406) For example, the Serchio River Basin, the Portofino National Regional Park and Milan and Turin sustainable urban drainage. The ERDF has helped support green infrastructure, for example, in urban areas in Emilia-Romagna, Link. The RRP has supported a significant investment in restoring 37 km of the River Po, Link. LIFE has supported renaturalising the Bacchiglione River. Aqua Publica Europea, Working with Nature to Restore the Water Cycle, p. 15, Link.
(407) European Commission, Link. El Harrak M. and Lemaitre F., 2023, European Roadmap to 2030 for Research and Innovation on Nature-based Solutions, Network Nature, Link.
(408) For example, MASE, Elenco delle zone umide, Link; Legambiente, Ecosistemi acquatici, Link.; WWF, 75% of Italy’s wetlands are already lost Link.
104
System for the Management of Water Resources in Agriculture) (409).
Italy is one of the worst five performers in
terms of the Water Exploitation Index+ in the
EU (410). Its value of 10 in 2023 was almost twice the EU average of 5.15 (411). Italy’s water productivity (at EUR 45 per m3 of abstracted water in 2022) is considerably lower than the EU average of EUR 151 per m3 in 2022. In 2023, agriculture and public water supply accounted for 48% and 23% of freshwater abstraction respectively (412). Total water abstraction dropped by around 12% between 2022 and 2023. It is estimated that water scarcity, floods and systemic inefficiencies are costing Italy more than EUR 13 billion annually(413). The European Drought Risk Atlas shows the major impact of drought on crop production and hydropower in Italy (414).
Concerns remain regarding the quality of
surface water in Italy, but the status of
groundwater has improved significantly. The assessment of the third river basin management plans (RBMPs) shows that around 47% and 16% of surface water bodies fail to achieve good ecological and chemical status respectively. Good progress has nevertheless been made on the quantitative status and chemical status of groundwater bodies compared with the second RBMPs. The Environmental Implementation Review sets out priority actions to deal with these issues (including improving river continuity; boosting the
(409) Reply to Semester questionnaire, (6.2.2026): 11 926 million m3 is not the total figure because it relates to validated data that are currently available for 38.9% of irrigation districts, corresponding to an irrigated area of approximately 1.5 million hectares. Only about 58% of this volume is measured; the remaining 42% estimated. This is lower than the 20% estimated in the European Semester Country Report 2025, footnote 228 on p. 93, Link.
(410) This is a measure of how much water is being used compared with the total renewable freshwater resources available for a given territory and period.
(411) EEA, 2025, Link.
(412) EEA, 2025, Water abstraction by source and economic sector in Europe, Link.
(413) Community Valore Acqua, 2026; Libro Bianco Valore Acqua, 2026, Link.
(414) European Commission, 2023, European Drought Risk Atlas, Link.
use of NbS; and reducing pollution from nutrients, chemicals, metals and saline discharges (415)).
Water leakage remains a significant problem. In 2022, around 9.1 billion m3 of withdrawals were made (81% of this volume was measured). However, only 8 billion m3 of water is fed into the network each year and only 4.6 billion m3 per year of this is distributed to authorised users (416). There is a ‘water service divide’, with leakages ranging from 33.6% in north-eastern regions to 49.4% in the southern-island regions (417) (see Annex 18). Campania and Apulia import the highest volume of water from other regions (418). In addition to considerable investment, the RRP has introduced two reforms. One has strengthened governance for investment in water infrastructure. The other has established a central public financing instrument for investment in the water sector (the national plan for infrastructure and security in the water sector – PNIISSI) (419), which has identified a need for EUR 12 billion for structural interventions for water security (420). The national fund for infrastructure investments and safety in the water sector (SFNIISSI) (421), which the RRP has supported with EUR 1 billion, has the primary objective of implementing projects selected in the PNIISSI and is currently being established by law. Water infrastructure is a key priority for the 2025-27 strategic plan of the Cassa Depositi e Prestiti. The Autorità di Regolazione per Energia, Rete e Ambiente (ARERA) has taken environment resource costs and climate change into account in its tariffs (422). ARERA has introduced a macro- indicator (M0) to require operators to maintain a strong focus on the sustainability of their water
(415) European Commission, 2025 Environmental Implementation Review, Link.
(416) European Commission, European Semester 2025 Country Report, p. 94, Link.
(417) Autorità di Regolazione per Energia Reti e Ambiente (ARERA), Rapporto Annuale 2024 – stato dei servizi, p. 386, Link.
(418) Confindustria, 2024, Dall’emergenza all’efficienza idrica, pp. 19-20, Link.
(419) Ministry of Infrastructure and Transport, Piano nazionale di interventi infrastrutturali e per la sicurezza nel settore idrico (PNIISSI), Link. The 2025 budget law increased PNIISSI resources by EUR 950 million, Link, p. 171 and in 2026 a further EUR 800 million is expected.
(420) For example, the Horizon 2020 Oristano project, Link.
(421) Strumento finanziario nazionale per gli investimenti infrastrutturali e per la sicurezza nel settore idrico (SFNIISSI).
(422) ARERA,Link.
105
supply. Water service operators are therefore incentivised to secure water resources. ARERA also assesses the revenue lost from leakages. Within the framework of the 2025 mid-term review of cohesion policy programmes, more than EUR 600 million is being reallocated to investments to promote secure access to water, sustainable water management and water resilience (including further reduction of water losses) (423). District metered areas (DMAs) have been rolled out, creating smaller zones where flow and pressure can be closely monitored and controlled (424). However, metering in Italy is limited outside the drinking water service (425).
Wastewater treatment is a persistent cause
for concern. Italy’s overall compliance rate with the Urban Waste Water Treatment Directive was only 50.8% in 2022 – down from 55.8% in 2020 (426). Four infringement proceedings are currently open for failure to comply with the requirements of the EU Directive, currently covering more than 850 agglomerations (mostly in Sicilia, Calabria, Campania and Lombardia). Two infringements have led to EU Court of Justice rulings and fines (C-251/17 & C-515/23).
As mentioned in the 2025 country report, the
investment needs for water protection and
management are substantial (with a projected gap of EUR 2.2 billion per year by
2027). Between 2025 and 2034, Italy needs to invest a total of EUR 3.65 billion to bring its urban wastewater collection and treatment into compliance with the 1991Urban Waste Water Treatment Directive. Further investment will be needed to meet the requirements of the 2024 recast directive.
The water sector’s fragmented governance
structure is resulting in missed economies of
scale and limiting investment capacity.
Legislative Decree, 2006 no 152 and Decree-Law,
(423) European Commission, mid-term review – Italy, Link.
(424) World Economic Forum, University of Cambridge and ACEA, 2025, Bridging the €6.5 Trillion Water Infrastructure Gap: A Playbook, pp. 17-18 Link; presented at Davos, 21 January 2026, Link.
(425) Laboratorio Ref., An incentive-based pricing for irrigation water consumption: the Italian case study, p. 5, Link.
(426) 2022 data reported by Member States on the implementation of Article 17 of Directive 91/271/EEC, unpublished, OiEau and Ramboll consultant’s report.
2014 no 133 are intended to limit the number of Ambiti Territoriali Ottimali (ATOs) identified by each region. They also provide that there should be a single governing body, plan and water operator for each ATO (if a single ATO covers an entire region, the management of the water service can be split into areas that are no smaller than a province or a metropolitan city) (427). There are currently 62 ATOs. The northern Italian regions and Sicilia have more than one ATO per region. Italy has more than 2 000 water operators (428). Financial incentives are available to ATOs that aggregate their services. ATOs can also use specialised technical support to increase efficiency (429). Fragmented management structures perform less well. Smaller operators have lower investment capacity, generally resulting in a lower level of service to citizens (see also Annex 18). In order to deal with the emergency situation with drought and inadequate urban wastewater treatment, the ordinary administration is being replaced with designated special national-level commissioners with delegated extraordinary powers to resolve the situation as quickly as possible. The fact that multiple actors are dealing with flooding and drought, which have been exacerbated by climate change (430), would seem to call for better national oversight by the new Observatory (431).
Italy is still not fully using the tools that are
available to improve water resilience
practices. A wastewater effluent tax that reflects
pollutant loads and is linked to performance-based funding for treatment upgrades could raise EUR 5.6 billion per year. A water abstraction tax could raise EUR 8 billion per year by 2030 (432).
(427) Legislative Decree, 3 April 2006, no 152 (as modified), Article 147, Link. Decree-Law, 12 September 2014, no 133, Article 7, Link.
(428) OECD, 2015, The Governance of Water Regulators, p. 81, Link.
(429) Ministry of Economics and Finance, Decree 28 April 2023, Link; Legislative Decree, 23 December 2022, no 201, Article 17, Link.
(430) Interreg Adrion project, 2025, Urban floods in a changing climate, Link.
(431) Italian Alliance for Sustainable Development (ASVIS), Policy brief: dissesto idrogeologico: poca prevenzione, e i danni aumentano, Link.
(432) European Commission: Directorate-General for Environment, Camboni, M., Markandya, A., Tyrer, D., Goonesekera, S. et al.,
106
Nature restoration
Nature degradation poses significant risks to
Italy’s economy and competitiveness. As reported in the 2025 country report, Italy has a high supply-chain dependency on ecosystem services of 21% of its gross value added (EU average: 22%) (433). Overall, 41% of Italy’s economy is highly dependent on ecosystem services to produce its gross value added (EU average: 44%). 100% of the gross value added of several sectors (e.g. agriculture, forestry and water facilities) is dependent on ecosystem services. The annual costs and benefits of ecosystem restoration and maintenance in Italy have been estimated at EUR 0.26 billion and EUR 2.42 billion respectively (434). In Italy, the role of the private sector in financing biodiversity is increasingly recognised (435). The European Central Bank has assessed the dependency of non-financial corporations financed by euro area banks on nature. It has also studied the magnitude and likelihood of shocks caused by nature depletion, identifying northern Italy as an important cluster (436).
Action on nature protection and restoration
is needed in order to meet the EU goal of
protecting 30% of its territory by 2030. As
reported in the 2025 country report, Italy (including both Natura 2000 and other nationally designated protected areas) legally protects 21.4% of its land (EU average: 26%) and about 9.7% of its marine areas (EU average: 12.1%). Italy still needs to restore up to 67 333 km2 of the land habitats listed in Annex I to the Habitats Directive (equivalent to up to 22.3% of its
2026, Greening the European Semester – Resource and pollution taxes. Annex 6, Country factsheets, Table 71, p. 232, Link.
(433) Dataset from Commission/JRC, based on Hirschbuehl D. et al, 2025, The EU economy’s dependency on nature, Link.
(434) European Commission: Directorate-General for Environment, IEEP, IUCN, Trinomics and UNEP-WCMC, Impact assessment study to support the development of legally binding EU nature restoration targets – Final report, Table 6-11, p. 85, Link.
(435) Etifor Valuing Nature and Università degli Studi di Padova, Biodiversità e il settore privato in Italia tendenze, politiche e strumenti finanziari, 2024 edition updated for 2025, Link, p. 16.
(436) Boldrini S., Ceglar A., Lelli C., Parisi L. and Heemskerk I., 2023, Living in a world of disappearing nature: physical risk and the implications for financial stability, ECB occasional series, pp. 17-18, Link.
land) (437). In 2013-18, just under 10% of habitats and 44% of species had a good conservation status. The mean forest condition index was 0.6 in 2018 (438). Furthermore, Italy’s common farmland bird index of 69.4 in 2022 was below the EU average of 68.2 in 2022 (a steady decline since 92.4 in 2011).
Nature degradation is further amplified by invasive alien species. 54 were recorded in Italy
in 2024 (439), inflicting estimated damage of EUR 0.57 billion between 1960 and 2020 (primarily affecting agriculture) (440). An infringement case is ongoing against Italy for not having reported without delay the detection of the fire ant in Sicily and the measures taken to eradicate it and their effectiveness; and for not having taken all necessary measures to prevent its spread (441). Extreme weather events such as marine heatwaves and the proliferation of invasive species have negatively impacted the Italian fisheries and aquaculture sectors, particularly in the Adriatic (see Annex 18). The national and regional administrations have taken several measures to respond to these challenges (mainly in the form of state-aid compensation to operators). The best known invasive alien species is the blue crab, which is not classified as an invasive species of EU concern but is nevertheless a predator of fish, molluscs and other crustaceans (442). Eutrophication (a threat to biodiversity and ecosystem integrity) has partially improved, with the areas at risk declining from 84.5% in 2005 to 60.1% in 2023 (443).
(437) European Commission, 2022, Impact assessment accompanying the proposal for a Regulation on nature restoration, Link.
(438) On a scale from 0 to 1, where 0 represents a degraded ecosystem and 1 represents a reference condition based on primary or protected forests.
(439) European Commission, 2025, Environmental Implementation Review, Italy Country Report, Link.
(440) NeoBiota, Economic Cost of invasive alien species across Europe, 2021, Link, and European Commission: EMRC, Logika Group and RPA Europe, Update of the costs of not implementing EU environmental law, 2025, Link, p. 62.
(441) INFR(2024)2226.
(442) The estimated cost of damage by the blue crab was estimated at EUR 100 million Fedagripesca-Confcooperative, Link.. The Italian government appointed a special commissioner to deal with the issue in 2024.
(443) EEA 2024, Eutrophication caused by atmospheric nitrogen deposition in Europe, Link.
107
Aligning with the EU Biodiversity Strategy
would enable Italy to contribute to achieving
the EU target of making at least 25 000 km of rivers free-flowing by 2030. Italy has not
yet made any pledges to restore a particular amount of free-flowing rivers. The nature restoration plan (444), which is to be submitted by 1 September 2026, must quantify the extent to which the removal of artificial barriers will contribute to achieving the 25 000 km objective. These efforts support the Water Framework Directive in restoring freshwater ecosystems and the natural function of rivers, and in mitigating the impact of floods. Free-flowing rivers also generate broader socio-economic benefits, including enhanced rural landscape quality, new recreation and tourism opportunities, strengthened local job creation, improved water quality, and better sediment transport that protects deltas and coastal areas against erosion and rising sea levels.
Sustainable agriculture and land use
Italy’s carbon removals are broadly on track
to meet its 2030 target for land use, land-
use change and forestry (LULUCF). Thisis particularly due to the increasing growth of forests, despite challenges from increasing droughts and fires. Additional carbon removals of 3.2 million tonnes of CO2 equivalent (CO2-eq)are needed in order to meet Italy’s 2030 LULUCF target (445). The latest available projections show that Italy is very close to meeting this target (446). Investment in healthy forests and soils is key to building resilient bio-based product value chains and enabling a growing, competitive EU bioeconomy. In particular, continued improvements to the system for monitoring net removal data will play a crucial role in supporting timely and effective action in the sector. Italy is using the RRP to improve its carbon sequestration capacities with a measure for planting at least 4.5 million trees and shrubs (in 4 500 hectares). At least 3.5 million
(444) Article 9 of the Nature Restoration Regulation requires this,
Link.
(445) National LULUCF targets of the Member States in line with Regulation (EU) 2023/839, Link.
(446) Climate action progress report 2025, Link. Italy has submitted updated projections that take methodological adjustments into account in its most recent NECP reporting in March 2025.
of these trees will be transplanted in the 14 metropolitan cities for urban and peri-urban forestry (the RiforestAzione project).
Italian agriculture continues to have
significant impacts on air, water and soils. The utilised agricultural area (UAA) in Italy decreased slightly from 12 909 000 hectares in 2018 to 12 901 000 in 2024. There has been some improvement in the overall nitrogen balance, with a drop from 58.2 kg of nitrogen per hectare of UAA in 2018 to 56.2 kg in 2021. An infringement procedure of the Nitrates Directive nevertheless remains open because the situation in several Italian regions is not improving sufficiently. The livestock density index in Italy was 0.81 in 2020 (above the EU average of 0.75). Italy is on track to reduce its ammonia emissions. The level of ammonia emissions reported for 2023 indicates that the agriculture is responsible for 91% of total national emissions (349.20 Gg). Within this sector, livestock has the highest share (69.5%). Italy is compliant with the 2020-2029 Ammonia Emission Reduction Commitment (ERC), having achieved the reduction of 5% relative to the 2005 base year. Additionally, the reported data indicates that Italy is already meeting the 2030 ammonia ERC (16% reduction relative to the 2005 base year). In 2018-2023, 41% of reported waterbodies with pesticides exceeded EU thresholds in rivers (447). Pesticides not only threaten aquatic ecosystems but also pose long- term risks to human health through contaminated drinking water and food chains.
Italy is highly vulnerable to hydrogeological
threats and water-induced erosion, exacerbated by extreme weather events. Italy
faces the highest risk of water-induced soil erosion in the EU. Regions such as Calabria, Sicilia, Marche, Abruzzo and Molise are particularly vulnerable. Soil organic carbon content varies, with higher levels in hilly and mountainous areas. National statistics show that 23 ha/day of soil was converted to artificial land cover (land take) in 2024 – an increase on 2023. The estimated total costs of the loss of ecosystem service flows due to land consumption in 2006–2024 range from EUR 8.66 billion to EUR 10.59 billion per year (448).
(447) EEA, Pesticides in rivers, lakes and groundwater in Europe,
Figure 2, Link.
(448) ISPRA, 2025, Consumo di Suolo, Dinamiche Territoriali e Servizi Ecosistemici – Edizione 2025, Link.
108
A law on controlling soil consumption has been pending in parliament since 2012 (449). Emilia- Romagna, Lombardia, Toscana, Umbria and Veneto have laws limiting soil consumption, and the Rome municipality is currently adopting a law to stop further soil consumption (450).
Italy is transitioning to a sustainable food system by implementing policies to reduce
the environmental impact of agriculture. 11.7% of monitoring points have average annual nitrate concentrations greater than or equal to 50 mg/l (EU average: 13.3%) in groundwater 2020-23 (451). Areas of intensive farming have a higher level of nitrates pollution in groundwater. Italy’s 19.5% organic farming share in 2024 was the third highest in the EU, but pesticide use is intensive in several regions. Organic farming covered 18.78% of agricultural land in 2023 (primarily in the south). The consumption of organic produce is rising in the north. This is underlined in national reports(452).
(449) Senate, Nuovo testo, NT2 alla congiunzione no 29, 761, 863,
903, 1028, 42, 1122, 1131, Link.
(450) Reply to Semester questionnaire, 6.2.2026; one third of Rome municipality is classed as agricultural land.
(451) Member State implementation reports of the Nitrates Directive, period 2020-23, forthcoming.
(452) ISMEA, 2025, Rapporto Bio in Cifre 2025, Link.
109
Table A10.1:Key Adaptation Indicators
(1) EFFIS (European Forest Fire Information System), Link. (2) The climate protection gap refers to the share of non-insured economic losses caused by climate-related disasters, based on modelling of the risk from floods and wildfires, windstorms, and on the insurance penetration rate. Scale: 0 (no protection gap) – 4 (very high gap). EIOPA, 2025, Dashboard on insurance protection gap for natural catastrophes. (3) This measures total water consumption as a percentage of the renewable freshwater resources available for a given territory and period. Values above 20 % are generally considered to be a sign of water scarcity, while values equal to or greater than 40 % indicate severe water scarcity. (4) European Commission, 2024, Seventh Implementation Report from the Commission to the Council and the European Parliament on the implementation of the Water Framework Directive (2000/60/EC) and the Floods Directive (2007/60/EC) (Third River Basin Management Plans and Second Flood Risk Management Plans). (5) Indicator refers to concentrations of nitrate (NO3) in groundwater, measured as milligrams per litre (mgNO3/L). Nitrate can persist in groundwater for a long time and accumulate at a high level through inputs from anthropogenic sources (mainly agriculture). The EU drinking water standard is limited to 50 mgNO3/L to avoid threats to human health. (6) Net removals are expressed in negative figures and net emissions are expressed in positive figures. Reported data are from the 2025 greenhouse gas inventory submission. The 2030 value of net greenhouse gas removals is taken from Regulation (EU) 2023/839 – Annex IIa. Sources: Eurostat, EEA and JRC.
Climate adaptation and preparedness: EU-27
2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 latest data
Drought impact on ecosystems 0.58 1.59 3.77 18.17 1.83 - 2.76
[area impacted by drought as % of total]
Forest fires burned area (1) 36,887 53,750 150,552 58,751 97,984 40,122 354,510
[burned area in ha. per year]
Economic losses from extreme events 5,409 2,792 703 18,112 16,072 5,972 40,452
[EUR million at constant 2022 prices]
Insurance protection gap (2) - - - 2 2 2 -
[composite score between 0 and 4]
Sub-national climate adaptation action 34 36 39 45 46 46 34
[% of population covered by the EU Covenant of Mayors
for Climate & Energy]
Water resilience: EU-27
2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 latest data
Water Exploitation Index Plus, WEI+ (3) 7.58 11.06 11.04 15.62 10.02 - 4.53
[total water consumption as % of renewable freshwater resources]
Water productivity - - - 45 - - 151
[EUR per m 3 ]
Water abstraction
Water abstraction by source (% from surface water) - - - - - -
Water abstraction by sector
Agriculture Electricity
cooling
Manufactu-
ring
Public water
supply
Mining and
Quarrying
Constru-
ction
47.97% 10.99% 18.08% 22.97% 0.00% 0.00%
Status of water bodies (4)
[% of water bodies in a good status]
Surface water bodies (ecological) - - - - - 44% 38%
Groundwater bodies (quantitative) - - - - - 79% 93%
Nature restoration: EU-27
2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 latest data
Ecosystem dependency - - - 41% - - 44%
[% of direct dependency]
Protected area 21.4 21.4 21.4 21.4 21.4 26.4
[% of terrestrial protected areas]
Invasive alien species (IAS) - - - - - 54 29.2
[number of IAS of Union concern]
Damage cost of IAS - - - - 0.57 1.69
[EUR billion]
Eutrophication 212 212 295
[AAE of area at risk of euthrophication]
Sustainable agriculture and land use: EU-27
2012-2018 2018-2021 latest data
Yearly net land taken by Member State 462 397 670
[ppm of total urban surface per Member State]
Land conversion in functional urban area [% of total land taken from 2018-2021]
Arable land 65%
Complex and mixed cultivation 0%
Forests 3%
Herbaceous vegetation associations 5%
Open spaces with little or no vegetation 0%
Pastures 18%
Permanent crops 8%
Water 1%
Wetlands 0%
2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 latest data
Nitrates in groundwater (5) 20.0 20.6 20.5 19.5 18.8
[mgNO₃/l]
Livestock density 0.81 : 0.75
(number of livestock units per hectare of utilised agricultural area)
Ammonia emissions 91% 92% 92% 91% 91% - 94%
[% of total utilised agricultural area]
Pesticide contamination on rivers and lakes water bodies rivers 41% 27%
[% of monitoring sites with pesticides exceeding thresholds, 2018-2023] lakes 15% 18%
Pesticide contamination in soil 48% 57%
[% of samples with a concentration over 0.5 mg/Kg⁻¹]
Net greenhouse gas removals from LULUCF (6) -47640.8 -39791.4 -38057.1 -39233.3 -53588.8 - -198,421
[ktCO₂-eq]
FAIRNESS
ANNEX 11: LABOUR MARKET
110
Italy’s labour market has been improving,
though at a slowing pace, with significant
structural challenges still weighing on
productivity and competitiveness. While overall employment rates have improved, economic growth remains constrained by persistently low productivity growth, wage stagnation in certain sectors, stark regional differences, demographic change compounded by talent outflow, and continued under-representation of some groups, particularly women and young people, in the labour market. As Italy works towards achieving its 2030 employment rate target, mobilising untapped potential, tackling skills mismatches and improving job quality will be key to supporting a more robust and inclusive labour market and a thriving economy. The 2025 country-specific recommendations (CSRs) for Italy highlighted the need to address demographic challenges, also by attracting and retaining high- quality workforce, promote job quality and increase labour market participation, taking into account regional disparities, and keep up efforts to tackle undeclared work (453).
The labour market continues to improve
gradually but is still marked by structural
challenges and substantial regional
disparities. The employment rate reached a
record high of 67.6% in 2025 but remains well below the EU average (76.1%) and below the national employment rate target (73% by 2030). This improvement was mainly driven by the higher employment rate among older people (aged 55 and above) (454), while the employment rate of young people (aged 15-29) declined. The labour force participation rate continued stagnating at 66.7%, halting the post-pandemic upward trend and further widening the gap between Italy and the EU average (75.7%). At the same time, the unemployment rate fell to 6.1% in 2025, marking a significant improvement. Nonetheless, long-term unemployment remains higher than the EU average (3.1% vs 1.9%). Regional disparities are
(453) CSR 2025.6.1 Promote job quality and reduce labour market
segmentation, also to support adequate wages, and increase labour market participation, in particular for under- represented groups, including by further strengthening active labour market policies and improving affordable access to quality child- and long-term care, taking into account regional disparities.
(454) OCSE, Prospettive dell'occupazione OCSE 2025: Italia.
particularly pronounced, with a gap of 21.9 pps in employment rates in 2025 between the North- East and the Islands, mirrored by similar differences in labour force participation and unemployment rates (see Annex 16). These disparities are driven by structural weaknesses in the southern regions, such as inefficiencies in public administration and a prevalence of smaller, less competitive and less innovative firms, leading to fewer job opportunities and lower overall job quality and attractiveness (455).
Graph A11.1: Key labour market indicators
Source: Eurostat, LFS [lfsi_emp_a, une_rt_a, lfsi_neet_a, une_ltu_a, lfsi_emp_a]
Low labour market participation among
women and young people weighs on the country’s growth potential. The employment
rate for women, at 58% in 2025, is among the lowest in the EU (71.4%) and characterised by significant regional differences. While the female employment rate was 68.2% in the North-East in 2025, the lowest rates, around 41%, were recorded in the South and the Islands (see Annex 18). The gender employment gap is nearly twice the EU average (19.1 pps vs 9.6 pps) and has shown no improvement since 2015. Also, women’s labour force participation rate is significantly lower than both the EU average
(455) Banca d’Italia, 2019, Lo sviluppo del Mezzogiorno: una
priorità nazionale.
0
5
10
15
20
25
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
20 19
20 20
20 21
20 22
20 23
20 24
20 25
%IT
Activity rate 15-64 (lhs) Employment rate 20-64 (lhs) Employment rate women 20-64 (lhs) Employment rate 15-29 (lhs) Unemployment rate 15-74 (rhs) Long-term unemployment rate 15-74 (rhs)
111
(57.8% vs 71.1%) and that of men (75.6%), with inactivity rates among women in the South exceeding the respective employment rates. These gaps are linked, among other factors, to the insufficient availability of childcare and long-term care services (see the 2025 country report, Annex 10). Participation in formal childcare for children under three years of age reached 39.4% in 2024, slightly above the EU average and almost 10 pps higher than in 2021, supported by investment under the Recovery and Resilience Facility (RFF). However, in 2025 it dropped again to 35.5% (EU: 40.2%), and wide disparities between regions and socio-economic groups persist (456) (see Annex 13). Italy’s medium-term fiscal- structural plan commits to allocate more current spending to operating new facilities, to further expand capacity and harmonise access rules and user fees through national legislation. Labour market outcomes for young people remain weak. In 2025, only 38.6% of young Italians (aged 15- 29) participated in the labour market, down by 1.7 pps from the year before, and significantly below the EU average of 55.6%. Among those participating, 14.4% were unemployed, well above the EU average of 11.6%, even though that figure was still at a historically low level for the country. Youth employment rates continued to decrease compared with 2024, and only a third (33.1%) of young people were employed as compared with about half of people from this age group in the EU. Difficulties faced by young people in transitioning to high-quality, stable employment are reflected in the still high, though significantly decreasing, share of young people neither in employment nor in education and training (NEETs) (13.3% vs 10.9% in the EU), and the prevalence of temporary employment. These trends reflect structural challenges such as low job quality, limited job opportunities and difficult transitions from education to work.
Italy is taking measures to tackle the
challenges described above, including
through investments in ALMPs, but there is scope for further action. With support from the RRF, Italy launched the ‘Guaranteed Employability of Workers’ programme, a reform of its active labour market policies (ALMPs), focused on training and personalised activation support. The
(456) See ISTAT 2025, Report sui servizi educativi per l’infanzia in
Italia, and European Commission, 2025, Education and Training Monitor - Italy.
European Social Fund (ESF) and the ESF+ support access to employment through national and regional programmes. Between 2014 and 2023, the ESF reached over 7.1 million people outside the workforce and 4.1 million unemployed people, including 1.4 million long-term unemployed. Italy’s ‘Plan for Nurseries and Preschools’, also supported by RRF funding, aims to create over 150 000 new places in childcare establishments by 2026 to support work-life balance and increase the employment of women. The higher participation of children under three years of age in formal childcare in 2024 can be partly attributed to a combination of these government policies to support families and address low birth rates. At the same time, access to ECEC is still strongly dependent on the place of residence. There are large disparities in childcare provision between the Centre-North and the South, and between large urban and smaller peripheral municipalities, also due to different levels of demand. According to national data for the 2023/2024 school year, the average coverage rate ranged from 40.4% in the Centre to 19% in the South (457). There is scope for further policy action to address other drivers of the limited participation of women in the labour market, including measures to further expand childcare in the South and the Islands and access to long-term care, to extend the duration of paternity leave and full-time schooling, and increasing flexible work options. While ALMP expenditure was above the EU average in 2023, only limited measures were taken to help increase employment rates and retain young talent, for example by improving the quality of job offers and outreach activities, including streamlining public employment services, aligning training and education with labour market needs, and enhancing support to job quality creation and job transitions, taking regional disparities into account.
Labour shortages in labour-intensive and
high-growth sectors, persistent skills
mismatches and underuse of skilled workers may reduce potential productivity gains. Job vacancy rates have remained stable, standing at 1.9% in Q4-2025 (EU: 2.1%). Despite the significant under-representation of certain groups in the labour market, labour shortages persist, as vacancies remain particularly high in accommodation and food service activities (3.6%),
(457) ISTAT, Offerta di nidi e servizi integrativi per la prima
infanzia, 2026.
112
construction (2.6%), as well as in arts, entertainment and recreation (2.4%). Shortages of health professionals are a persisting challenge (see Annex 15). This reflects both the low job quality in labour-intensive sectors and insufficient supply of skilled labour in fast-growing sectors (458). Notably, the ICT sector remains underdeveloped, with ICT specialists estimated to account for 3.8% of total employment in 2025, compared with 5% in the EU, also marking a decrease of 0.2 pps from 2024. Demand for ICT specialists remains high and is expected to increase across all sectors, with a growing focus on AI-related profiles, while supply continues to lag behind demand. This is also partly due to low enrolment in relevant higher education programmes (see Annex 13). Women’s under- representation in ICT-related professions, also due to their lower participation in STEM disciplines, may exacerbate labour market segregation (459). At the same time, skills mismatches (460) remain among the highest in the EU, especially for young people. In 2025, the macroeconomic skills mismatch rate stood at 25%, far above the EU average of 19.2%. The employment rate of people with tertiary education lags behind the EU average (83.4% vs 88.4%), and recent university graduates face even greater challenges (78.7% vs 87.0%), pointing to barriers in transitioning to the labour market. Over-qualification remains a structural issue, with more than one in five tertiary-educated workers employed in a position that does not require their level of education. Particularly high over-qualification rates in administrative and support services highlight weaknesses in the responsiveness of the education and training systems to changing labour market needs and to limited capacity among firms to effectively harness skilled labour. Despite significant improvements, Italy also lags behind the EU in terms of digital skills in the general population, with only 54.3% of people aged 16-74 having at least basic digital skills in 2025.
Italy is facing adverse demographic
developments and a significant outflow of
(458) Banca d’Italia, 2024, Labour shortages in Italy: determinants,
firms’ responses and employment prospects.
(459) INAPP, 2025, Rapporto annuale su mercato del lavoro e politiche di genere.
(460) This indicator highlights the relatively higher difficulty of low- and medium-qualified people in entering the labour market, as compared with the highly qualified.
young talent. While the pace of population
decline has recently slowed, Italy has experienced a net loss of 1.22 million residents since 2015, and the birth rate is at its historic low (461). Many young, highly qualified Italians seek better opportunities abroad, as recent figures demonstrate (462), which amplifies the existing trends. Between 2011 and 2024, about 630 000 young people (aged 18-34) emigrated, yielding a net migration balance of 441 000, representing an estimated EUR 160 billion or 7.5% of GDP. Moreover, the outflow of talent has intensified over time. In 2024 alone, 78 000 young people left and between 2022 and 2024, around 42% of those who left held university degrees, with that share having increased compared with previous years. Improving job quality, especially career and pay prospects for young graduates, is instrumental to retaining talent in the domestic labour market. At the same time, vulnerable groups, including low-qualified adults, second-generation immigrants and persons with disabilities, face barriers to labour market integration (see the 2025 country report, Annex 10) (463).
In this context, better integrating under-
represented groups and attracting and
retaining a high-quality workforce are key to
supporting growth and competitiveness as
the population ages. By the end of 2025, the
‘Guaranteed Employability of Workers’ programme reached over 3 million people, of whom 55.5% were women and 45.9% were people aged under 30 or over 55. The voluntary nature of the programme requires individual activation and registration. As nearly 2 million individuals outside the workforce do not participate in the programme, effective outreach remains a challenge. Together with other relevant measures under its recovery and resilience plan (RRP), Italy also aims to address gender gaps in employment in high-skilled professions, notably in STEM jobs. Moreover, changing labour market requirements and the growing need for high-skilled professionals pose challenges with regard to upskilling and reskilling and for stronger alignment of labour market needs with training and
(461) ISTAT, Indicatori demografici - Anno 2025, 2026.
(462) CNEL, 2025, Italy’s attractiveness to young people from advanced countries.
(463) CSR 2025.6.2 Keep-up efforts to tackle undeclared work, particularly in the most affected sectors.
113
education programmes (see Annex 13). However, despite significant efforts in recent years, often supported by the ESF+ and the RRF, to improve the integration of under-represented groups and activate those outside the labour force, Italy recorded one of the highest numbers of shortage occupations in the EU in 2024 (464). Demographic developments are expected to have a profound impact on economic growth. Banca d’Italia expects that an increased labour market participation of under-represented groups would merely offset the reduced supply of labour, even under optimistic scenarios (465). In this context, Italy has increasingly issued work permits to non-EU nationals. Between 2026 and 2028, it plans to receive almost 500 000 applications from non-EU nationals to enter for work purposes (466). With a view to addressing emerging shortages, in addition to the measures to activate and integrate currently untapped labour market potential, there is a growing need to also boost legal migration, for example by improving the recognition of qualifications, validation of skills and tackling integration issues (see Annex 12). Attracting and retaining talent is key to sustaining human capital, especially in labour-intensive sectors such as construction and tourism, and high-growth sectors, such as ICT and STEM. Moreover, Italy benefits form the support of the Technical Support Instrument to improve its capacity to align and match workforce skills with current and future labour market needs and develop an improved model for contracted-out employment services to increase service coverage (467).
Recent real wage increases have only partly
offset past losses, while low work intensity
and a high prevalence of atypical work
continue to negatively impact job quality (468).
Productivity growth has long been hindered by low
(464) ELA, EURES report on labour shortages and surpluses 2024.
(465) Banca d’Italia, 2025,The Governor's Concluding Remarks for 2024.
(466) OECD, International migration outlook 2025.
(467) Strengthening public-private partnerships in the delivery of employment services in Italy - Reforms and Investments
(468) CSR 2025.6.1 Promote job quality and reduce labour market segmentation, also to support adequate wages, and increase labour market participation, in particular for under- represented groups, including by further strengthening active labour market policies and improving affordable access to quality child- and long-term care, taking into account regional disparities.
levels of investment, particularly in R&D, innovation and human capital (see Annex 1) (469), constraining wage growth (see the 2025 country report). After rebounding by 2.3% in 2024, real wages increased by 1.1% in 2025, reflecting both moderate inflation and comparatively low nominal wage growth. However, these gains do not yet fully compensate for prior losses, leaving real wages 3.5% below 2019 levels. On the other side, low wage growth over the past decade has enabled cost-competitiveness gains (470). Over 2026-27, wage growth is expected to moderate to below 3%, as renewed inflationary pressures are not fully passed through to wages, amid softening labour demand and the lagged, partial indexation of wage contracts (471). Despite significant improvements over recent years, including a rise in the number of permanent jobs and a fall in fixed- term contracts, atypical work remains common. This includes a high share of involuntary part-time (8.5% vs EU: 3.3%) and temporary (11.3% vs EU: 6.4%) work, with a high prevalence of temporary contracts among young employees (aged 25-34, 21.8% vs EU: 16.6%), with low job security and work intensity. These conditions exacerbate the risk of in-work poverty, currently at 10.2% (EU: 8.3%), and undermine the accumulation of firm- specific human capital and the financing of adequate social protection coverage. Moreover, undeclared work remains widespread (see Annex 12 and the 2025 country report).
Italy’s collective bargaining system faces limitations that hinder wage and productivity
growth. In the absence of a statutory minimum wage, collective bargaining plays a key role in setting minimum wages. Effective dialogue, and negotiation dynamics between the social partners are key to ensuring adequate wages and working conditions. Trade union density was 30.2% in 2024, while employer organisation density stood at 77% in 2018. Collective bargaining coverage was 100% in 2024. Yet, factors such as contract fragmentation, lack of transparency and clear representativeness criteria hinder the functioning of the system. The increasing number of agreements signed by smaller unions intensifies
(469) European Commission, 2025, In-Depth Review 2025 – Italy.
(470) European Commission, Labour market and wage developments in Europe - Annual review 2025.
(471) European Commission, Spring 2026 Economic Forecast – Italy.
114
‘contractual dumping’ (472), fuelling downward pressure on wages and working conditions (473). In 2024, of 1 017 agreements, 803 were signed by smaller unions, covering 4% of workers and offering lower wages. The wage gap between the more and less representative contracts is estimated at 14.6%, affecting especially low-wage sectors like logistics, cleaning, retail and hospitality. These challenges are even more widespread in the South and in vulnerable areas, which may exacerbate regional disparities (474). In addition, at the end of 2025, 42.2% of employees were on expired contracts, contributing to wage stagnation. Second-level collective bargaining at firm and territorial level could support productivity growth by boosting investment in upskilling and reskilling and improve working conditions (475). Decentralised collective bargaining is characterised by strong regional disparities, with 74% of contracts having been concluded in the North and only 9% in the South (476). To address these shortcomings, Italy would benefit from reforms to promote transparency and representativeness as well as second-level collective bargaining. Moreover, despite the existence of formal and informal consultation mechanisms, the participation of social partners, including trade unions and the National Council for Economics and Labour (CNEL), remains limited, and their influence on policymaking is weak.
Additional measures are needed to improve job quality, reduce labour market
segmentation, and support adequate wages. The 2026 Budget Law reduced Italy’s high labour tax wedge, granted partial social-security contribution relief for hiring workers on open- ended contracts or for converting fixed-term
(472) Contractual dumping is a practice involving the reduction of
workers’ remuneration and employment conditions due to the presence of substandard collective labour agreements which, in a significant number of cases, do not effectively represent or protect a genuine collective interest within the meaning of Article 39 of the Italian Constitution. CNEL XXVI Report 2025
(473) Michele Faioli e Claudio Lucifora, 2026, Strategie di “non” equivalenza contrattuale collettiva nel terziario e nel turismo.
(474) Confcommercio, 2025, Il peso insostenibile del dumping contrattuale e dei "contratti pirata".
(475) Eurofund, 2025, Collective bargaining beyond pay: An analysis of collective agreements in selected low-paid sectors.
(476) CNEL, 2025, Mercato del lavoro e contrattazione collettiva.
contracts into permanent ones, and introduced temporary fiscal provisions aimed at promoting renewals of national contracts for 2026. The Budget Law also provided for incentives to firms in Italy’s Special Economic Zone (ZES) in the Southern and two Central regions. In addition, the decree- law 62/2026 established new provisions linking fair wages to collective agreements signed by the most representative organisations. Nevertheless, the legal text does not outline adopted enforcement procedures in case of underpayment and non-compliance. While these measures are steps in the right direction, several challenges remain also with regard to access to social protection for non-standard workers and self- employed (see Annex 12).
Italy faces several labour market challenges
in the transition towards climate neutrality. Employment in mining and quarrying decreased by 7.3% in 2024 from the previous year (to 27 900 workers). In the automotive sector, employment decreased by 15 000 between 2011 and 2023. The energy-intensive industries accounted for 3.3% of total employment as of 2023 (EU: 3.5%). At the same time, the employment share of the environmental goods and services sector was 4.5% in 2022, above the EU average of 3.1%. Estimations also show that new job creation in wind and solar generation can create jobs amounting to over 0.1% of the total workforce by 2030 (477).
(477) European Commission, Publications Office of the European
Union, 2025, Estimating labour market transitions and skills investment needs of the green transition – A new approach.
ANNEX 12: SOCIAL POLICIES
115
Italy faces persistent challenges in reducing
poverty, inequality and labour exploitation. Despite improvements,poverty, particularly among children, and inequality remain relatively high. The 2025 country-specific recommendations called on Italy to expand childcare and long-term care services and further limit the use of early- retirement schemes (478). Although childcare provision has improved and some early-retirement schemes have been discontinued (Opzione donna, Quota 103), long-term care remains insufficient to meet rising demand. Moreover, cases of labour exploitation, particularly affecting migrants, are frequent, and access to social protection is incomplete. Italy’s tax-benefit system also has a limited redistributive effect. Addressing these issues would improve social mobility, reduce poverty and inequality, and limit the loss of human capital, thereby supporting inclusive growth and competitiveness.
Poverty and social exclusion improved in
2025, but with pronounced and widening
regional disparities. The proportion of people at risk of poverty or social exclusion (AROPE) was 22.6% in 2025 (EU average: 20.9%) decreasing by 0.5 pps since 2024. In absolute terms, around 13.3 million people were at risk of poverty or social exclusion, i.e. 260 000 less than in the previous year. This is the lowest value since 2015 and represents about half of the 2030 national poverty reduction target. Income poverty remained the main driver of the risk of poverty, affecting 18.6% of the population (compared with 16.3% in the EU), with a slight decrease of 0.3 pps. The percentage of people living in households with very low work intensity decreased to 8.2%, down by 1.0 pps and close to the EU average of 7.9%. In contrast, severe material and social deprivation increased by 0.6 pps and reached 5.2%, though still below the EU average of 6.3%. The most affected groups were single parents (44.4%), couples with three or more children (39.3%), tenants (39.4%) and foreigners (38.6%). According to the most recent national statistics, absolute poverty (479) affected 8.4% of households and
(478) CSR 2025.1.7: Mitigate the effects of ageing on potential
growth and fiscal sustainability, including by further limiting the use of early-retirement schemes (…).
CSR 2025.6.1: (…) increase labour market participation, in particular for underrepresented groups, including by (…) improving affordable access to quality child- and long-term care, taking into account regional disparities.
(479) See ISTAT (2024), La povertà in Italia - Anno 2024.
9.8% of individuals in 2024, which is broadly stable compared with 2023. Large regional disparities persisted, with the AROPE rate ranging from 11.3% in the North-East to 40.5% on the Islands – a gap of 29.2 pps that has been widening since 2021. These disparities are driven by differences in labour market performance, a higher concentration of low-paid and seasonal jobs and higher levels of inactivity among young people in certain regions, and the persistent emigration of skilled people from regions with limited economic opportunities. The AROPE rate is higher in rural areas (24.0%) than in towns, suburbs (23.0%) and cities (21.3%). The depth of poverty declined by 1.4 pps and reached 24.6% in 2025, against an EU average of 22.5%. To address the multiple dimensions of poverty, the implementation of a comprehensive approach, as set out in the EU Anti-Poverty Strategy, can support progress towards achieving the national anti-poverty target.
Social benefits reduce poverty only to a
limited extent, and the minimum income
scheme provides uneven support across
household types. In 2025, social benefits other
than pensions reduced the at-risk-of-poverty rate by 30.6%, a decrease of 0.7 pps compared to the previous year, remaining below the EU average of 33.2%. The 2026 Budget Law has increased the Carta dedicata a te fund, which provides low- income households with basic material support, by EUR 500 million per year in 2026 and 2027. It has also slightly increased monetary support for low- income pensioners. However, challenges remain regarding minimum income support. The 2023 reform of the minimum income scheme, now known as the Assegno di Inclusione (ADI), reduced both adequacy and coverage, and restricted access to specific household types (see the 2025 country report). In 2024, only 18.5% of people at risk of poverty received minimum income benefits, and just 70.7% of people in jobless households received social benefits of any type - well below the EU average of 83.2% and lower than in previous years. The benefit integrates household income up to a set threshold, but Italy lacks a transparent and robust methodology for setting and adjusting it regularly. Nonetheless, in 2025 the average benefit amount increased by 22.6% and the number of individual recipients by 6% (480),
(480) INPS, Osservatorio su Assegno d’Inclusione e Supporto
Formazione e Lavoro, January 2026.
116
also due to an ad-hoc increase of both benefit levels and the eligibility means test. The recent abolition of the suspension period between annual ADI renewals has reduced income discontinuity for vulnerable households, although the benefits are still reduced by 50% during the first month after renewal. Through the Technical Support Instrument, Italy has requested support to better understand the reasons of the non-take-up of minimum income benefits and to integrate artificial intelligence (AI) technologies into the operations of the National Social Security Institute (INPS).
Cases of labour exploitation, which
particularly affects migrants in certain
sectors, are frequent and lead to extreme poverty and social exclusion (481). An estimated
10 000 exploited workers, mostly migrants, live, or are forced to live, in informal settlements that lack essential services such as water, sanitation and electricity, and that are characterised by overcrowding, unsafe housing and poor hygiene (482). Under the recovery and resilience plan (RRP), Italy has implemented the national plan to tackle undeclared work and has invested in urban integration plans, including housing solutions for agricultural workers. However, Italy's Court of Auditors has found that investments to overcome informal settlements in agriculture have produced limited results, due to inaccurate mapping, fragmented governance and insufficient local capacity (483). Recent research highlights how restrictive migration policies have exacerbated the problem by leaving many migrants without legal status or access to regular employment, pushing them into irregular and exploitative arrangements (484). To address persistent undeclared work and recurrent breaches of occupational safety and health rules, Italy will receive technical support to strengthen labour inspections through a more coordinated, risk-
(481) CSR 2025.6.2 Keep-up the efforts to tackle undeclared work,
particularly in the most affected sectors.
(482) Ministero del Lavoro e delle Politiche Sociali, ANCI e Cittalia, Le condizioni abitative dei migranti che lavorano nel settore agroalimentare, 2022.
(483) See Corte dei Conti, Deliberazione 25 luglio 2024, n. 81/2024/G.
(484) Pomponi, F., Main Policy Orientations that Impact on Undeclared Work of Foreigners in Italy, 2024. See also CNEL, Osservazioni e Proposte in materia di caporalato e prevenzione delle forme di sfruttamento lavorativo, 2026.
based enforcement model that makes better use of data and analytics.
Child poverty remains a challenge, with
larger families facing higher poverty risks. In 2025, 27.1% of children were at risk of poverty or social exclusion, which is above the EU average of 24.3% and did not change for the second consecutive year. The risk of poverty increases steadily with family size: for couples without children, the AROPE rate was 16.2% (compared with 14.4% in the EU), increasing to 18.7% for couples with one child and 22.9% for those with two children, while average EU rates increase only marginally with the first two children. For couples with three or more children, the rate increases sharply to 39.3% in Italy, compared with 32.4% in the EU. Single-parent households remain the most vulnerable, with an AROPE rate of 44.4%. Overall, people in households with children face a higher poverty risk (25.5%) than those without (20.2%), a gap more than twice the EU average, pointing to shortcomings in the adequacy of family allowances.
Access to childcare has improved and family
policies have been expanded, but progress
remains uneven. In its mid-term fiscal structural
plan, Italy committed to expanding early childhood education and care (ECEC) coverage and improving its affordability. However, participation in formal childcare decreased in 2025, and strong disparities remain between regions and socio-economic groups, exacerbating inequalities (485) (see Annex 13). As of 2026, family policies have been broadened through extended parental leave up to the age of 14, doubled unpaid leave for the illness of children aged 8–14, and additional funding to support access to socio-educational services, summer camps and sports activities and the purchase of school textbooks. Revisions to the calculation of the index of equivalent economic situation (ISEE), an economic indicator commonly used in Italy for means-testing social benefits and services, have also improved access to social protection for large families by increasing the equivalence scale factors for children. To achieve further progress in reducing child poverty, Italy would particularly benefit from expanding access to school meals in line with the Child Guarantee. This would require further investment in school
(485) European Commission, Education and Training Monitor - Italy,
2025.
117
canteens and full-time schooling (see Annex 13), as well as recurrent funding to sustain the 1 300 school canteens built under the Recovery and Resilience Facility.
Energy and transport poverty are below the
EU average. In 2025, 8.6% of households reported difficulties in keeping their homes adequately warm. While this value is in line with the EU average of 8.8%, the situation varies significantly by income level, with 20.9% of lower- income households facing this challenge compared with only 5.8% of higher-income households. These figures also reveal strong regional disparities, with values ranging from 16.0% on the Islands to 5.1% in the North-East. Furthermore, as fuels covered by the upcoming extension of the EU emission trading scheme to buildings (ETS2) – primarily gas – account for 52% of final household energy consumption, compared with just 42% across the EU, heating costs in Italy are expected to rise slightly more than the EU average. Transport poverty, measured by the share of people unable to afford a car, is also relatively low, at 4% in 2025 (compared with 5.5% in the EU). Under ETS2, transport fuel spending in Italy is expected to rise by less than the EU average. Cars are often the only option given the lack of adequate public transport (see Annex 19), which poses environmental challenges (see Annex 8).
Uneven access to social protection exposes unemployed people and self-employed and
atypical workers to high poverty risks. Among people aged 15-74 registered as unemployed for up to 12 months, only 45.1% receive unemployment benefits (against 58.7% in the EU). Only 39% of unemployed people and 20.6% of the economically inactive population receive any form of support (against 52.8% and 40.3% respectively in the EU). This leads to an at-risk-of-poverty (AROP) rate of 49.8% for unemployed people and 32.2% for the economically inactive population. While self-employed workers, such as farmers, face a lower AROP rate (17.7% vs EU: 20.9%), significant coverage gaps persist: only 11.5% receive any social benefits, compared with 35.7% for employees, and most were not covered by unemployment (79%) or sickness benefits (68%) in 2022. Although temporary workers are comparatively more likely to receive benefits (51.9%) than their EU peers (38.3%), they are more exposed to poverty (20.4%) than permanent workers (6.9%). Part-time employees are both less likely to receive benefits (26.6%) than in the EU
(30.1%) and more likely to face poverty (15.7% compared with 12.9% across the EU) (486).
Recent reforms have expanded access to
social protection, but significant coverage
and adequacy gaps persist. Measures adopted since 2020 have strengthened unemployment protection for atypical workers. These include longer unemployment benefit duration for certain categories of self-employed workers (DIS-COLL), broader coverage of the short-time work scheme, and a permanent income support scheme for freelance professionals (ISCRO). Moreover, maternity and parental leave rights for the self- employed have been expanded, alongside targeted extensions for cultural workers and students in work-based learning. However, access to unemployment, sickness and work-injury benefits for the self-employed remains limited, while very short contracts continue to weaken benefit access and adequacy for temporary workers, with one in four temporary contract workers on contracts lasting six months or less. Low take-up and insufficient benefit levels further reduce the effectiveness of unemployment support.
Income inequality improved, while wealth
inequality is on a worsening trend, and both
remain high. In 2025, the income quintile share ratio (S80/S20) declined to 5.13, the lowest level since 2004, but remained well above the EU average of 4.62. The middle-to-bottom income ratio (S50/S20) decreased to 2.35, compared with 2.17 in the EU, indicating that lower-income households gained ground relative to the middle, while the top-to-middle ratio (S80/S50) decreased to 2.19 (EU: 2.12), signalling a modest narrowing at the top. While gross market income inequality decreased markedly (from 9.35 to 8.67), the impact of taxes and transfers remained stable (see below). In contrast, wealth inequality is on the rise: in the third quarter of 2025, the top 10% of households owned 60.1% of net wealth, while the bottom 50% owned 7.4% of it, compared to 57.2% and 5.1% in the euro area, respectively. The share of net wealth owned by the top 10% has been increasing at a fast pace since 2020, by a
(486) This paragraph contains data on recipient rates of individual
cash benefits for the population (16-64, unless specified otherwise) at risk of poverty before social cash transfers (excluding pensions). Source: Eurostat, EMPL special extraction.
118
total of about 5 pps, while the share owned by the bottom 50% has slightly decreased.
Recent changes to taxes and benefits in
contributed to some progress in reducing
income inequalities. The National Statistical Institute estimates that changes to taxes and benefits implemented in 2025 have reduced the Gini index from 31.41 to 31.17 (487). Offering a longer-term perspective, simulations performed by the European Commission's Joint Research Centre estimate that, between 2022 and 2025, unindexed progressive tax parameters would have raised revenues by EUR 56.6 billion without policy changes, but fiscal reforms limited the increase to EUR 18.4 billion. Indexing tax brackets at this stage would reduce revenues by a further EUR 4.5 billion and would have a strongly regressive distributive impact. By contrast, the reforms implemented since 2022 have had a slightly progressive effect, remaining broadly neutral for the three lowest income deciles while reducing disposable income among higher-income groups (488). In this context, the 2026 Budget Law has lowered the second personal income tax rate from 35% to 33%, easing fiscal pressure on middle- income earners.
Nonetheless, the overall effectiveness of the
tax-benefit system in reducing inequality
remains low, reflecting its limited
redistributive capacity. In 2025, taxes and benefits (excluding pensions) reduced income inequality by 40.8%, well below the EU average of 48.1% and in line with previous years. Both social benefits (27.3% vs 34.8%) and taxes (15.5% vs 16.9%) contributed less than in the EU. This partly reflects the tax system’s structure: since 2019, most self-employed people have been subject to flat-tax regime, which was extended in 2023 to include those with revenues below EUR 85 000.
(487) ISTAT, La redistribuzione del reddito in Italia, March 2026.
The analysis considers (i) the shift from partial social contribution relief for employees to a tax bonus and an additional tax deduction; (ii) the transition from full social contribution exemption for working mothers to the “mothers’ bonus”; (iii) the adjustment to the cost of living of the amounts and related thresholds of the Universal Allowance (AUU), the newborn bonus, and the changes to the nursery bonus; (iv) the changes to thresholds and amounts of the Inclusion Allowance (ADI) and the Support for Training and Employment (SFL); (v) the extraordinary €200 contribution to support energy expenses and the update of social bonuses.
(488) The simulation was performed by the European Commission, Joint Research Centre, based on the EUROMOD model, J2.0+.
Under this system, taxable income is calculated as a fixed percentage of revenues, and a single tax rate of 15% (or 5% for new businesses) applies instead of a progressive schedule. This weakens progressivity, creates horizontal inequities between employees and self-employed people and across income thresholds, and risks distorting work incentives and encouraging bogus self- employment. Preferential treatment of rental and capital income, together with low taxes on wealth and inheritances (489), further limits the redistributive role of fiscal policy. Sustainably reducing inequality would require further increasing the overall progressivity and fairness of the tax mix.
Graph A12.1: Impact of taxes and benefits (excl.
pensions) on the S80/S20 income share ratio
Source: Eurostat, EMPL calculations.
The delivery of essential social services is
being strengthened, but territorial disparities and gaps in the service offer remain.
Introduced in 2021, the minimum set of social assistance services that municipalities must guarantee uniformly across the country (LEPS) has been strengthened by the 2026 Budget Law, which aims to set up a monitoring system with measurable service objectives. The law also allocates EUR 200 million per year from 2027 to guarantee one psychologist per 30 000 inhabitants and one socio-pedagogical professional educator per 20 000 inhabitants in each multidisciplinary team. Nonetheless, LEPS remain scattered across several legal acts and some essential services, such as 'housing first' services, are not included (see Annex 16). Municipalities with lower administrative and fiscal capacity, most often in the South (see Annex 19), struggle to deliver high-quality social services. Full implementation would benefit from legislative
(489) See OECD 2021, Inheritance taxation in OECD countries.
10.0%
15.0%
20.0%
25.0%
30.0%
35.0%
40.0%
45.0%
50.0%
55.0%
2022 2023 2024 2025
Italy - taxes EU - taxes Italy - transfers
EU - transfers Italy - combined EU - combined
119
codification, a clear division of responsibilities across government levels and adequate financing to expand the service offer and bridge territorial disparities.
Italy faces rising long-term care needs amid
population ageing, but service provision
remains insufficient and fragmented. People aged 65 and over accounted for 24.3% of the population in 2024, with 28.7% reporting severe difficulties in daily activities in 2019 (EU: 26.6%). Public expenditure on long-term care stood at 1.6% of GDP in 2022, below the EU average, and was projected to remain unchanged by 2030(490). Access to care is constrained by high out-of- pocket costs (see Annex 15) and a benefits system that does not vary according to income or dependency level and is not conditional on purchasing care, leaving many households unable to afford professional home care. Home care service intensity is low, focusing mainly on basic personal care, while instrumental daily activities are often unmet. Fragmentation between health authorities and municipalities limits coordination and produces uneven territorial coverage (see Annex 15). Long-term care spending is heavily skewed towards cash benefits, while home and residential care remain underfunded. The long- term care workforce ratio, standing at 1.5, is much lower than the EU average of 3.3 (2024). Residential care is particularly scarce in southern regions, and many older people report unmet needs, especially in towns, suburbs and rural areas. Poor working conditions reduce the sector’s attractiveness and lead to workforce shortages, forcing families, mainly women, to provide high- intensity informal care, with negative effects on health, employment and future pension adequacy. Although the long-term care system was reformed in 2023 under the recovery and resilience plan, the funding necessary to build an integrated system, expand services, and introduce new models of care remains insufficient. While measures have recently been taken to create a fund to support family caregivers (EUR 1.15 million in 2026 and EUR 207 million from 2027), reliance on monetary support alone, without an adequate service offer, risks perpetuating inactivity in the labour market, especially among women.
(490) European Commission and SPC ISG, Monitoring Framework
on the Council Recommendation on access to affordable high-quality long-term care, 2025.
ANNEX 13: EDUCATION AND SKILLS
120
Italy continues to face structural challenges
across the education and skills system,
particularly affecting disadvantaged groups. Despite gradual progress on key education indicators, weaknesses persist in basic skills, adult participation in training and the alignment between education and labour market needs. Skills shortages in technical, digital and science, technology, engineering and mathematics (STEM) fields coexist with a still developing system of tertiary and vocational education and training (VET). Socio-economic inequalities and marked regional disparities continue to affect educational outcomes. The 2025 country-specific recommendations for Italy called for improving access to quality childcare, strengthening VET and adult learning, promoting work-based learning and improving educational outcomes, with particular attention to disadvantaged learners.
Participation in early childhood education and care (ECEC) continues to increase, but
regional disparities remain pronounced. Access to ECEC for children under three remains higher in northern regions than in the South, reflecting differences in household income, parental education and employment status (491). In 2024, participation among children aged 0-2 was 39.4%, up 4.9 percentage points (pps) from 2023 and broadly in line with the EU average (39.2%), approaching the revised 2030 Barcelona national target of 41.7%. However, significant regional disparities persist (492), and in 2025 participation dropped again to 35.5% (EU: 40.2%). Three-year- olds’ participation in the first year of compulsory education reached 94.0% in 2024 (EU average: 95.0%). However, this is still below pre-pandemic levels. Under the recovery and resilience plan (RRP), over 150 000 ECEC places are expected to be created through EUR 3.2 billion of investment, with a strong focus on municipalities with the largest shortages. These measures are expected to reduce territorial gaps, but because not all eligible municipalities are participating, evidence on the impact on access for disadvantaged children is still emerging. Expanded provision may contribute to more equitable participation and future skills development, depending on the availability of
(491) ISTAT (2023). I servizi educativi per l’infanzia in un’epoca di
profondi cambiamenti.
(492) See ISTAT, Il benessere equo e sostenibile in Italia 2024.
qualified staff, adequate quality standards and sustainable local financing (493).
Progress in reducing early leaving contrasts
with persistently weak and unequal learning
outcomes, varying strongly by school type, region and socio-economic background. In 2025, the share of early leavers from education and training (ELET) among 18-24-year-olds continued its positive trend and fell to 8.2% (EU average: 9.1%), already meeting the EU 2030 target of 9%. The rate, however, remains relatively high in the South (8.4%) and especially the Islands (13.7%) and is overall characterised by strong disparities across genders and between those born in and outside Italy (494). Regarding basic skills, underperformance has significantly risen in mathematics, reversing progress made since 2006. In addition, proficiency levels remain shaped by socio-economic background, with students in the bottom ESCS quarter three times more likely to underachieve in mathematics, compared to non- disadvantaged students. More in general, territorial divides remain a major obstacle to equity, with almost half of all students (46%) in the South failing to achieve basic proficiency and less than 3% reaching top performance (495). Implemented over the 2024/2025 and 2025/2026 school years and partially funded by the Recovery and Resilience Facility (RRF), the Agenda Sud initiative aims to improve basic skills and reduce educational disparities, including early leaving in southern regions (496). The initiative involved around 2 000 schools, including the 245 identified as ‘critical’ by Invalsi on the basis of student performance data. The RRF also finances structured socio-educational interventions in the South to combat educational poverty, providing services to minors, thus increasing access to childcare and educational opportunities, and preventing school dropout and early leaving (497).
(493) ISTAT (2025) BES Sintesi per la stampa_2025.
(494) See Education and Training Monitor 2025 – Italy.
(495) See Country Report Italy 2025 and OECD, PISA, 2022.
(496) CSR.2025.6.4: Improve educational outcomes, with a focus on disadvantaged students, including by strengthening basic skills.
(497) CSR.2025.6.1: Promote job quality and reduce labour market segmentation, also to support adequate wages, and increase labour market participation, in particular for underrepresented groups, including by further strengthening active labour market policies and improving affordable access to quality child- and long-term care, taking into account regional disparities.
121
In June 2025, Italy converted Law Decree n. 45 into Law 79/2025, introducing RRP-linked structural measures to strengthen the school system. Additional well-designed measures could lead to long-lasting improvements in basic skills across regions and backgrounds.
While some measures have been taken, the attractiveness of the teaching profession
remains low. TALIS 2024 confirms a rapidly ageing workforce: 50.5% of lower secondary teachers are aged 50 or over (EU average: 39.9%), while the share of young teachers remains limited. Despite declining student numbers, teacher shortages persist also due to regional imbalances. Shortages are particularly acute in science, mathematics, foreign languages and learning support, and are more pronounced in northern regions, while some southern regions face oversupply (498). Teachers’ salaries remain well below those of other tertiary-educated workers, while career progression is mainly based on seniority, with limited opportunities for differentiated roles, despite recent initiatives introducing functions such as docente orientatore (career guidance teacher) or animatore digitale (digital entertainer). In addition, while improvements have been introduced, schools continue to rely on temporary contracts. The cumbersome and lengthy process for obtaining a standard teaching contract hampers schools’ ability to hire and retain good candidates. Italy has
introduced a set of policy measures under the RRP to enhance the teaching workforce, including a recruitment reform, and investments in training. These include the extension and monitoring of the Carta del Docente to support professional learning and access to training and digital tools, and measures to strengthen induction and mentoring for teachers and, more generally, the overall school staff. Further improvements in working conditions and career prospects would help attract and retain qualified professionals and support teaching quality in the long run.
Despite recent efforts, the labour-market
relevance of VET remains constrained by
limited work-based learning and declining
participation. The share of medium-level
education students attending programmes with a vocational orientation (51% in 2024) has steadily decreased over the last decade (down 8.4 pps
(498) EY (2025) Forecasting the Teaching Workforce in Italy.
compared with 2013). Among them, only 36.4% were women, reflecting persistent gender stereotypes and early educational choices. Moreover, very few recent VET graduates experience work-based learning (22.0% vs EU average: 66.0% in 2025), hindering their smooth transition to work. At the same time, the employment rate of recent VET graduates has increased in line with general employment trends but, at 64.9% in 2025, is among the lowest in the EU (EU average: 80.2%). In turn, at upper secondary level, 44.5% of VET students are enrolled in STEM-related fields, higher than the EU average of 39.1%. The Labour Decree (48/2023) introduced skilling and career-guidance pathways to better align education with labour market needs. In parallel, under the RRP, Italy reformed its VET system, strengthening private-sector involvement, also through a targeted investment building up a dedicated national digital platform (499). This direction is further reflected in Law Decree No. 127 of September 2025, which strengthens the link between schools and the world of work. However, the orientation offer remains fragmented, contributing to disjointed pathways and misaligned information (500).
Italy is strengthening its skills agenda also
by expanding ITS academies and investing in
STEM education. Under the RRF, Italy introduced an integrated 4+2-year pathway linking technical or vocational upper secondary education with ITS specialisation. Given its positive labour market outcomes, the pathway has been expanded to cover all ITS schools at national level. ITS academies provide professional courses at the European Qualifications Framework levels 5 and 6. Since 2022, the focus has been on strengthening and internationalising these institutions. RRF funding has led to a substantial increase in the number of academies, courses and participants. Yet, it will be essential to maintain support. Under the RRP, Italy is also strengthening STEM education through enhanced digital infrastructure, updated teaching methods, and targeted VET aligned with labour market needs. While participation in vocational STEM programmes is
(499) CSR.2025.6.3: Continue promoting postsecondary VET and
in-work training in high-demand sectors to address short- term skills needs, while strengthening adult learning by expanding work-based learning in high-growth sectors.
(500) INAPP, L'offerta di orientamento in Italia. Una mappa aggiornata dei servizi.
122
relatively high, tertiary STEM enrolment, particularly in information and communications technology (ICT), and female representation remain below EU targets. Persistent gender stereotypes and early educational choices contribute to these gaps, highlighting the need for early interventions.
Graph A13.1: Selected indicators on tertiary
education and VET
Source: Eurostat, [edat_lfse_03, educ_uoe_enrt03, edat_lfs_9919, educ_uoe_enra03].
Tertiary educational attainment has steadily
increased but it remains low, notably in STEM
fields. In 2025, 31.1% of 25–34-year-olds held a tertiary qualification, up from 25.6% in 2016. The increase has been mainly driven by women. Despite this progress, Italy remains among the countries with the lowest attainment. Attainment is particularly low among foreign-born people, whether from EU countries (12.2%) or non-EU countries (12.6%), pointing to challenges in integration and in attracting highly qualified talent from abroad. The employment rate of recent (one to three years) tertiary graduates continued to grow in 2025 but remains among the lowest in the EU at 78.7% (EU 87.0%). This also contributes to Italy experiencing a significant outflow of highly educated young people (see Country Report 2025). Italians represented 9% of all EU-movers (citizens of an EU country who live and work in a different EU country) in 2024, while returns remain comparatively limited, resulting in a progressive loss of skilled human capital. Moreover, tertiary enrolment in STEM fields remained below the EU average in 2024 (25.0% vs 27.1%). Enrolment is particularly low in ICT (2.4%), among the lowest in the EU, and female participation – while generally above the EU average (37.0% vs 32.2%) – in some STEM disciplines remains limited, despite recent
policy efforts under the RRP to strengthen STEM pathways across education levels. Socio-economic background continues to shape educational outcomes: among 25-34 year-olds, 63.4% of those with at least one tertiary-educated parent had attained tertiary education in 2023, compared with just 14.6% of those whose parents did not complete upper secondary school. Since the RRP led to an increase in scholarships for students from disadvantaged backgrounds, a particular attention could be paid to how their scope and level develops beyond 2026.
Shortages of skilled labour remain prevalent
and are, connected to skills mismatches,
among other things. Although overall vacancy rates are below the EU average and on a declining trend (see Annex 11), in April 2026, according to the Excelsior Information System data, 44.6% of all job vacancies were difficult to fill (down by 2.6 pps from April 2025), due to a shortage of candidates (27.7%) or inadequate preparation (13.3%) (501). In 2024, Italy reported shortages in 180 occupations (502). The most difficult positions to fill required technical skills (indicated by 57.1% of participating companies) and manual tasks (46.3%), with higher incidences in industry than in services (503). Between 2022 and 2025, among occupations with relevance to the green transition and climate adaptation, there were persistent shortages of industrial and production engineers, electrical mechanics and fitters, welders, and flame cutters. Recent survey data indicate that more than two-thirds of participating companies experienced recruitment difficulties. These patterns underscore persistent mismatches between labour demand and the available skills base. Italy also faces a substantial structural skills mismatch, with one of the highest macroeconomic skills mismatches in the EU in 2025 (25 vs 19.2) and only 43.6% of young people (aged 25-34) reporting a high or very high match between their field of study and their current or last main job (EU: 59.5%). Several databases monitor labour market trends, but data on the skills development needs of currently employed workers are not collected. Connecting existing databases with a focus on skills demand (e.g. SIISL, AppLI, ISTAT’s
(501) Union Camere - Ministero del Lavoro e delle Politiche Sociali,
Sistema Informativo Excelsior, 2026.
(502) Labour shortages and surpluses in Europe - EURES (EURopean Employment Services), accessed on 2026-05-06.
(503) Confindustria, Confindustria survey on work in 2025, 2025.
0.0%
10.0%
20.0%
30.0%
40.0%
50.0%
60.0%
70.0%
2016 2025 2015 2024 2021 2025 2015 2024
Overall attainment STEM enrolment Exposure of graduates to work-based learning
STEM enrolment in initial medium-level VET
Tertiary education VET
Italy EU
123
labour force survey database, INPS and regional labour market observatories) could help address this issue (504). Moreover, creating a national skills observatory or other effective skills anticipation tools, aligning methodologies, time horizons and definitions of skills, could strengthen skills intelligence and help address regional disparities. As part of a multi-country project with Czechia, Italy benefits from support through the Technical Support Instrument to enhance skills assessment and forecasting through the development of a tool matching workforce skills and improved skills governance.
Italy is taking action to better align the
education system with labour market needs,
including through work-based learning. According to Confindustria, Italian companies address labour shortages and skills mismatches by strengthening internal staff training, relying on external consultancies and participating in territorial educational initiatives, such as ITS academies, pathways for transversal skills and orientation, and curricular internships (505). Under the RRP, in March 2024, Italy adopted the Piano nuove competenze e transizioni, to better align the planning of the training offer with labour market needs, promote work-based learning, recognise prior learning, introduce micro credentials, and strengthen active labour market policies (ALMPs) (506). Its implementation is expected to be completed by early 2026. Moreover, in December 2024, the third edition of the Fondo nuove competenze was launched, providing over EUR 1 billion to Italian companies to bring themselves in line with major European skills frameworks. The effects of recent changes to ALMPs will need to be monitored. Yet, cooperation across regions remains a challenge with territorial disparities remaining a significant barrier.
Skills shortages and mismatches are
exacerbated by limited labour mobility, low graduate wages and difficulties in attracting
high-skilled talent from abroad (507). In high-
(504) CEDEFOP, Next generation skills intelligence for more
learning and better matching, 2024.
(505) Confindustria, Mismatch, and Indagine Confindustria sul lavoro del 2024, 2025.
(506) Ministero del lavoro, Fondo nuove competenze.
(507) Fondazione Nord Est, Nota della Fondazione Nota 8 and Nota 6, 2024.
productivity areas, wage growth has not kept pace with rising housing prices (see Country Report 2025 and Annex 16), presenting an additional hurdle for skilled workers. Immigration could help address shortages, especially in sectors such as construction and tourism. However, Italy ranks among the least attractive countries for highly skilled workers in the EU (31st out of 38 OECD countries) (508). Enhancing the country’s attractiveness to young and highly qualified migrants could entail faster and more coherent recognition of qualifications and skills obtained abroad. (509). CEDEFOP projections indicate that by 2035 Italy’s labour market will be dominated by medium- and high-skilled jobs, but skills supply is expected to remain heavily misaligned, with shortages of high-skilled workers and surpluses at lower skill levels (510).
Italian adults lag behind their European peers in basic and digital skills, with
implications for productivity and
competitiveness. 2023 OECD data show that
Italian adults perform worse than adults from other participating EU countries in literacy, numeracy and problem-solving (see Country Report 2025). Around one third of adults can only handle simple texts or basic calculations, and nearly half struggle with multi-step problems. The share of Italians with at least basic digital skills has significantly increased in the last two years (from 45.8% in 2023 to 54.3% in 2025), although it remains below the EU average (60.4%). RRP- supported measures, such as the network of digital facilitation centres or the Digital Civic Service, might have contributed to this result (511). However, large gaps remain, especially among people with lower levels of education, unemployed people and people outside the labour force, highlighting an urgent and continued challenge with regards to targeted upskilling (512). Italy’s ‘New Skills Fund’ was recently expanded to strengthen lifelong learning paths. In May 2025, Director’s Decree No. 243 provided further EUR 319 million, raising total resources to EUR 1.049
(508) CNEL, Italy’s attractiveness to young people from advanced
countries, 2025.
(509) Banca d’Italia, N. 923 - Flussi e politiche migratorie in Italia e in altri paesi europei, 2025.
(510) CEDEFOP, Skills forecast – Italy, 2025.
(511) Respectively M1C1.I1.7.1 and M1C1.I1.7.2.
(512) INAPP, Cognitive skills in adults, 2024.
124
billion and doubling funding for individual enterprises. Training will be delivered by accredited providers, ITS institutes, and universities, strengthening lifelong learning and highlighting the strategic role of upskilling and reskilling.
Participation in adult learning is low and decreasing, particularly among low-qualified
people and people distant from the labour
market. Participation in adult learning has declined and stood at only 29% in 2022 (EU average: 39.5%) (513), falling short of the 2030 national target of 60% and with especially low values for people with lower education levels, people in low-skilled jobs and older people (see Country Report 2025). Recent data from the Labour Force Survey indicate only a moderate increase over the past three years. Recent policy responses closely follow the initiatives introduced during the pandemic. ALMPs are being pursued through the ‘Employability Guarantee for Workers’ (GOL), under which around 675 000 people had been trained by the end of 2025, and the ‘Training and Job Support’ allowance (514). Most reforms are implemented under the RRP, including the New Skills-Transitions Plan, which strengthens labour market analysis and forecasting with a focus on green and digital skills. Moreover, currently no national qualifications database, in line with the European Qualifications Framework is in place and there is no connection to Europass.
(513) See European Commission, 2026, Joint Employment Report,
Publications Office of the European Union.
(514) CSR.2025.6.3: Continue promoting postsecondary VET and in-work training in high-demand sectors to address short- term skills needs, while strengthening adult learning by expanding work-based learning in high-growth sectors.
ANNEX 14: SOCIAL SCOREBOARD
125
Table A14.1:Social Scoreboard for Italy
Update of 4 May 2026. Members States are categorised based on the Social Scoreboard according to a methodology agreed with the EMCO and SPC Committees. Please consult the Annex of the Joint Employment Report 2026 for details on the methodology (https://employment-social-affairs.ec.europa.eu/joint-employment-report-2026_en). Source: Eurostat
29.0
8.2
54.3
13.3
19.1
5.13
67.6
6.1
3.1
95.8
22.6
27.1
30.6
25.1
5.0
35.5
2.5
Critical situation To watch Weak but improving Good but to
monitor On average
Dynamic labour markets
and fair working conditions
Social protection and
inclusion
Share of individuals who have basic or above basic overall digital skills
(% of the population aged 16-74, 2025)
Impact of social transfers (other than pensions) on poverty reduction
(% reduction of AROP, 2025)
Children aged less than 3 years in formal childcare
(% of the under 3-years-old population, 2025)
Self-reported unmet need for medical care
(% of the population aged 16+, 2025)
Disability employment gap
(percentage points, population aged 20-64, 2025)
Housing cost overburden
(% of the total population, 2025)
Adult participation in learning (during the last 12 months, excl. guided on
the job training, % of the population aged 25-64, 2022)
Equal opportunities and
access to the labour market
Best performersBetter than average
Early leavers from education and training
(% of the population aged 18-24, 2025)
Young people not in employment, education or training
(% of the population aged 15-29, 2025)
Gender employment gap
(percentage points, population aged 20-64, 2025)
Income quintile ratio
(S80/S20, 2025)
At risk of poverty or social exclusion (AROPE) rate
(% of the total population, 2025)
Employment rate
(% of the population aged 20-64, 2025)
Unemployment rate
(% of the active population aged 15-74, 2025)
Long term unemployment
(% of the active population aged 15-74, 2025)
Gross disposable household income (GDHI) per capita growth
(index, 2008=100, 2024)
At risk of poverty or social exclusion (AROPE) rate for children
(% of the population aged 0-17, 2025)
ANNEX 15: HEALTH AND HEALTH SYSTEMS
126
Italy’s health system performs
comparatively well with relatively low levels
of avoidable mortality. However, significant challenges persist in accessing healthcare with evidence suggesting deterioration in recent years, driven by regional disparities, high private spending, workforce shortages and investment gaps. This in turn negatively affects the health of the population, social fairness and productivity.
Life expectancy at birth in Italy was among
the highest in the EU in 2024, reflecting
relatively low levels of preventable and
treatable mortality. Cardiovascular diseases and cancer are the leading causes of death. Pronounced north-south disparities in life expectancy persist, with people in northern regions enjoying longer, healthier lives than those in the south. This divide also reflected in access to healthcare.
Despite Italy’s good performance in
preventing avoidable deaths, some
concerning trends are emerging. Adult smoking has stabilised to just below 20% but shows a slight upward trend, while young people smoking remains very high, with 27% of 15-year-olds reporting having smoked in the past month, one of the highest rates in the EU. E-cigarette use has also surged, rising from 13% in 2019 to 23% among 15-16-year-olds in 2022. Measures to increase cigarette prices have yet to be assessed. Overall alcohol consumption is moderate, but heavy binge drinking affects 10% of adults and one in six young people. Adult obesity remains relatively low. The relatively low rates of adolescents that are overweight in Italy conceal significant regional disparities and a very low level of physical activity, particularly among boys. A 2023 national survey found that 19% of children aged 8–9 were overweight and nearly 10% were considered obese, pointing to a possible deterioration in younger cohorts. In October 2025, the Italian Parliament approved a law formally recognising obesity as a chronic disease and including obesity-prevention services in the Essential Levels of Assistance (LEA). Mortality linked to air pollution is high (see Annex 8).
The health system’s strong performance
conceals some challenges. Treatable mortality was 30% below the EU average in 2022, driven mainly by lower mortality from ischaemic heart disease, colorectal cancer, and breast cancer. However, cancer screening participation in Italy
remained below pre-COVID-19 pandemic levels in 2023 with stark regional inequalities and a lower uptake of cancer screening in southern regions.
Despite its organisational strength, there are
some issues with access to outpatient care. A well-developed primary care system allows Italy to maintain among the lowest hospital admission rates for chronic conditions in the EU. Almost 70%
of general practitioners (GPs) operated in group practices by 2023. Despite these achievements, challenges remain. In 2023, elective care, which could be provided in outpatient settings made up 40% of all admissions, and hospitalisations for conditions better managed in ambulatory settings increased from 1.63 million in 2022 to 1.71 million in 2023 (515). Limited public coverage of outpatient and dental care in Italy has led to high private spending driven mainly by direct payments to private providers, often exacerbated by long waiting times.
Graph A15.1: Healthcare infrastructure investment
by year
Source: Country Health Profiles - Dashboard
Low healthcare investment, coupled with persistent regional gaps, especially in the
south, underscores the need for targeted
funding and stronger governance to ensure
fairer access. Italy’s health spending per capita and as a share of GDP is below the EU average. Only around three quarters of total health spending is publicly funded. Total health infrastructure investment per 100 000 inhabitants in Italy is below the EU average (see Graph A15.1), which is coupled with relatively low availability of medical imaging equipment. Since 2020, Italy has monitored regional compliance with the LEA through the New Guarantee System, which scores regions on prevention, community care, and
(515) OECD/European Observatory on Health Systems and Policies
(2025), Country Health Profile 2025: Italy. State of Health in the EU.
10.4 9.8 11.2 11.4 13.1 13.4 15.1 14.6 15.0
19.6 19.5 19.7 20.4 21.5 21.4 21.9 21.9 22.9
2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023
EUR million per 100 000 population
Italy EU
127
hospital services. Regions must meet minimum standards or face corrective measures and potential funding losses. While 2023 results show overall improvement, significant regional disparities remain: 10 regions met all standards, but 11, particularly the southern regions, underperformed in at least one area, mainly in prevention and community care. Marked regional disparities continue to also drive patient mobility, particularly from southern regions. In 2023, 21% of acute care admissions in Calabria, 29% in Basilicata and 32% in Molise occurred outside the region of residence (516), reflecting persistent gaps in local hospital infrastructure (see Annex 18).
Italy is a major beneficiary of EU funding for
health. Italy’s recovery and resilience plan (RRP) invests nearly EUR 16 billion in structural reforms, upgrading infrastructure and digital systems, expanding community care through telemedicine and strengthening the health workforce. The 2021-2027 Cohesion Policy funds complementary investments amount to EUR 1 billion. Italy benefits from initiatives under the EU4Health programme, focused on cross-border health threats, EHDS and health workforce planning, and EU-funded technical support to accompany reforms.
Italy’s heavy reliance on out-of-pocket
spending creates a substantial financial and
access burden. Out-of-pocket payments account for a greater proportion of spending on health in Italy than the EU average (23.7% vs 15% in 2023). Nearly half of all out-of-pocket payments result from the restricted health coverage for outpatient care (specialist visits, diagnostic tests, dental care). Heavy reliance on private spending accounting for 27% of total health spending in 2023, is driven mainly by direct payments for outpatient care provided by private providers, rather than formal cost-sharing, with long waiting times in the public system further pushing patients to private care. Only 58% of outpatient care costs were publicly financed, below the EU average of 77%. However, public financing in Italy strongly protects patients from hospital costs, covering 96% of hospital spending in 2023, above the EU average. Public coverage for medicines is also relatively comprehensive. Direct payments for private alternatives to public services are particularly high in regions with more limited public health service capacity. Italy has the highest
(516) Country Health Profile 2025: Italy - see earlier footnote.
rate of catastrophic health spending (8.6% households) in Western Europe, disproportionately affecting low-income households (60% of households in the lowest income quintile) (517).
Graph A15.2: Out-of-pocket payments: share in
healthcare spending and categories, 2023
Household out-of-pocket payment: direct payment for healthcare goods and services from the household primary income or savings, where the payment is made by the user at the time of the purchase of goods or the use of the services (Eurostat). VHI: voluntary health insurance. (1) Others: eyeglasses, hearing aids, lab tests... Source: Eurostat and Country Health Profiles - Dashboard
Social inequalities and waiting times remain
key barriers to healthcare access. In 2025,
4.5% of Italian adults who needed medical care reported unmet needs, a level above the EU average of 3.6%. People at risk of poverty were 2.6 times more likely to experience unmet medical needs than the general population, well above the EU average ratio of 1.6. Barriers were even greater in dental care. Long waiting timesconcern in particular specialist consultations and diagnostic tests, affecting 2.7 million people in 2023 (518). Even though surgical delays are relatively short, the main bottleneck lies in the diagnostic and referral stages. Since 2024, legislation requires regions to appoint Regional Healthcare Managers, and establishes financial incentives for regions to meet waiting-time targets. At the same time, efforts for the implementation of the differentiated autonomy are ongoing, but the effects on healthcare governance and regional disparities remain uncertain. The 2025–2027 National Plan for Waiting List Management
(517) WHO (2025) Can people afford to pay for healthcare? New
evidence on financial protection in Italy.
(518) Country Health Profile 2025: Italy - see earlier footnote.
73%
24%
3%
27%
41%
11%
18%
4%
Gov. & Compulsory
Out-of-pocket (OOP)
Voluntary (VHI)
Pharmaceuticals
Outpatient care
Long-term care
Others
Inpatient care
Sh ar
e o
f sp
e n
d in
g O
O P
B re
ak d
o w
n
OOP share - EU-27 average: 15%
128
established in 2025 the National Waiting List Platform, which has some limitations, affecting the scope and depth of analysis. The monitoring dashboard shows that urgent services are delivered effectively. However, less urgent care - over 75% of demand - faces significant delays, such as cardiology consultations. Cardiology consultations cleared only 75% of lists after an average of 90 days against a 30-day target. The plan establishes legally binding “patient protection pathways”, requiring local health authorities to offer timely alternatives through other public or private-sector providers at public expense. Supported by a dedicated budget of EUR 50 million in 2025, rising to EUR 100 million annually from 2026, funds incentivise regions to hire staff, extend service hours, or contract private providers, reinforced by regional oversight and impose penalties for missed appointments.
Diverging trends in doctor and nurse training
and geographical disparities risk creating a skills imbalance in Italy. Italy has one of the highest doctor densities in the EU (5.4 per 1 000 population), but a comparatively low nurse density (6.9 per 1 000), resulting in one of the lowest nurse-to-doctor ratios in the EU (1.3) (519). This imbalance reflects longstanding difficulties in expanding the nursing workforce, compounded by ageing, retirements, emigration, low salaries, declining interest in nursing careers, and high attrition rates of around 15% in the first year.
(519) Country Health Profile 2025: Italy - see earlier footnote.
Since 2018, Italy has expanded its medical school intake and specialist training, easing bottlenecks in postgraduate medical education. However, student preferences have shifted away from system- critical specialties towards fields with better work- life balance and opportunities of working in the private sector. While the number of medical graduates is above the EU average and postgraduate training bottlenecks have largely eased, in 2024 one-quarter of residency posts went unfilled, with particularly high vacancy rates in emergency medicine (30%) and clinical pathology (15%), compounded by about 9% of residents leaving before completing training (520). Nursing graduate numbers declined by over 3% annually between 2013 and 2022, falling to less than half the EU average and resulting in fewer nurses than doctors entering the workforce. However, 2023 saw a modest recovery. Despite growth in overall doctor numbers, Italy’s GP workforce has declined by around 13% over the past decade. This has led to significant workload pressures, with over half of GPs exceeding the contractual patient ceiling in 2023 and an estimated nationwide shortfall of 8-16% (521). Geographic disparities add to the challenges in access to healthcare, with recruitment particularly difficult in rural and remote areas (see Annex 18). Shortages of GPs are pronounced particularly in the North, where compliance with caseload thresholds would require substantial workforce
(520) Country Health Profile 2025: Italy - see earlier footnote.
(521) Country Health Profile 2025: Italy - see earlier footnote.
Table A15.1:Key health indicators
*The EU average is weighted for all indicators except for doctors and nurses per 1 000 population, for which the EU simple average is used based on 2023 data (or latest available). Doctors’ density data refer to practising doctors in all countries except Greece, Portugal (licensed to practise) and Slovakia (professionally active). Density of nurses: data refer to practising nurses (EU recognised qualification) in most countries except Portugal (licensed to practice) and Slovakia (professionally active). Latest data update on nurses for Belgium and Sweden: 2022; for France: 2021; for Luxembourg: 2017. ** latest available 10-year trend: ratio 2023/2014 or 2024/2013; a factor of 2.00 means that it has doubled in 10 years. ***‘Available hospital beds’ covers somatic care, not psychiatric care. Source: Eurostat
2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 10-year
change**
EU average*
(latest year)
Cancer mortality per 100 000 population 227.0 221.5 218.7 216.7 n.a. 0.88 233.1 (2023)
Mortality due to circulatory diseases per 100 000 population 281.1 266.9 270.3 247.4 n.a. 0.80 313.0 (2023)
Current expenditure on health, purchasing power standards, per capita 2 620 2 828 2 978 3 086 3 199 1.40 3834.9 (2023)
Public share of health expenditure, % of current health expenditure 75.8 74.5 73.7 73.1 74.3 1.00 80.6 (2023)
Spending on prevention, % of current health expenditure 5.3 6.5 5.8 4.7 4.7 1.08 3.7 (2023)
Available hospital beds per 100 000 population*** 310 304 301 296 n.a. 0.94 440 (2023)
Doctors per 1 000 population* 4.0 5.3 5.4 5.4 n.a. 1.36 4.3 (2023)*
Nurses per 1 000 population* 6.3 6.8 6.8 6.9 n.a. 1.28 7.6 (2023)*
Mortality at working age (20-64 years), % of total mortality 9.8 10.4 9.7 10.1 10.0 0.92 14.3 (2023)
Consumption of antibiotics in the community and hospital sectors,
defined daily doses per 1 000 inhabitants 18.4 17.5 21.9 23.1 22.3 0.91 20.3 (2024)
129
expansion. Several regions have introduced temporary measures such as extending retirement age and deploying hospital physicians in community settings. Reforms currently under way aim to improve the attractiveness of general practice by aligning GP training with medical specialisation, but demographic projections indicate further declines, especially in southern regions. These challenges are further exacerbated by rigid health workforce planning and deployment, as Italy’s 31 legally recognised health professions create a highly segmented system that limits interoperability. Italy plans to gradually expand undergraduate medical education to produce 30 000 additional physicians by 2032, starting from around 20 900 entrants in 2023/24 (522). From 2025, the traditional multiple-choice entrance exam was replaced with an open-access first-semester track, where continuation in the full medical programme depends on a standardised national test at the end of the semester. Insufficient expansion of postgraduate residency positions could leave some graduates unable to secure a residency in order to qualify as specialists. Rapid growth in first-year cohorts may put pressure on facilities, affecting training quality as well as budget pressures in universities.
Italy has stepped up investment in digital
health, yet progress is limited, especially in
some regions. The proportion of Italians accessing their electronic health records has grown rapidly, reaching the EU average of 28% in 2024. This progress reflects the investments that have been made under the RRP, supporting substantially the expansion of the country’s core digital infrastructure, including the electronic health records, the national telemedicine platform and the emerging health data ecosystem. However, challenges remain regarding regional fragmentation, due to the decentralised governance of the SSN. Capital spending on digital health per capita has also been about 30% lower than the EU average since 2015. Italy has adopted a national strategy on artificial intelligence (AI), including healthcare as a priority area. It aims to promote the ethical and trustworthy use of AI to improve diagnosis, treatment planning, health system efficiency, and data governance.
More rational use of medicines would offer
some opportunities for efficiency gains.
(522) Country Health Profile 2025: Italy - see earlier footnote.
Contrary to biosimilars, the uptake of generic medicines remains low, accounting for only 29% of volumes in 2024, well below the EU average of over 50% and revealing a north-south divide (523). To overcome market barriers, Italy reformed pharmacy remuneration in 2024, replacing purely price-based margins with a mixed system of fixed fees and lower ad-valorem margins to encourage generics. Persistent hospital pharmaceutical overspending continues to challenge Italy’s SSN. In 2023, hospital purchases exceeded the 8.15% allocation of the National Health Fund by over EUR 3 billion, while retail pharmaceutical spending remained below its ceiling, triggering payback mechanisms shared between manufacturers and regional authorities. Despite raising the hospital ceiling to 8.5% in 2024, the overspending grew to over EUR 4 billion, partly due to the transfer of financing for certain innovative medicines from the Innovative Medicines Fund to hospital budgets. The government proposed in July 2025 a comprehensive reform via a Consolidated Act (Testo Unico). The Act aims to modernise the payback mechanism into a proactive, data-driven contingency tool rather than a routine response.
Italy’s pharmaceutical sector shows
economic significance, combining modest R&D investment - EUR 14 per capita in 2022, less than half the EU average - with strong innovation outputs. Employment in pharmaceutical manufacturing is above the EU average. In 2024, Italy reported slightly below the EU average number (15.5) of clinical trials per million population. Despite lower per capita figures due to its large population, the absolute clinical trial count is substantial, with 301 trials recorded in 2025. Regarding trade and commercialisation, the industry maintains a modest but fairly stable share of extra-EU exports (11.6% in 2025 vs 13.9% for the EU average), though it has not yet mirrored the rapid growth observed in the EU's top-improving countries.Italy’s public investment bank and regional authorities co-finance biotech start-ups, clinical research and manufacturing upgrades, often in collaboration with EU funding instruments. Italy provides quick access to new medicines: between 2020 and 2023, patients received EU-approved drugs over four months faster than the EU average. However, these figures mask regional disparities.
(523) Country Health Profile 2025: Italy - see earlier footnote.
ANNEX 16: HOUSING
130
Housing affordability issues expose some
parts of Italy’s population to difficult living
conditions. While house prices have broadly stagnated in the last two decades, there are affordability issues for middle- and low-income households, particularly those living in some metropolitan cities and relying on rental contracts. The significant presence of short-term rental supply in certain tourist cities further reduces available supply in the long-term rental market.
Housing-related policies are skewed towards
homeownership, while the provision of social
and affordable housing is limited. While primary residences are exempt from property taxation, the limited availability of public support— particularly relevant given that public housing units (Edilizia Residenziale Pubblica) operate with very low rents—has contributed to a slowdown in the renovation of the public housing stock and in the new constructions over the past decades. This, in turn, has resulted in numerous empty public houses (needing renovation) and long waiting lists for the most vulnerable groups. At the same time affordable housing solutions (such as Edilizia Residenziale Sociale or housing sociale) – characterised by rents at below market rates, but higher than those for public housing – remain limited.
Public interventions cover a wide spectrum
of regulatory and investment measures, but remain to a certain extent uncoordinated.
Powers are divided between local, regional and national levels, while responsibilities for housing- related matters are fragmented across different ministries. At the same time, data availability could be made better by improving coordination between datasets. Such limited coordination may hamper a comprehensive evidence-based approach and reduce the potential for synergies across policies, instruments and stakeholders.
These structural weaknesses in the housing system have direct implications for
homelessness, which remains persistent.
Limited access to affordable and public housing reduces the availability of stable exit pathways for people experiencing homelessness. At the same time, funding cycles to fight homelessness are unstable, and there is a lack of enforceable national standards. Consequently, long-term structural solutions, in particular those based on a housing-led approach, struggle to reach the scale
and sustainability needed to effectively reduce homelessness.
A broader alignment of cadastral values to
market values is still missing.Italy has undertaken to continue updating the cadastral register by mapping properties that are currently not included and by updating cadastral values for buildings that have benefited from public schemes for energy efficiency and/or house renovation interventions (see Annex 3).
In May 2026, the national housing plan
(Piano Casa Italia) was adopted. It aims at renovating the public housing stock, as well as supporting in particualr affordable housing with the involvement of the private sector.
Housing market developments
Homeownership, in particular without a
mortgage, remains prevalent in Italy. Residential property remains the primary component of household wealth in Italy, with 76% of people owning a house (EU average 68%). The share of homeowners with a mortgage is below the EU average (12.7% vs 24.3% in the EU in 2024). Homeowners decrease to 64% among ‘poor’ households – those with an equivalised disposable income below 60% of the median equivalised income. But even among this population segment there is a higher ownership rate compared with the EU average of 50%. New bank mortgages for house purchases decelerated over 2020-2024, but picked up slightly in 2025 (first three quarters).
House prices have broadly stagnated in the
past two decades. House price levels peaked in 2011. Subsequently, as the euro area sovereign debt crisis intensified, they declined by nearly 18% cumulatively until 2019. In 2020 they started recovering, gaining back 15% by 2025. This indicates a fall of almost 25% in real terms over the whole period 2005-2025. In parallel, household incomes expanded, albeit only moderately, resulting in a steadily falling price-to- income ratio throughout 2012-2025. In 2025, the standardised price-to-income ratio was at 85% relative to its long-term average and 87% relative to 2015 (against 96% and 106% in the EU, respectively). House price increases are largely
131
concentrated in Italy’s main metropolitan cities (e.g. Milan and Rome +6.3% and 5% respectively yearly increase at Q4-2025 (524), while more moderate dynamics prevail elsewhere.
Rents have increased in recent years, after a
long period of stagnation, pushed up by high
inflation in 2022 and 2023. Rental prices (including existing and new rental contracts) did not slump as a consequence of the crisis, but rather stagnated until 2016 and then rose very gradually during the following five years, picking up more strongly in 2022-24 and reflecting high consumer price inflation. Between 2015 and 2024, the monthly rental price index rose by 14.6% (December to December), slower than household disposable income per capita, which rose by 28.4% over the same period.
Graph A16.1: House prices, rents and price-to-
income evolution in IT and EU27 since 2005
Source: Eurostat
Housing affordability pressure in Italy
remains comparatively contained, but is
surging in large urban centres and weighs
heavily on tenants, single people and individuals on a low income. Overall, the share of disposable income devoted to rent is 20.2%, rising to 31.1% for people below the poverty threshold, while arrears on rent, mortgage or utilities affect 5.3% of people and 11.3% of people at risk of poverty. In 2025, 5.0% of Italians lived in households spending more than 40% of their disposable income on housing, below the EU
(524) Istat dashboard on house prices, Link.
average of 7.7% (525). Tenants renting at market prices faced the greatest pressure, with 22.3% facing housing cost overburden. People in the lowest income quintile and single people under 65 also experienced significant strain, at 20.6% and 16.3% respectively. The risk of poverty or social exclusion is substantially higher for tenants than for homeowners (39.4% vs 19.5%). In more productive areas, such as large urban centres, labour productivity dynamics have not kept up with the growth of housing prices, and the average salary is not proportionate to the average dwelling cost. This may hamper labour mobility (Confindustria, 2025 (526)). Looking at employees in the non-agricultural private sector (excluding managers), a study by Cassa Depositi e Prestiti estimates the rent-to-income ratio at around 35% on average, with significantly higher levels in large cities, reaching 76% in Milan, 65% in Rome and 48% in Bologna. The estimates are based on the monthly rent of a 60 m² apartment in provincial capitals, and should therefore be interpreted as indicative rather than representative of the overall rental market.
Investment in dwellings has been growing
since the late 2010s, although the housing
stock remains old. It has reached record-high levels in recent years (Graph A16.2), although this is largely due to tax credits for housing renovation, which has not led to the stock of dwellings being expanded. In 2024, 1.7 new dwellings per 1 000 inhabitants were completed, which was the same as in 2023 but still higher than in the previous decade. More residential building permits are being issued (Graph A16.2). 72% of residential buildings were built before 1980 (e.g. 85% in Liguria), while 43% of buildings are concentrated in climatic zones requiring significant energy. The 3.2 million most inefficient dwellings are estimated to need EUR 143.2 billion of investment to improve energy efficiency (527).
(525)The overburden rate should be read together with the tenure
structure (homeowner, tenants), that may differ across country and regions.
(526) Confindustria, Soluzioni Abitative Sostenibili per i Lavoratori (2025).
(527) Fondazione Symbola-CRESME: La riqualificazione energetica del patrimonio abitativo italiano, 2024.
75
100
125
150
175
200
05 07 09 11 13 15 17 19 21 23 25
In d ex
( 2
0 0
5 =
1 0
0 )
Nominal prices IT Nominal prices EU27
Rental prices IT Rental prices EU27
Price-to-income ratio IT Price-to-income ratio EU27
132
Graph A16.2: House supply indicators in IT since
2005
Source: Eurostat
Italy is also characterised by a share of unoccupied dwellings higher than in other EU
Member States (around 27% compared with
an EU average of 19.7%). This national rate
hides significant differences between provinces, ranging from 56% (Sondrio) to 8% (Prato). It includes holiday residences, which can be rented out for limited periods (e.g. the summer months), or used occasionally by the owners. Unoccupied dwellings (and thus potentially available for rent) are particularly prevalent in less populated areas, with only 18% (fewer than 1.8 million dwellings) found in cities and more densely populated municipalities (528). As for public buildings, according to 2018 data, 7% of the stock of public buildings owned by the public administration are estimated to be empty (529).
Italy is characterised by a high presence of
short-term rentals, however the phenomenon
is particularly strong in certain cities and in
specific areas within those cities. According to
Eurostat, in 2024 Italy came third in the EU for the number of nights spent in short-term accommodation booked via online platforms, with 127 million (after France and Spain). Rome, Milan, Florence, Naples and Venice were among the top 20 cities. According to the Real Estate Market Observatory of the Italian Revenue Agency, the share of dwellings offered for short-term rental (on Airbnb) from the residential stock, excluding
(528) Corte dei Conti 2024, on ISTAT data, 2021.
(529) Ministero dell’Economia, Rapporto sui beni immobili delle Amministrazioni Pubbliche (2018).
primary residences, is 12% in Florence, 11% in Venice, 5.7% in Milan and 4% in Rome. Short-term rentals are, however, highly concentrated in certain areas attracting tourism: dwellings used for short- term rentals exceed 20% of the total non-primary residences in the historic centres of Milan and Venice, and even surpass 40% in the historic centre of Florence (530).
Structural policies
Housing policy in Italy has historically
favoured ownership, including with dedicated
fiscal incentives. Homeownership increased tremendously throughout the second half of the last century: from 40% in 1951 to 68% in 1991 (ISTAT). Ownership is still supported, e.g. the first residence is exempt from annual property tax and a Guarantee Fundprovides a public guarantee of 50% for first-home purchases by vulnerable groups and individuals without any other residential property (mortgage amounts cannot exceed EUR 250 000).
Housing policy competences are quite divided across national, regional and local levels, in
particular after the constitutional reform of
2001 which delegated greater
responsibilities to regions and cities. This transfer of responsibilities was not accompanied by an allocation of structural resources to regions. Furthermore, several ministries are in charge of different instruments, highlighting the need to ensure effective coordination mechanisms. Aggregated data, in particular on affordability issues, are also scattered. A national housing observatory (Osservatorio Nazionale della Condizione Abitativa) – announced already in 1998 and then again in 2022 – has not yet been set up. Various regions have their own observatories, however, but without strong coordination (Corte dei Conti, 2020 (531)).
Social and affordable housing solutions are
limited. As better explained in the section on vulnerable groups below, vulnerable people with
(530) Agenzia delle Entrate, Osservatorio Immobiliare. Locazioni
brevi: un’analisi del fenomeno in alcune città italiane (2024).
(531) Corte dei Conti, I fondi per il sostegno all’abitazione in locazione per le categorie sociali deboli (2020).
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
0
20
40
60
80
100
120
140
160
05 07 09 11 13 15 17 19 21 23 25
% o
f G
D P
In d ex
( 2
0 0
5 =
1 0
0 )
Residential building permits in m2, index
Residential buildings producer prices, index
Investment in dwellings (right-hand side axis)
133
very low incomes are eligible for public housing, whereas low- and medium-income households are often not eligible for public housing but still struggle to pay their rent at market prices. Affordable housing solutions are available in the form of Edilizia Residenziale Sociale or housing sociale. This type of housing is often – but not always – based on some form of cooperation between the private and public sectors, and allows households to rent below market price but at prices considerably higher than those for public housing (ensuring greater cash flows). It is implemented by regions and cities using their own frameworks. Cooperatives also offer affordable rent schemes and have helped increase housing supply. While there are no official aggregate data at national level for these affordable housing solutions, they are estimated to be below 90 000 units (532).
Some of those units have been developed
through the Fondo Italiano per l’Abitare (FIA),
a fund of funds structure managed by Cassa
Depositi e Prestiti Real Asset. With a budget of
over EUR 2 billion, it contributed to the creation of 28 different funds, typically operating at regional level and focused on affordable housing. Similar instruments exist focusing on student and senior housing, also with the support of EU funds, such as the InvestEU Program.
Regulated rents are present in Italy and cover the part of the rental market just
below long-term rental at market price. Under the canone concordato regulated rent system, landlords agree to charge below market rents based on locally negotiated territorial agreements in exchange for tax incentives. In 2024, 23.9% of registered rental contracts set a canone concordato (533). The average reduced price corresponds to 72.5% of the average long-term market rate rent, though the difference with the market rate can be very small in certain cities. In Milan the use of regulated rents is marginal.
(532) According to Fondazione Housing Sociale, 25 000 public
housing units of public housing (Edilizia Residenziale Sociale typology) are managed by housing companies, around 40 000 co-owned dwellings are owned by cooperatives, and around 20 000 units are managed by the Fondo Investimenti per l’Abitare.
(533) Agenzia delle Entrate and Italian Banking Association – Annual report on housing, 2025.
A new national housing Plan (“Piano Casa”)
has been adopted in May 2026. The measures envisaged are based on three pillars. The first pillar provides for an extraordinary program of interventions for the recovery and maintenance of the current stock of public residential housing. The second pillar of the Plan is based on the creation of a specific financial instrument with resources at national and European level. The third pillar introduces bureaucratic simplifications and fast- track procedures for investors with a view to activating private investment and building housing units to rent or sell to citizens at controlled prices. The 2023, 2024, 2025 budget laws provide a total of €970 million for the implementation of the Plan. The Plan may also mobilise European resources such as cohesion funds, including EUR 1.1 bn reprogrammed in the context of the Mid- Term review and the Social Climate Fund. It also intends to attract private capital.
The Italian recovery and resilience plan features one of Italy’s flagship measures for housing (534) which focuses on expanding availability by building, purchasing or renovating over 10 000 units, coupled with urban regeneration of at least 1.8 million square meters of public spaces.
The 2026 Budget Law also tightens rules on
short-term rentals. As from 2026, private
individuals may rent out no more than two dwellings under the ‘private’ tax regime; renting three or more units is automatically classified as a business activity, requiring VAT registration and corporate tax compliance. Moreover, income from short-term rentals of the first dwelling remains taxed at 21%, while the second dwelling is subject to a 26% tax rate. Initiatives are also starting to be developed at local and regional level. For example, Florence has introduced municipal laws restricting short-term rental activities.
Efforts to reintegrate unoccupied and abandoned housing into the market are
emerging, but are not structured. For example,
(534) ”PINQUA” - Investment 6 - Innovation Programme for
Housing Quality of Mission 5, Component 2 of the Italian RRP. Additionally, following the November 2025 revision of the NRRP, Italy has reinforced its commitment to affordable housing introducing a new measure for the implementation of the Member State Compartment of the InvestEU Program. The measure, under the CDP Social Investments and Skills Window Intermediated Equity Financial Product, will finance investments targeting the Affordable Social Housing sector.
134
some regions like Tuscany, and municipalities like Bologna, have taken initiatives to map the unoccupied housing stock and provide incentives to bring those properties back to the market, also in relation to policies to revitalise inner city areas. In parallel, a number of small municipalities facing demographic decline have launched ‘one-euro house’ schemes to encourage buyers to renovate abandoned properties. In addition, a task force (cabina di regia) was set up in November 2024 under the Ministry of Finance to coordinate public efforts to valorise public property.
Building and construction codes will be amply
revised in 2026. In December 2025, a draft enabling law was approved to develop a new Building and Construction Code, which must be completed within 12 months. The implementing law being drafted aims to, among other things, reduce administrative complexity, provide greater certainty in building permission and simplify authorisations
Vulnerable groups
Quality of housing remains an issue, marked
by pronounced income and regional
disparities. In 2024, 23.9% of residents lived in an overcrowded home, against 16.9% in the EU. Overcrowded homes are much more common among tenants (43.7%), young people aged 16-29 (40.1%), people at risk of poverty (31.7%), and in cities (27%). This can partly be attributed to delayed household formation, as young people remain in the parental home until, on average, the age of 30. Severe housing deprivation also affected a higher share of the population in Italy than in the rest of the EU in 2023 (5.8% vs 4%), especially market tenants (11.5%) and young people aged 16-29 (10.2%). The share of population living in houses with structural deficiencies such as leaking roofs and damp walls was 17.1% in 2024, above the EU average (15.6%). The incidence of people living in damaged dwellings is higher in the south and city centres (535).
(535) Ministero delle infrastrutture, Rapporto Programma
Innovativo Nazionale per la Qualità dell’Abitare, 2022.
Housing policy for vulnerable people has
gradually lost centrality. This decline has been particularly marked following the end of structural financial flows to social housing programmes through dedicated payroll contributions by workers (GESCal) and the gradual sale of the public housing stock. The expenditure on social protection dedicated to housing (comprising mainly social protection payments to households to help with the cost of housing as well as the operation of social housing schemes) is 0.04% of GDP, considerably lower in Italy than the EU average (0.3%).
The supply of social housing is currently
insufficient to cover the demand. According to the latest Eurostat figures (EU-SILC 2024), the percentage of the population at risk of poverty (those earning less than 60% of the median national income) who live in housing with reduced rent or for free is 13.0% for Italy, compared with 22.6% for the euro area. Public housing accounted for just 2.4% of the housing stock in 2022, down from 4.2% in 2010 (OECD). Around 750 000 housing units are available (i.e. public residential housing Edilizia Residenziale Pubblica). Fully public and aimed at the most vulnerable households, these dwellings are managed by public housing companies owned by the local authorities and rented at well-below market rates (around EUR 100 per month on average, compared with around EUR 500 on the private rental market). Some 650 000 households are estimated to be on the waiting list. The analysis by period of construction highlights that the public residential housing stock is of a certain age: more than half of these units were built between 1960 and 1990, while only 9.1% were built after 2000, and only 2.2% of the stock was built after 2010. A significant share of the stock, estimated at more than 63 000 units, is currently vacant due to the need for major maintenance works (536).
National instruments aimed at preventing housing exclusion and supporting vulnerable
tenants in the private rental market exist,
but financing has so far been limited. In particular, the Fondo Morosità Incolpevole (Fund for rent arrears due to no-fault tenants) aims to prevent evictions by supporting tenants who are suddenly unable to pay their rent due to the loss
(536) Federcasa and Nomisma, La centralità dell’edilizia
residenziale pubblica nelle politiche abitative, 2024.
135
or reduction of their household income (for example due to unemployment). The allocations to the fund were drastically reduced before the COVID-19 pandemic and significantly increased afterwards. Budget Law 2025 and 2026 allocated resources to the Fund for about EUR 22 million.
Homelessness in Italy remains a persistent and severe phenomenon. According to the most recent permanent census, nearly 96 200 people were homeless in 2021, representing 0.16% of the population. Among them, 32% were women and 13% were under 18, almost half lived in the three largest cities (537). A recent ISTAT field survey conducted in the 14 main metropolitan areas found over 10 000 homeless people. Among them, 78.6% were men and over two-thirds were foreign nationals. Shelters in these cities were found to have an average accommodation capacity of 66.5% of the homeless population, 44.6% of whom were found living on the street (538). According to the Italian Federation of Organisations for Homeless People, 414 homeless individuals died in 2025, a figure consistent with previous years (539). The lack of recent census data makes it difficult to monitor homelessness trends and design targeted policies.
Despite the progress achieved under the
national recovery and resilience plan, there
is ample scope to expand the delivery of housing-first interventions. Under the plan,
Italy has invested in housing-first solutions for more than 1 300 people, ‘post stations’ offering essential services to over 11 000 people, and housing solutions for agricultural workers to overcome illegal settlements (see Annex 12). The European Social Fund Plus also finances housing- first interventions via the national programme for social inclusion and poverty reduction 2021-2027. However, beyond these significant programmes, funding is insufficient and several challenges remain. First, housing-first services are not included in the minimum set of social services that municipalities must guarantee uniformly across the country (see Annex 12), unlike the provision of
(537) OECD, Data on homelessness 2024 - Country notes: Italy.
(538) ISTAT, Le persone senza dimora: il conteggio nei 14 comuni centro di area metropolitana. Primi risultati, 2026.
(539) FIO.PSD, Morti senza dimora, la strage invisibile, accessed on 2026/05/05.
a fictitious residence (540), leading to territorial disparities rooted in the uneven budgets and administrative capacity of municipalities (see Annex 19). Second, the shortage of public housing both limits homelessness prevention and hampers the scalability of housing-first interventions. Third, the absence of a comprehensive national monitoring framework makes it difficult to systematically track homelessness trends and assess the long-term impact of policies and programmes. These gaps are only partially filled by third-sector organisations. Lastly, many measures still focus on basic material assistance, providing short-term relief but without a lasting structural impact.
The supply of student accommodation is
increasing in the face of needs that remain
high. Italy is an increasingly attractive destination
for foreign students: in the 2024/2025 school year, around 110 000 international students were enrolled in Italian universities, 165% more than a decade earlier (541). The share of domestic mobile students is also rising, although at a slower rate. The overall supply of student beds is at 83 000 units, most of which are publicly owned (69%), which only covers about 4% of the student population, one of the lowest shares in the EU. There has been a significant increase in investment in the context of the RRP, reaching EUR 1.2 billion (542), yet the related expansion in supply is not expected to satisfy the rising demand, especially in the largest university cities (543). Under the recovery and resilience plan, Italy has reformed student housing regulations and is investing in providing more than 30 000 new student beds with rent at least 15% below market prices and 30% of the places reserved for disadvantaged students. A financial instrument is supporting the creation of additional units for a total estimation of around 60 000 student beds.
(540) Fictitious residence is a right for people experiencing
homelessness that allows them to register in the municipal population register at a non-existent address, thereby ensuring access to identity documents, healthcare and social services.
(541) National agency for the evaluation of universities and research, Rapporto sul Sistema della formazione superiore e della ricerca (2026).
(542) NRPP - M4C1 Investment 5 (implemented through a dedicated financial instrument managed by Cassa Depositi e Prestiti S.p.A.) and M4C1- Reform 1.7.
(543) Savills (2025). Italian student housing market – Italy Spotlight, June 2025.
136
Italy also supports equal access to higher education through scholarships for students from lower socio-economic backgrounds, also with the contribution of the European Social Fund Plus and the Recovery and Resilience Facility.
Graph A16.3: Housing affordability selected indicators
Source: Housing affordability selected indicators. The overburden rate should be read together with the tenure structure (homeowner, tenants), that may differ across country and regions.
HORIZONTAL
ANNEX 17: SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT GOALS
137
This annex assesses Italy’s progress on the
sustainable development goals (SDGs) along the dimensions of competitiveness,
sustainability, social fairness and
macroeconomic stability. The 17 SDGs and their related indicators provide a policy framework under the UN’s 2030 Agenda for Sustainable Development. The aim is to end all forms of poverty, fight inequalities and tackle climate change and the environmental crisis, while ensuring that no one is left behind. The EU and its Member States are committed to this historic global framework agreement and to playing an active role in maximising progress on the SDGs. The graph below is based on the EU SDG indicator set developed to monitor progress on the SDGs in the EU.
Italy needs to catch up with the EU average
on all SDGs related to competitiveness
(SDGs 4, 8, 9),but it is improving. Gross domestic expenditure on R&D increased slightly
but remains below the EU average (1.4% of GDP, against 2.2% in the EU in 2024; SDG 9). Real GDP per capita is almost on a par with the EU (EUR 33 080 vs EUR 34 110 in the EU in 2025) and investments represent 21.8% of GDP (SDG 8), which is in line with the EU average (21.7%). The percentage of households with a high-speed internet connection in 2024 (70.7%) was well below the EU average (82.5%), despite significant progress since 2019 (30%) (SDGs 9 and 17). The percentage of adults aged 16 to 74 with at least basic digital skills increased but remained below the EU average (54.3% vs 60.4% in the EU in 2024; SDG 4). Italy progressed on indicators related to tertiary education and adult learning but remains well below the EU average (SDG 4). The recovery and resilience plan (RRP) is expected to contribute significantly to competitiveness by investing in the digitalisation of public administration, justice, education and research, as well as in the tourism and cultural sector. Measures supporting the digitalisation and
Graph A17.1: Progress towards the SDGs in Italy
For a detailed progress assessment towards the various SDGs, see the annual Eurostat report ‘Sustainable development in the European Union’; for extensive data on the short-term SDG progress of EU countries, see Key findings – Sustainable development indicators; for an interactive visualization of SDG progress of EU countries, see SDG country overview. A high status does not mean that a country is close to reaching a specific SDG, but signals that it is doing better than the EU on average. The progress score is an absolute measure based on the indicator trends over the past five or six years. The calculation does not take into account any target values, as most EU policy targets are only valid for the aggregate EU level. Depending on data availability for each goal, not all 17 SDGs are shown for each country. Source: Eurostat, latest update of 29 April 2026. Data refer mainly to the period 2019-2024 or 2019-2025. Data on SDGs may vary across the report and its annexes due to different cut-off dates.
138
competitiveness of manufacturing and research and innovation are also expected to boost productivity.
Italy is improving on most of the SDGs
related to sustainability (SDGs 2, 7, 9, 11, 12,
13, 14) and performs well on some of them
(SDGs 2, 7, 11, 12, 14). In Italy the use of
circular material is higher than in the rest of the EU (21.6% of material input for domestic use vs 12.2% in the EU in 2024), but generation of waste increased between 2018 and 2022 (from 2.8 to 3.2 kg per capita; SDG 12). While the percentage of marine protected areas is below the EU level (10% vs 13.7% in the EU in 2023), the figure for marine waters affected by eutrophication is virtually zero, outperforming the EU average (0.01% of the exclusive economic zone vs 0.38% in the EU in 2025; SDG 14). Italy performs well on energy efficiency and consumption (SDG 7), but the percentage of renewables in the energy mix remains lower than the EU average (19.4% of gross final energy consumption vs 25.2% in the EU in 2024; SDG 13). Italy also faces increasing climate-related economic losses which are the third highest in the EU (EUR 68.3 per inhabitant expressed as a 30-year moving average vs EUR 49 in the EU in 2024; SDG 13).
Italy still needs to catch up with the EU
average indicators on clean water, industry,
innovation and infrastructure, sustainable cities and communities, climate action and
life on land (SDGs 6, 9, 11, 13, 15). Italy is improving on financing climate action but needs to catch up with the EU average with 3.24% of bonds issued by corporates and the government labelled as green bonds in 2024 (6.94% in the EU). On a positive note, net greenhouse gas emissions removals from land use and forestry are improving compared to 2018 and are higher than the EU level (-212.1 tonnes CO2 eq. per km² vs - 54.7 tonnes in the EU in 2024, SDG 13). While Italy performs well on sustainable agricultural production, ammonia emissions from agriculture remain above the EU average (25.5 kg per hectare of utilised agricultural area vs 19.1 kg in the EU in 2023; SDG 2). Railways and inland waterways accounted for a much lower share of freight transport than the EU average (10.2 percentage points (pps) difference in % of inland freight tonne/km in 2024; SDG 9). The recycling rate of waste at municipal level is above the EU average (50.8% in 2023 vs 47.9% in the EU; SDG 11).
Italy is moving away from SDGs on clean
water and sanitation as well as life on land
(SDGs 6 and 15) and needs to catch up to the EU average. In particular, the impact of drought
on ecosystems increased from 2018 to 2024 and is above EU levels (10.7% of the country area vs 3.7% in the EU in 2024; SDGs 6 and 15). Moreover, Italy needs to catch up with the EU average on water quality in rivers: the percentage of waterbodies with pesticides exceeding thresholds has increased and is above the EU average (27.9% vs 23.3% in the EU in 2023, SDG 6). While biochemical oxygen demand in rivers (an indicator for organic pollution) has improved, it remains above the EU average (2.6 mg O2/litre vs 2.24 in the EU in 2023, SDGs 6 and 15).
For SDG 15, the percentage of terrestrial
protected areas has remained stable and is below the EU average (21.4% of total area
vs 26.4% in the EU in 2023). Increased soil sealing had a significant environmental impact, and the area at risk of severe soil erosion by water is well above the EU average (24.4% of non- artificial erodible area vs 5.1% in the EU in 2023; SDGs 2 and 15). The average performance in each dimension of environmental sustainability masks large regional differences across the country. The RRP includes important measures expected to support the green transition in renewable energy, circular economy, water and natural resource management, the reduction of hydrogeological risks, sustainable transport and the energy efficiency of buildings.
Italy is improving in all SDGs related to
social fairness (SDGs 1, 3, 4, 5, 7, 8, 10). It
performs well on good health and well-being and affordable and clean energy compared
with the rest of the EU (SDGs 3, 7). Labour
market participation improved but wide gaps with the EU average remain. The percentage of young people not in education, employment or training is declining but is still well above the EU average (15.2% of the population aged 15-29 vs 11% in the EU in 2024; SDG 8). Despite a relatively high percentage of women in senior management positions (45% in 2025 vs 33.6% in the EU; SDG 5), the gender employment gap (19.1 pps vs 9.6 pps in the EU in the population aged 20-64 in 2025; SG 5) remains much higher than the EU average. So does the participation gender gap due to caring responsibilities (0.9 pps vs 0.7 in the EU
139
in 2025 in the population aged 20-64; SDGs 5 and 8). In a context of low tertiary education attainment and low labour market participation of women, the percentage of women attaining tertiary education is higher than that of men; the gap is increasing and higher than the EU average (13.1 pps vs 11.3 in the EU in 2025 in the population aged 25-34; SDG 5). The percentageof employed people at risk of poverty slightly decreased (11.8% of population over 18 in 2019 vs 10.2% in 2024). Fatal accidents at work also declined slightly, but remain higher than the EU average (2.01 per 100 000 workers vs 1.63 in the EU in 2023; SDG 8). Numerical skills worsened across the EU: over 2018-2022, the percentage of low achievers in mathematics among 15-year-olds increased by almost 7%, reaching about 30% in Italy and the EU (SDG 4).
However, Italy needs to catch up with the EU average on most indicators (SDGs 1, 4, 8,
10). Participation in early childhood education has slightly decreased in Italy, while improving at the EU level (94% of children aged 3 and over vs 95% in the EU in 2024; SDG 4). Preventing early leaving from education remains a challenge, especially for students with a migrant background (22.1 pp. difference between EU and non-EU population aged 18-24 vs 16.8 pp. difference in the EU in 2025; SDG 10). Access to housing in terms of excessive costs (SDG 1) and affordable energy (SDG 7) improved in Italy, as the percentage of the population unable to keep their homes adequately warm decreased, falling below the EU average (8.6% of population vs 9.2% in the EU in 2024; SDG 7). The percentage of people at risk of poverty or social exclusion declined but remains slightly higher than in the EU (23.1% of the total population in 2024 vs 21% in the EU). Despite a decrease in the relative median of the at-risk-of- poverty gap, Italy remains above the EU average (26% distance to poverty threshold vs 22.7% in the EU in 2024; SDG 1). Healthy life expectancy at birth based on self-perceived health increased and is above the EU average (79 years vs 75.3 in 2023). The percentage of people perceiving themselves as healthy slightly increased, against a slight decline at EU level, with 72.9% of Italian population above 16 in 2019 (vs 68.6% of population in the EU), and 75.5% in 2023 (vs EU 68.5%). The obesity rate decreased to 7% of adult population in 2025 (vs 16.3% in the EU). At the same time, the proportion of households suffering from noise increased, while remaining lower than the EU average (SDG 3). RRP measures on
education and training, active labour market policies, social and territorial cohesion, social services and inclusion and gender equality are expected to improve Italy’s performance on the fairness-related SDGs.
While the country is improving on SDGs
related to macroeconomic stability,it still
needs to catch up with the EU average on all of them (SDGs 8, 16, 17). Italy has made progress on peace, justice and the quality of its institutions, with a significant reduction in reported crime, falling below the EU average (from 11.3% in 2018 to 6.4% in 2023, EU: 10% of the total population in 2023; SDG 16). Access to justice remains a challenge, with only 46% of the population perceiving the justice system as independent, and the perception of corruption in institutions is above the EU average (SDG 16). There has been some progress related to sustainable economic growth and employment indicators, but the country remains below the EU average (SDG 8). There is still little uptake on global partnerships, and important challenges remain on public debt (137.1% of GDP vs EU average of 81.7% in 2025; SDG 17). Several structural reforms included in the RRP are expected to improve Italy’s macroeconomic stability, particularly the public administration and justice system reforms and the measures to fight tax evasion.
As the SDGs form an overarching framework, any links to relevant SDGs are either explained or depicted with icons in the other annexes.
ANNEX 18: COMPETITIVE REGIONS
140
Regional development trends
While economic growth at national and
regional level has converged with the EU
average in recent years, disparities both internally and vis-à-vis the EU remain. Despite having increased since the pandemic, the growth rate in GDP per head in all Italy’s regions was below the EU average during the last decade.As a consequence, GDP per head (PPS) in all Italian regions has fallen vis-à-vis the EU average, while the large gap between the North and the southern and insular regions of the country remains. Although post-pandemic trends have shown a modest narrowing of growth disparities, GDP per head (PPS) in the northern regions remained more than 50% higher than in the southern and the island regions. In 2024,GDP per head was lowest in Calabria, at 57% of the EU average, and below 70% in the three other most populous southern regions (544) (see table A19.2).
The significant regional disparities in GDP
per head are related to the important labour
productivity gaps between regions. In 2023, labour productivity (measured by GDP (PPS) per hour worked) was 101% of the EU average at national level. It reached 114% in the North-West, with Lombardia (120%) and Bolzano (129%) standing out, and exceeded the EU average in all the central and northern regions. The index was at 82% in the South and 83% in the Islands, with the worst performance in Puglia and Calabria (76% and 75% respectively). In terms of trends over the last decade, productivity growth was slower in Italy than the EU average and, in general, the regions of the North were doing better than those less developed in the South despite the overall stability in regional disparities in GDP per head. Lower wages in the Mezzogiorno are also related to lower labour productivity (see Annex 11).
(544) Campania, Puglia and Sicilia.
Map A18.1: GDP per head compared to the EU
average.
Note: 2021-2023 average GDP per head in purchasing power standard compared to the EU average. Source: Commission calculations based on Eurostat 16 July 2025 data
Moreover, productivity growth historically has been sluggish vis-à-vis the EU, most
notably in the Mezzogiorno. Between2013-23, Italy’s average annual real productivity growth per hour worked (0.1%) was significantly below the EU average (0.7%). Productivity growth was lower than the national average (0.1%) in the South (0.0%), Centro (-0.1%) and island regions (-0.2%) and higher in the Northern regions. This reflected differences in regional economic structures: Italy's industrial base is geographically concentrated, with two-thirds of industry located in the North. In the Centre-North, a dense industrial base supports higher productivity, innovation capacity and international competitiveness. Southern regions are characterised by a predominance of micro and small enterprises, concentrated in traditional or downstream segments of value chains, with limited international openness and relatively low productivity.
In parallel to this historical economic under-
performance, Southern regions and the islands have seen demographic decline. In the decade from 2015 to 2024, the Italian population
141
decreased by an average of 2.3 people per thousand residents each year. In the same period, the EU population grew on average by 1.8 per thousand residents. Decline was most marked in Molise, Basilicata, Calabria, Sicilia and Sardegna, with an average decrease between 4.9 and 7.8 people per thousand residents per year. There are marked differences between coastal and inland territories, metropolitan and non-metropolitan areas, and island and mainland regions. There are strong migration flows from Southern Italy to Northern and central areas of the country and abroad, mainly concerning the younger population. Intra-regional disparities.
As a consequence of measures put in place
post-pandemic, some of these trends have
reversed, with the Mezzogiorno seeing stronger economic growth in recent years. The combination of higher public investment, tax incentives and regulatory simplification measures targeted to the Mezzogiorno have contributed to higher economic growth in Southern Italy than the rest of the country between 2019-24 and convergence with the EU average. This has contributed also to stronger employment growth in the Mezzogiorno and a shift in migration trends, with fewer Southern Italians working in the northern-central regions. As some of the factors driving this resurgence such as the National Recovery and Resilience Plan are phased out, a renewed push in investments and reforms focused on these regions could consolidate and build on these positive recent developments.
Key challenges for regional competitiveness
R&D and innovation capacities remain
limited in the South, hindering its long-term
economic and competitiveness potential. Southern regions show increased activity among SMEs in product and process innovation, digital adoption, and collaborative projects. However, limited non-R&D innovation investment, lower patent rates, and smaller firm sizes continue to constrain productivity and technological gains (545).
(545) ISTAT (2024). BES 2023, Il benessere equo e sostenibile in Italia.
There is an uneven distribution of research excellence and technology-transfer infrastructure (see Annex 4 “Innovation to business”), which contributes to weaker science–industry linkages in the southern regions. Conversely,the North and
Centre show a stronger R&D performance combining high R&D expenditure, strong patenting capacity, and high innovation intensity (546) (compared to the national average, although still below EU average). This in turn supports high- value-added manufacturing, advanced services, and favourable global value chain positioning.
These regional disparities in innovation capacity in part reflect differences in
productive structures. Other than the agro- industry, value chains in southern Italy show limited international orientation. This reflects structural weaknesses including infrastructure constraints, the prevalence of small firms, limited supply of advanced skills, a strong dependence on domestic demand, and the specialisation in less tradable sectors, such as construction, transport and retail (547). Southern regions are also strongly oriented towards tertiary sectors, particularly in activities of low-value added within value chains or in traditional industrial sectors.
This picture is partially compounded by the
growth of certain advanced industrial
sectors in the Mezzogiorno. The presence of
some advanced services and specialised manufacturing hubs in southern regions is expanding, for example in the green industry and renewable energy (solar, wind, photovoltaic, biogas) thanks to abundant natural resources. The aerospace sector in Puglia and Campania are also areas of excellence.
Attracting more major players in high-value
added sectors with specialised competencies
could be a driver of competitiveness in the
Mezzogiorno. The 2025 Country Specific Recommendations for Italy point to the need to pursue a more ambitious industrial policy in southern Italy that supports productive priorities and strategic specialisations. In this direction,
(546) Innovation intensity is defined as the number of innovation
active or innovative firms, as a percentage of total firms by industry.
(547) SVIMEZ Report 2024 - The Southern Economy and Society - Competitiveness and cohesion: time for policy.
142
Banca d’Italia(548) and Confindustria(549) highlight the pivotal role of large players in driving supply chain development, particularly in Mezzogiorno regions. There is scope to capitalise on existing areas of excellence to enhance regional competitiveness such as the aerospace sector in Puglia and Campania, the renewable energy sector in all southern regions or the electronics and semiconductors sectors in Sicilia. Exploiting the potential of strategic specialisation in new value chains and sectors at the technological frontier such as semiconductors, artificial intelligence and ICT technologies can also foster economic diversification of territories dependent on declining sectors.
(548) Banca d’Italia, 2022: “Il divario Nord-Sud: sviluppo
economico e intervento pubblico”.
(549) Confindustria, 2025: « Check-up Mezzogiorno 2025 ».
Private investment into the country’s most
disadvantaged areas can be boosted by the
focused targeting of national measures and
leveraging of cohesion policy. Most nationwide measures to promote business growth, internationalisation, innovation, access to finance, and foreign investments have disproportionately benefited the Centre-North when there have not been provisions earmarked for the southern regions. Transition 4.0 Plan tax credits did not include targeted support for southern regions and saw very limited uptake there while ‘Nuova Sabatini’ directed around 90% of incentives to the Centre-North between 2014 and 2023 and only ~19% of Cassa Depositi e Prestiti venture capital investments were in the South (550). Conversely, the Budget Law 2026 that extended for three
(550) Details on the geographical distribution of projects and
incentives are provided by the SVIMEZ Report 2024.
Table A18.1:Main development trends, challenges and the concentration of resources.
Source: European Commission based on Eurostat data; categories of regions based on Map A18.1.
Main development trends
Less developed regions (population 19.9 million)
A persistent north-south divide marks the situation among the less developed regions in the Italian Mezzogiorno, where (i) macro-regional gaps remain significant generally in productivity (RCI 67% of the EU average in the South and 61.8% in the islands); (ii) employment (52.5% of population aged 20-64 in the south and 51.5% in the islands); (iii) innovation capacity and public service quality; as well as in (iv) infrastructure endowment, both in terms of accessibility and services for the productive sectors. In the Mezzogiorno regions, the productive sector remains characterised by micro and small firms, often family-run and concentrated in traditional or downstream segments of value chains, with limited international openness and low labour productivity. While some advanced services (ICT, professional services) and specialised manufacturing hubs exist, particularly in parts of Campania, Puglia, and Sicily, the overall presence of medium-sized and large enterprises, innovation infrastructure, and high-value manufacturing remains weak, constraining the regions’ ability to drive growth and fully participate in global value chains.
Transition regions (population 7.9 million)
In 2021-2023, four Italian regions had an average GDP per head (in PPS), at least 75% but less than 100% of the EU average, with Piedmont entering this group. The other three regions’ (Abruzzo, Marche and Umbria) GDP trends show that these regions’ performance is declining. This is in part due to low innovation, stagnating economic activities and structural difficulties in traditional industrial activities (i.e. automotive, textile and ceramics).
More developed regions (population 31.3 million)
In the Centre-North, a dense industrial base – anchored by medium and large firms, industrial districts, and strong integration into global value chains – supports higher productivity, innovation capacity, and international competitiveness. The strong industrial concentration also makes northern regions more exposed to European industrial slowdowns and energy price shocks, particularly given the weight of energy-intensive sectors. However, the industrial fabric of the more developed Italian regions is diverse, with higher technological innovation in Lombardy and Emilia Romagna and a more traditional industrial structure in Veneto. Marked internal differences are registered in these regions. For instance, the situation in Lazio relies strongly on the capital.
Specific territories
Spatial imbalances are extremely relevant in Italy. These include an urban–rural divide – driven by depopulation, ageing and reduced access to essential services in inner and mountainous areas – as well as marked differences between coastal and inland territories, metropolitan and non-metropolitan areas, and island (including minor islands) and mainland regions. Moreover, intra-regional disparities persist within both the northern and southern regions, and dynamic urban centres coexist with structurally weaker peripheral municipalities. Overall, Italy’s territorial imbalances are multidimensional and layered, combining macro-regional, geographical and functional differences, inaccessibility, and level of essential public services. These imbalances affect the country’s development potential and are linked to Italy’s depopulation trends and its brain drain.
143
years the funding of the Special Economic Zone (SEZ) scheme, provided enterprises with some certainty for their investment in the SEZ. Overall, the South’s share of key support instruments is around 30%, mainly thanks to national schemes such as the Development Contracts, the Guarantee Fund for SMEs and Smart & Start Italia, that were co-financed with cohesion policy resources and had a specific earmarking for southern regions. Going forward, a policy framework for regional competitiveness that builds on past effective practices would provide long-term financial and regulatory incentives for large investments in clearly defined sectors, knowledge domains and geographic areas, in line with the needs for the Mezzogiorno.
At the same time, some Northern and Centre
regions could also merit targeted support in
light of growing challenges to their
competitiveness. TheItalian automotive and manufacturing sectors which have been at the heart of the economic growth of many regions of the North and Centre, face significant challenges in terms of both cost and non-cost competitiveness. Maintaining their competitiveness requires significant investments in innovation and technology and a skilled workforce proficient in digital skills and new technologies, with the latter often requiring targeted public support for training.
Low employment is a major constraint to the
growth potential of the Mezzogiorno and co- exists with labour shortages in some high-
value added sectors. These regions have been historically characterised by significantly lower employment rates than those of the Centre and North of the country. This difference has not narrowed down over time. Female employment rate in the labour market remains among the lowest in the EU in those regions. Insufficient availability of childcare and long-term care services are still a major challenge (see Annex 15). Additionally, addressing skill shortages in ICT, engineering, technology and the green transition is increasingly important for the Italian labour market and productive system, in particular in the South.
Transport infrastructure is still significantly underdeveloped in the South. It is insufficient
in serving productive activities in the region. In the Mezzogiorno infrastructure endowment is insufficient as regards the multimodal logistics and interports, as well as for rail freight terminals
and yards to support a more efficient handling of cargo. This is exacerbated by a systemic lack of coordinated infrastructural development planning. Transport and logistics infrastructure in the North is more environmentally sustainable and digitalised, thus providing more efficient networks and local transport mobility services typically offer a better coverage. Given however the reliance of supply chains in sectors under intense global competition (i.e automotive) on highly efficient transport and logistics, tailored public investment may be needed also in northern/central regions.
Grid infrastructure suffers from significant
weaknesses in the South constraining the
development of its full potential in renewable energies The infrastructure is unevenly exploited throughout the country with ample weaknesses in the Mezzogiorno regions. According to the Renewable Thinking Indicator (RTI) (551) regions such as Piemonte, Lombardia, and Abruzzo, have already harnessed over 70% of their renewable potential (mostly in hydropower), whilst Sicilia and Sardegna exploit only 32% and 35% respectively of their potential despite having some of the best conditions for renewable energy development. Weaknesses in the grid infrastructure (i.e lower capacity, density, and interconnection of electricity networks) are a significant bottleneck for further uptaking and developing renewable energy in the South. There is also substantial scope to invest in the upgrade of electricity transmission network and in smart grids.
The quality, efficiency and availability of
water infrastructure and water services are lower in the Mezzogiorno. Italy received a
Country Specific Recommendation in 2025 to tackle remaining inefficiencies in water management by reducing infrastructural gaps. Total water losses are highest in Basilicata, Sardegna, Lazio, and Sicilia - regions already subject to high water stress and drought risks. This is mostly a consequence of the lower investment capacity of operators located in the southern regions compared to the North and the Centre, and of a mostly fragmented management system of water services. However, important signs of managerial integration have emerged in Calabria, and Sardegna (Map A18.2) where water service is being consolidated into a single operator. In many
(551) CVA and The European House Ambrosetti – TEHA (2025).
Renewable Thinking 2025.
144
Italian regions there are still considerable investment needs relating to modernising and upgrading water infrastructure. Regional disparities can also be seen in wastewater treatment infrastructure with significant gaps again in the South. In Sicily only 76.5% of the population were connected to the sewerage system in 2022 (compared to 89% as the national average) (552)(see Annex 10).
Map A18.2: Water services management in Italy
Source: Utilitatis foundation
There are significant weaknesses in waste
management in the regions of the Centre and
South of the country. Italy received a Country Specific Recommendation in 2025 to tackle remaining inefficiencies in waste management by reducing infrastructural gaps.Despite significant progress made in past years, also thanks to investment supported by cohesion policy, most of central and southern Italy faces a treatment deficit. Organic waste is often transported to regions far from where it is produced. In addition, the high level of fragmentation of waste management, especially in the south, lead to diseconomies (see Annex 8). Conversely, Northern Italy drives the overall increase in separate collection waste rates and the decrease in the rates of waste sent to landfills (553). Northern regions also benefit from better infrastructure for organic waste treatment and energy recovery, both in terms of quantity and quality, and are able to treat more waste than they actually produce.
(552) ISTAT (2025), Water statistics 2020-2024, Link.
(553) ISPRA (2024). Rapporto Rifiuti Urbani Edizione 2024.
Access to health services is also often
difficult in the South. Historical differences in policy and financing have created marked regional imbalances in the availability of resources (infrastructure and workforce) affecting both the supply and quality of services (554). Territorial disparities are also evident in terms of healthcare personnel. A structural under-allocation and greater difficulties in meeting the Essential Levels of Care (LEA) in southern regions, call for a revisit of the resource allocation for healthcare across regions by integrating socioeconomic factors (see Annex 15).
Several structural weaknesses remain in
relation to the blue economy, in particular in
the South and islands (555). Those activities
represent a significant share of the employment and value added of those coastal regions.Challenges faced by them include environmental degradation, over-reliance on seasonal tourism, declining fish stocks, aging fleet and underdeveloped port hinterland connections, compounded by high exposure to climate change.
Housing affordability is a structural
challenge in several Italian regions, albeit
with different territorial drivers. In the South, housing affordability constraints are more closely associated with lower income levels and insufficient social housing stock. In the Centre- North, particularly in major metropolitan and high- tourism areas such as Milano, Firenze, Bologna and Roma, sustained demand pressures have led to significant increases in property values and rental prices. Under the revised mid-term review priorities, Cohesion Policy will support investments of 1.1 billion EUR aimed at modernising the existing housing stock and expanding the availability of affordable and social housing across Italian regions. (see Annex 16).
Italian regions are characterised by
substantial asymmetries in fiscal capacity, reflecting differences between Special-
Statute (556) and Ordinary-Statute regions.
(554) ISTAT (2024). BES 2023, il benessere equo e sostenibile in
Italia (555) EU Blue Economy Observatory – Italy Country Profile link
Osservatorio Nazionale sull’Economia del Mare - XIII National Report on the Sea Economy (2025)
(556) Trentino-Alto Adige, Valle d’Aosta, Friuli-Venezia Giulia, Sicilia and Sardegna.
145
Special-Statute regions recorded the highest revenue per head in 2023, notably Northern regions, with Valle d’Aosta at EUR 17 400 and Sardegna at EUR 9 700. Ordinary statute regions exhibited substantially lower revenue per head, ranging between EUR 4 500 EUR 6 700 in 2023 (557). The reliance of southern regions on transfers from the central government is higher: state transfers per head were particularly high in Molise (EUR 1 268), Sicilia (EUR 1 195), and Puglia (EUR 929), whereas Lombardia, Veneto and Emilia-Romagna received substantially lower transfers per head (EUR 268–333). Regions such as Puglia, Molise, and Sicilia have the lowest levels of financial autonomy, as measured by the ratio of own-source revenues to total current revenues.
The limited fiscal capacity and autonomy of regional administrations in the Mezzogiorno
constrain investment in infrastructure and
local public services. Structural weaknesses in fiscal capacity, including a high level of indebtedness of local administrations, continue to constrain investment capacity, especially in the South (558). Municipalities in the Mezzogiorno face
greater budgetary and financial imbalances compared with Centre-North ones, driven by systemic weaknesses inrevenue capacity particularly in Sicily (559). Several technical difficulties have slowed down the progress towards the completion of the regional federalism reform (560), limiting the convergence trends
(557) Elaborations based on Italian Ministry of Finance data.
(558) Elaboration based on 2023 ISTAT data, for local authorities and for regions.
(559) De Toni, A. (2024). Lo stato di crisi degli enti locali: evoluzione e prospettive, Link.
(560) Fiscal federalism originates from Delegated Law No. 42/2009, implementing Article 119 of the Italian Constitution as amended in 2001. Its purpose is to guarantee revenue and expenditure autonomy for municipalities, provinces, metropolitan cities and regions, while safeguarding the principles of solidarity and social cohesion; to gradually replace, at all levels of government, the criterion of historical expenditure; to make administrators more accountable in the use of public resources; and to ensure the effectiveness and transparency of democratic oversight over elected officials. This reform, still unfinished and included among the objectives of the NRRP, provides for the gradual replacement of state transfers with autonomous forms of taxation in financing the core functions of territorial entities. This is the so-called “fiscalisation” of state transfers, aimed at shifting from a system of derived finance to one of autonomous finance for each territorial level of government.
between less and more developed regions. Moreover, the envisaged activation of an equalisation fund to balance resources among regions to guarantee the coverage of expenditure needs for the Essential Levels of Services (ELS) and to reduce differences in fiscal capacity is not yet achieved, exacerbating the differences in public services delivery still characterising the Mezzogiorno from the rest of the country.Despite a general increase in capital expenditure between 2018 and 2023—supported in particular by RRF resources, there are still persistent territorial disparities between Mezzogiorno and the Centre- North in infrastructure, connectivity, and public service quality.
Administrative capacity is weaker in the
regions and municipalities of the South across many aspects, exacerbating
challenges to regional competitiveness.
Disparities in the capacity of public administrations persist in key areas such as digitisation, decision-making capacity, efficiency of public financial management or procurement.Southern areas lag behind in rankings assessing the availability and quality of digital public services for citizens and businesses (561). Delays in public procurement are more significant in the South and less frequent in municipalities where the workforce shows a higher presence of women and young workers (562), showing the importance of modernising human resources in public administrations. Remuneration remains limited in the South and small municipalities or those with limited fiscal autonomy struggle to attract qualified staff. The use of association solutions between municipalities to reduce operating costs and secure economies of scale is still limited. Italy’s 2025 CSRs included a recommendation to increase the efficiency of the public administration and strengthen administrative capacity, particularly at local level, which are yet to be tackled in a systemic manner.
(561) Banca d'Italia (2024). The economy of Italian regions: Recent
dynamics and structural aspects. Economie Regionali, n. 22.
(562) Banca d’Italia (2021). La realizzazione dei lavori pubblici in Italia: fattori istituzionali e caratteristiche regionali. Questioni di Economia e Finanza, n. 659.
146
Table A18.2:Selection of indicators at regional level in Italy
Dark green - the indicator is 120% or more of the EU average. Light Green - the indicator is 100% or more, but less than 120% of the EU average. Yellow - the indicator is 90% or more, but less than 100% of the EU average. Light red – the indicator is 75% or more, but less than 90% of the EU average. Dark red – the indicator is below 75% of the EU average. This colour scale applies to ‘positive’ indicators, where higher values are favourable. For ‘negative’ indicators (where higher values are unfavourable), the colours are reversed Source: Eurostat and ARDECO (JRC)
GDP per head
(PPS, index)
Real GDP per
head growth
Productivity:
GDP (PPS) per
hour worked
(index)
Real productivity
growth (per hour
worked)
R&D expenditure Population
growth Net migration
Female
employment rate
20-64
EU27=100 Average annual
% change EU27=100
Average annual
% change % of GDP
Average annual
change per 1000
residents
Average annual
change per 1000
residents
% of women
aged 20-64
2024 2014-2024 2023 2013-2023 2023 2015-2024 2015-2024 2025
EU 100 1.4 100 0.7 2.24 1.8 3.5 71.3
Italy 98 1.3 101 0.1 1.38 -2.3 1.8 58.0
Nord-Ovest 121 1.4 114 0.2 1.40 -0.9 3.8 67.2
Sud 66 1.4 82 0.0 0.98 -4.7 -1.6 40.7
Isole 64 1.4 83 -0.2 0.94 -5.0 -1.2 41.7
Nord-Est 114 1.2 107 0.4 1.58 -0.2 3.8 68.2
Centro (IT) 105 1.0 103 -0.1 1.52 -1.9 2.9 64.6
Piemonte 101 1.4 102 0.0 2.09 -3.5 2.8 67.7
Valle d’Aosta/Vallée d’Aoste 125 0.8 112 -0.3 0.53 -4.3 1.0 74.3
Liguria 102 0.9 108 0.4 1.44 -3.9 4.9 66.6
Lombardia 132 1.4 120 0.2 1.19 0.8 4.0 66.9
Abruzzo 84 1.1 89 0.2 1.10 -4.4 0.9 56.6
Molise 72 1.5 87 0.3 0.78 -7.9 -0.9 50.7
Campania 64 1.6 85 0.2 1.20 -3.9 -2.0 36.8
Puglia 64 1.5 76 -0.3 0.82 -4.7 -1.2 40.9
Basilicata 74 1.9 85 -0.3 0.64 -7.8 -2.4 49.0
Calabria 57 0.9 75 -0.2 0.64 -6.2 -2.7 37.7
Sicilia 61 1.4 83 -0.3 0.98 -4.9 -1.6 37.5
Sardegna 73 1.6 82 0.1 0.83 -5.4 0.2 54.7
Provincia Autonoma di Bolzano/Bozen 161 1.6 129 0.9 0.65 4.1 3.2 74.3
Provincia Autonoma di Trento 125 1.1 117 0.4 1.59 1.6 3.5 72.8
Veneto 109 1.2 103 0.3 1.20 -1.0 2.5 65.5
Friuli-Venezia Giulia 102 1.2 101 0.2 1.69 -2.4 3.8 68.7
Emilia-Romagna 117 1.1 108 0.4 2.09 0.6 5.4 69.6
Toscana 103 1.1 100 0.1 1.37 -2.2 3.6 69.2
Umbria 85 1.4 88 -0.2 0.88 -4.2 1.8 68.0
Marche 89 1.0 89 -0.3 0.94 -4.3 1.3 67.5
Lazio 113 0.8 110 -0.2 1.80 -0.6 3.0 60.5
ANNEX 19: TRANSPORT
147
This Transport Annex presents the state of play, and the challenges Italy faces with the implementation of the trans-European transport network (TEN-T), the European railway traffic management system (ERTMS), the roll-out of Sustainable Aviation Fuels (SAF) and road safety.
TEN-T
Four European transport corridors cross Italy
(North Sea – Rhine-Mediterranean,
Mediterranean, Baltic – Adriatic, and
Scandinavian – Mediterranean). The Italian TEN-T rail network is 11 622 km long (5 730 of which are on the core network). The TEN-T road network is 10 735 km long (4 312 of which on the core network). Italy has 912 km of TEN-T inland waterways, 34 TEN-T airports (including 11 core airports), 50 TEN-T ports (including 17 core ports) and 50 urban nodes (563). Italy fully aligned its national transport planning with the TEN-T European Transport Corridors.
Italy’s rail network is well developed but
heavily used and some sections require
further investments, especially in view of the ongoing upgrades of major cross-border
projects to France, Austria and Slovenia. The southern part of the country remains poorly connected. Another priority will be to address capacity bottlenecks in the surroundings of major urban nodes.
The ERTMS is essential to efforts to
digitalise the railways and to modernise and
harmonise railway operations across Europe.
The ERTMS ensures the safety of rail networks by providing a unified signalling system that significantly reduces the risk of accidents. It also provides interoperability between national rail systems, improving cross-border train movements. Finally, ERTMS enhances network capacity and operational efficiency, increasing the competitiveness of the rail sector.
The ERTMS was operational on 8.6% of
Italy’s TEN-T rail network by the end of
2024. Based on its national plan Italy would
require significant efforts to reach its ERTMS roll-
(563) TENtec Information System, according to Reg. 2024/1679.
out target by 2035, namely deploying ERTMS on an additional length of 8 104 km and to pursue the decommissioning of the legacy signalling system. Of particular concern in Italy are the lengthy and expensive testing requirements for ERTMS vehicles which, if streamlined, would avoid vehicle authorisation bottlenecks for rail operations.
In northern Italy, the priority sections
complete the European transport corridor between the Mediterranean and eastern
Europe. The railway lines eastwards of Verona
face significant capacity constraints and should be upgraded given the future traffic increases that the cross-border improvements towards Slovenia will bring.
Furthermore, the line between Bologna and
Pescara along the Adriatic coast needs
upgrading as it is the backbone of the
railway system along the eastern coast and
a major route for freight transports. In
southern Italy, the line from Salerno to Reggio Calabria needs further upgrades to extend the Italian high-speed network to the southernmost regions and support the economic development of this area.
In Italy, the timely implementation of large-
scale infrastructure projects is affected by
overlapping competencies between different
administrative layers involved in the relevant permitting procedures. New rules
were introduced in 2023 to streamline and accelerate public procurement procedures. However, it is not yet clear whether they will trigger the expected results. In addition, growing construction costs have affected budgetary planning and procurement procedures for several big projects.
Together with Austria and France, Italy needs to prepare a model on how to efficiently
operate railway traffic on the Brenner and
Lyon-Turin cross-border sections, especially to cover traffic management, maintenance and operations in line with the rules of the single European railway area. Harmonising technical and operational rules with the minimisation of national rules in line with the EU directives on rail interoperability and safety remains critical to ensuring seamless cross-border rail transport.
148
Italy has a strong industrial base to produce
sustainable aviation fuels (SAF). It is home to
one of the largest SAF facilities in Europe with a production capacity of up to 400kt/year of SAF from biological origin (bioSAF). Without investment support to kick start commercial-scale eSAF deployment (hydrogen-based) and ramp up bioSAF reaching the targets set by ReFuelEU Aviation is unlikely. Making use of EU ETS proceeds and ReFuelEU Aviation penalty revenue to support the deployment of eSAF as well as ramp up production of advanced bioSAF would represent a significant contribution. Italy could also join the eSAF Early
Movers Coalition to contribute financially to de- risking instruments for eSAF production such as double-sided auction mechanisms.
Road Safety
Road crashes impose an enormous social,
economic and health burden on the EU
economy. The external socio-economic costs of
fatal, serious and minor injuries have remained
Table A19.1:ERTMS deployment in Italy.
Source: Based on ERTMS – Third work plan of the European Coordinator Matthias Ruete.
Map A19.1: TEN-T Cross-Border & National Priority Sections in Italy
149
persistently high despite the progress made in reducing crash frequency and severity. These resources could otherwise fuel innovation, education, healthcare and other crucial public investments (564).
In 2024, Italy was above the EU average (45), with 51 fatalities per million
inhabitants. Compared with the EU average, the
distribution of fatalities in Italy showed a high proportion of accidents involving powered two wheelers and fatalities occurring on roads inside urban areas. Over the 2010-2019 period, the categories of pedestrians and cyclists showed the lowest reductions in both fatalities and injuries. Based on the latest data, and the 5% decrease in fatalities between 2019 and 2024, progress remains slow. Italy therefore would benefit from accelerating the pace of change in its road safety measures to reach the 2030 target of halving the number of fatalities.
Graph A19.1: Italy's road fatalities per million,
2024
Source: Report at the Mid-Point - Italy, SWD(2026) 47 final.
Overall road safety performance has not improved sufficiently to meet the targets set
for this period, which may primarily be
attributed to the delays met in the
implementation of the road safety strategy. Italian authorities have committed to carry out a mid-term evaluation of the road safety strategy’s implementation, with the aim of identifying the most effective actions to compensate for the gaps identified. Within this context, it would be very useful to review the degree of implementation of the actions and to explore any other relevant activities, with emphasis on crashes inside urban areas and VRUs (565).
(564) Report on the implementation of the EU Road Safety Policy
framework at the Mid-Point, COM(2026) 77 final.
(565) More details in Report on the implementation of the EU Road Safety Policy framework at the Mid-Point – Italy, SWD(2026) 47 final.
The map below presents the roads with poor infrastructure safety, where urgent action is required.
Map A19.2: Italy's road safety map
Source: TENtec Information System and TEN-T map library – European Commission
150